[RSArchive Icon] Rudolf Steiner Archive Home  Version 2.5.4
 [ [Table of Contents] | Search ]


[Spacing]
Searching Rudolf Steiner Lectures (by Bn/GA Number)
Matches

You may select a new search term and repeat your search. Searches are not case sensitive, and you can use regular expressions in your queries.


Enter your search term:
by: title, keyword, or contextually
   


Query was: will

Here are the matching lines in their respective documents. Select one of the highlighted words in the matching lines below to jump to that point in the document.

  • Title: Lecture: Mathematics and Occultism.
    Matching lines:
    • will prove. Even when the man who lives in this every-day world does
    • considered. This will certainly mean, for many, a giddy height of
    • never find a Circle in the World, which will not confirm for thee in
    • super-sensible mathematical perception; no experience will ever
    • thought-control. Even if errors do creep in this field, they will
    • three dimensions, our truth will still hold good as the special case
    • for the Occultist who will raise himself to the higher worlds with
    • will be the most wonderful creation of the world, for which Nature
    • then discover plants without end, which will necessarily be
    • same way, only he will be able to understand and rule the
  • Title: Address: The Spiritual-Scientific Basis of Goethe's Work
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophy will only be able to fulfill its great and universal mission
    • its attitude toward life, will have two important experiences. The
    • without exaggeration that the German will understand
    • It will be the task of future generations to reveal the Anthroposophical
    • intellectual life of Germany during the period in question. It will
    • thing will be made clear: that the source of the Anthroposophical
    • not only can it lose nothing, but rather will it gain infinitely,
    • view of the theatre, it will please everyone. More than this I did
    • majority of the audience, the initiated will not miss the
    • difficult route, which every weaker spirit will take care to avoid.
    • never will be again; everything is new, and yet ever old ...
    • it will suffice to quote a very characteristic example from the
    • world he will find the real essence of Man.
    • but it will be sufficient to draw attention here to a few passages.
    • for the multitude hasten to deride. I will praise the living who
    • with our nature, slips down willingly and, while still on the
    • veiled manner the history of his own inner enlightenment. Many will
    • The past likewise will Bakis reveal to thee; for even the past oft lies,
    • matters, and whoever reads through the whole passage will recognize
  • Title: Esoteric Development: Lecture II: The Psychological Foundations of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • of view will it be possible to give precise expression to the manner
    • brought and surely will continue to bring such great benefits to
    • scientifically established. Now, it will scarcely be denied that the
    • broad sense, there will be found
    • corporeal organization the something here described, he will
    • will never speak otherwise about positive findings of super-sensible
    • this justifies the assumption that anyone will make the same
    • This will always be able to determine in principle that, if what the
    • sense world, it will be seen that the sense world confirms in the
    • self, shall be able by energetic power of will to suppress this
    • the core of being which is supersensibly visible will also no longer
    • been presented will render it clear that anthroposophy, rightly
    • contemporary trends in theories of knowledge. The effort will be made
    • transcendent-real. It will be needless to explain here how critical
    • and concepts, is outside the transcendental, it will be simply
    • of things but inside this. Therefore, one will arrive at a better
    • scientific research one will always rightly oppose the interference
    • will be admitted, naturally, only by one who can accept the view that
    • the so-called critical theory of knowledge will be able to maintain
  • Title: Mission of Spiritual Science and Its Building at Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • will begin with the way in which a more or less unknown thing is judged
    • I will now also say
    • Spiritual development of mankind, will not be surprised at such
    • science is will find that it bears no more resemblance to the Gnosis
    • investigator will be most careful not to let the body have any
    • with regard to the inner handling of thought. I will now try to make
    • changes this soul-life into something else, which I will once more make
    • inwardly active and alive, so may the will also be developed in a
    • certain way. The methods by which the will is so treated that we learn
    • development of the will, something of quite a different kind results
    • something in ordinary life, if we work, the will, as it were,
    • penetrates into the limbs. We say, “I will”; we move our
    • hands; but the will only comes to expression in this movement. In its
    • will may be released from its connection with the limbs. The will may
    • become something inwardly alive, a kind of etheric body. The will may
    • the will we become aware that we have a second human being within us,
    • which has a consciousness of its own. If we work at our will in an
    • developing his will. And it then happens that the same condition is
    • surroundings, through developing the will in the manner described we
    • is a reality. In our will there lives something which is perpetually
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • will, in the form of Spiritual Science or Anthroposophy, force its way
    • a visionary. But he will only seem so to those who allow themselves to be
    • during the 19th century. I will not cite as an illustration anything taken
    • world. It will not be possible to arrest the advance of scientific knowledge,
    • authority notwithstanding. I will give you an example, the same one which is
    • scholars of future eras will some day have to expend much acumen. Goethe
    • world the point of view which disregards the ear will describe a symphony
    • one and will be here figuratively presented. The spiritual researcher himself
    • will observe — provided the book is read with the right sort of attention
    • will conceive things spiritually which up to that time had been conceived by
    • evolution. When this evolution has progressed, it will be increasingly
    • derision. But this doubt and derision will tend to disappear by degrees in
    • beings. So general recognition will be accorded to Spiritual Science also,
    • to study Spiritual Science seriously will soon recognize the lack of
    • this will be unaffected by the superficial objection, that the comparison
    • earth is followed up further, it will become evident that the earth body,
    • replace it. It will not at first be easy for those unaccustomed to deal with
    • it may be that what has been stated will suffice to convey the idea that such
    • for it must originate in the dead personality itself. In such a case it will
    • “spiritual eye,” prompted by the will of the dead individual, just
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Article: Knowledge of the State Between Death and a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • will, at all events, be to guard true Spiritual Science from that
    • moulded by the outlook of Natural Science. His attention will be drawn
    • achievements of Natural Knowledge for human life, will not wish to
    • and willing, ought, for the acquisition of scientific knowledge, to be
    • their scientific habits of thought, the opinion will be almost
    • investigation are to be regarded as unscientific. Of course one will
    • such investigation are brought forward they will scarcely escape the
    • functions, what relation exists between thinking, feeling and willing;
    • thought. Now the spiritual investigator will not come into conflict
    • an understanding of its vital nerve. He will have to admit that this
    • study of the inner experiences of thinking, feeling and willing is
    • thinking, feeling and willing reveal nothing that could fulfil the
    • of knowledge also shows that in thinking, feeling and willing
    • ordinary thinking, feeling and willing, as it is impossible to
    • inner act of will which is completely illuminated by consciousness. In
    • an inner activity of will which bears its reality within itself. The
    • experienced ‘will-reality’ cannot be remembered in the direct form
    • But the ‘will-reality’ here described must be attained anew, if
    • experiences lead one to grasp the ‘will-reality’ within thinking,
    • experience of hidden forces within the activity of the will. (Here
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • will, in the form of Spiritual Science or Anthroposophy, force its way
    • a visionary. But he will only seem so to those who allow themselves to be
    • during the 19th century. I will not cite as an illustration anything taken
    • world. It will not be possible to arrest the advance of scientific knowledge,
    • authority notwithstanding. I will give you an example, the same one which is
    • scholars of future eras will some day have to expend much acumen. Goethe
    • world the point of view which disregards the ear will describe a symphony
    • one and will be here figuratively presented. The spiritual researcher himself
    • will observe — provided the book is read with the right sort of attention
    • will conceive things spiritually which up to that time had been conceived by
    • evolution. When this evolution has progressed, it will be increasingly
    • derision. But this doubt and derision will tend to disappear by degrees in
    • beings. So general recognition will be accorded to Spiritual Science also,
    • to study Spiritual Science seriously will soon recognize the lack of
    • this will be unaffected by the superficial objection, that the comparison
    • earth is followed up further, it will become evident that the earth body,
    • replace it. It will not at first be easy for those unaccustomed to deal with
    • it may be that what has been stated will suffice to convey the idea that such
    • for it must originate in the dead personality itself. In such a case it will
    • “spiritual eye,” prompted by the will of the dead individual, just
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Article: Luciferic & Ahrimanic in their Relation to Man
    Matching lines:
    • willing becomes more and more apparent. This contrast cannot escape
    • will reveals ever more strikingly its independence of the body the
    • finds the activities of thinking and willing separated in the
    • It is always confronted by a thinking in which the will also is
    • active, and a willing, shot through with the activity of thought.
    • Hence it can never decide the shares of thought and will in a state
    • can be so focussed that thinking and willing enter its field of view
    • everything that arises through the influence of the will. He then
    • the will, and which are independent of the human physical
    • is given to thinking by way of the will.
    • self-perception by way of the will is made possible in the first half
    • and will from that existing in the life of the senses. This
    • constitution of the activities of thinking and of willing from that
    • and partake of the nature of will, and will is, by its own nature,
    • supersensible; and the will activity in the sense world is like a
    • endowed with will, and will laden with thought, cannot take place on
    • soul through the co-operation of thought and will before her entrance
    • knowledge when it is directed, not to thought activity, but to will
    • everything dependent on will is seen more and more free of the
    • that the true nature of will cannot become apparent in the sense
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Mathematics and Occultism.
    Matching lines:
    • will prove. Even when the man who lives in this every-day world does
    • considered. This will certainly mean, for many, a giddy height of
    • never find a Circle in the World, which will not confirm for thee in
    • super-sensible mathematical perception; no experience will ever
    • thought-control. Even if errors do creep in this field, they will
    • three dimensions, our truth will still hold good as the special case
    • for the Occultist who will raise himself to the higher worlds with
    • will be the most wonderful creation of the world, for which Nature
    • then discover plants without end, which will necessarily be
    • same way, only he will be able to understand and rule the
  • Title: Aufsatz: Philosophie und Anthroposophie
    Matching lines:
    • nicht wie ein führerloses Schiff sich auf dem Lebenspfade treiben lassen will.
    • will. Diese Klippen sind aus zwei Täuschungen aufgebaut, aus zwei Felsen, durch
    • Begreifen der Menschenwesenheit ausdehnen will. Der Mensch als Naturwesen
    • indem es eine Außenwelt greifen will, nach der es verlangt.
    • Bewußtsein erhoben werden. Anthroposophie will den Menschen nicht von der
    • will vielmehr eine Erkenntnisart suchen, der sich die wirkliche Welt erst
    • Seite als Aussagen der Sinne, auf der anderen als Offenbarung. Will man aber
    • will, entspringt aus einem ziemlich mißverständlichen Verhalten gegenüber dem
    • Wirkliches gelten lassen will. Aber es kommt gerade darauf an, das innere
    • will einen einfachen Vergleich machen. Denken Sie sich, Sie haben ein
    • Begriff des Kreises bilden will. Das kann man, wenn man zum Beispiel
    • mit Willensimpulsen, was man als umgewandeltes Selbstbewußtsein durch das zu
    • wenn sie Verständnis für anthroposophisches Weltbegreifen entwickeln will.
  • Title: Address: The Spiritual-Scientific Basis of Goethe's Work
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophy will only be able to fulfill its great and universal mission
    • its attitude toward life, will have two important experiences. The
    • without exaggeration that the German will understand
    • It will be the task of future generations to reveal the Anthroposophical
    • intellectual life of Germany during the period in question. It will
    • thing will be made clear: that the source of the Anthroposophical
    • not only can it lose nothing, but rather will it gain infinitely,
    • view of the theatre, it will please everyone. More than this I did
    • majority of the audience, the initiated will not miss the
    • difficult route, which every weaker spirit will take care to avoid.
    • never will be again; everything is new, and yet ever old ...
    • it will suffice to quote a very characteristic example from the
    • world he will find the real essence of Man.
    • but it will be sufficient to draw attention here to a few passages.
    • for the multitude hasten to deride. I will praise the living who
    • with our nature, slips down willingly and, while still on the
    • veiled manner the history of his own inner enlightenment. Many will
    • The past likewise will Bakis reveal to thee; for even the past oft lies,
    • matters, and whoever reads through the whole passage will recognize
  • Title: Article: Supersensible Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • for the mode of knowledge to which the supersensible worlds will open
    • many of them; here I will only mention two of the most familiar:
    • habitual thoughts of presentday Natural Science. For the point will
    • man will no longer try to penetrate into a supersensible world through
    • will he tell himself, that to unveil the supersensible domain an
    • this, mystical pursuits will give rise to the worst of illusions. For
    • withal, these very experiences will open out the possibility and
    • the Will. In every-day life the activity of the Will is consciously
    • expression of the Will to which the human being pays little conscious
    • attention. It is the activity of Will which carries him from one stage
    • Will, which in this field of its activity remains for the most part
    • unconscious. Mature self-knowledge can, however, raise this Will, with
    • man comes to the perception of a life of Will which has absolutely
    • degrees to enter into the living essence of this Will, just as in the
    • experience in this element of Will expands into the experience of a
    • transplanted now into this element of Will, the supersensible
    • is bound to the bodily nature, the supersensible Willing comes to life
    • Willing. The two ways of looking out upon the world must be kept apart
    • which will make it impossible for him to experience their real nature.
    • lets them play into his supersensible experience, will not behold the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Oswald Spengler: Article I: Spengler's "Perspectives of World History"
    Matching lines:
    • light, he moves whither he will. A plant is nothing on its own
    • and willed answer to danger. They are a single process of
    • plant. The individual is not free to look out for itself, will
    • a future Culture, with other souls and other passions, will
    • picture-knowledge has its transparency. One who feels this will
    • the will as passions and instincts do. The epoch which
    • We will seek an answer to this question in the continuation of
  • Title: Oswald Spengler: Article II: The Flight From Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • only to facts. The acting, willing, struggling man, who daily
    • will-impulses which were working already before railroads
    • who denies this and stops with abstract thinking will certainly
  • Title: Oswald Spengler: Article III: Spengler's Physiognomic View of History
    Matching lines:
    • is said here about Spengler's book will have to be the view
  • Title: Oswald Spengler: Article IV: Spengler's Spirit-Deserted History
    Matching lines:
    • moment must be taken up by a living, active, spirit-borne will.
    • as a will-being supported by moral thought-intuitions.) But for
    • one who can see this moving force will be able to see in the
    • present time the beginning of a period which will fetch history
    • out of the innermost parts of man and will thus be an advance
    • see this will, like Spengler, see only an end, which is the
    • the purely political will-to-order of the Caesars. ... The
    • quiet, firm step — our direction, willed and obligatory
    • free will this will not become history! May a time come when a
    • spiritually oriented view will not say, as Spengler does:
    • “And a task that historic necessity has set will
    • individual can form in freedom out of his world-experience will
  • Title: Lecture Series: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • William Shakespeare
    • hypothesis that not William Shakespeare, the actor of the Globe
    • The influence exercised by Shakespeare's art will gain in power, when
    • They will act through the power which lies in the description of the
  • Title: Lecture: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • William Shakespeare
    • they became addicted to the hypothesis that not William
    • case today, will the effect of Shakespeare's art be ever
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture I: Schiller's Life and Characteristic Quality
    Matching lines:
    • IT will be a hundred years on 9th May, 1905,
    • since Schiller died, and the educated world in Germany will
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture II: Schiller's Work and its Changing Phases
    Matching lines:
    • with a claim to genius, will have a hard path, and will have to
    • subdue him to its sway, but he serves willingly what is
    • had degraded what man does willingly from his own inclination,
    • will discern in it one being, which could only exist, because
    • single personality. This mood will give us the proper
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture III: Schiller and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • ill-will used the lowest means to separate them. They worked
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture IV: Schiller's Weltanschauung and his Wallenstein


    Matching lines:
    • with the law of his will within himself, firm in his own person
    • perfection, will man's eyes be able thus to survey their
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture V: Schiller, the Greek Drama and Nietzsche
    Matching lines:
    • Max, you cannot leave me. It cannot be, I will not, cannot
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture VI: Schiller's Later Plays
    Matching lines:
    • the daughter, born to him, will bring destruction on his sons;
    • Christian monk tells her that her daughter will unite the two
    • Nineteenth Century and what he will still be to us. It is not
    • too-determined deed, then summon Tell and he will not fail
    • believe “will not lord it over slaves.” The
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture VII: Schiller's Influence during the Nineteenth Century
    Matching lines:
    • be to the future. In my last lecture I will give a sort of
    • in an atmosphere of reverence for Schiller, will hardly
    • power of a man's will to turn himself into a genius.
    • this will show how in the first decades of last century
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture VIII: What can the present learn from Schiller
    Matching lines:
    • Goethe, we shall see that in his case also it will not do to
    • philosophy; they will only admit as true what natural science
    • understand a lower level, but not vice versa. You will
    • someday it will be possible to get on completely without law
    • Then artists will once more create, as they did formerly, from,
    • Then there will be men who can speak in the spirit of Schiller
    • such an understanding of Schiller will there be men, who, like
    • Herman Grimm about Goethe, will be able to speak about
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture IX: Schiller and Idealism
    Matching lines:
    • state of mind in which he will be receptive for the appearance
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course I: Lecture I: The Eternal and the Transient in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • The object about which I will talk here is certainly
    • Will he be able to speak then impartially about this question which
    • back to its ancestors from which it develops. And it will have successors
    • of later soul successors. We will understand that the law of heredity
    • will have this ability.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course I: Lecture II: The Origin of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • one will look down at this view in later times as one smiles today at
    • The Theosophical Society is there to develop this good will. Doing this
    • years and will be valid in millions of years because it is descended
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course I: Lecture III: The Nature of God from the Theosophical Standpoint
    Matching lines:
    • formed in the course of time, and what will they always form? They form
    • We will never be able to encompass it. If, however, we admit that we
    • will have reached something higher in distant future, we have to admit
    • thing is necessary, and this is: having the good will not to stop there.
    • The theosophist will never have this. He says to himself with boldness
    • compared to that which humankind will have in millions of years if it
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course II: Lecture I: The Epistemological Basis of Theosophy I
    Matching lines:
    • It will be nothing strange to many among you that one
    • be an epistemological basis of theosophy. You will get to know the concepts
    • knowledge. These things are the human souls, the free will of the human
    • have free will that it must have reason et cetera. Hence, Wolff calls
    • Indeed, it appears as a contradiction, but you will see that it corresponds
    • eye, you will likewise have a light sensation. Müller concludes
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course II: Lecture II: The Epistemological Basis of Theosophy II
    Matching lines:
    • of the will, of the immortality of the soul and of God’s existence which
    • of perception and, hence, the matters: God — soul — will
    • Today it has these mental pictures, yesterday it had others, tomorrow it will
    • Moral perfection, goodwill, inner freedom, they are independent of the activity
    • In the end, you will see how theosophy
    • contents of the next lecture will show how it is in reality.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course II: Lecture III: The Epistemological Basis of Theosophy III
    Matching lines:
    • of Schopenhauer which should complete the first one: The world is will. —
    • existence as an idea. I act, I will; this is a strength in the world in which
    • May be everything else that surrounds me an idea, I myself is my will. —
    • I must progress to the will. Schopenhauer became a realist that way, admittedly,
    • positions himself on the standpoint: I myself know myself as a willing one.
    • This will of existence guarantees my being to me. I am will, and I manifest
    • myself in the world as an idea. As well as I am will and manifest myself, also
    • outside. As the ego is in me, the will also is in me, and in the outer things
    • is the will of these things. — Thus Schopenhauer showed the way to self-knowledge,
    • all the second part can be justified: the world is my will.
    • You will immediately understand
    • a good book: The Atomism of the Will. He is a serious thinker and has serious
    • certain: nobody wants to deny his own existence, nobody will admit that he himself
    • idea. — Hamerling could have written: the world as atom, will and idea.
    • will. He tried to show the whole nature outdoors as a product of imagination.
    • will also find the way to theosophy, even if he stands on an opposing point
    • the West will also find the way to theosophy.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course I: Lecture IV: Theosophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • and you will find that at that time all scholarship, all knowledge was there
    • Just the representatives of such materialistic views will believe to understand
    • look in the Christian confessions — you never will find a certain word
    • in them, and you will nowhere find a certain idea with Jesus: the idea of the
    • from the desire of the flesh, from human will, but always from God.
    • in this regard, and it wants to produce the spirit that is willing to ascend
    • will be with you always, to the end of time.” Theosophy knows that He
    • “I will be with you always, to the end of time.”
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV: Lecture I: Theosophy and Spiritism
    Matching lines:
    • of the soul questions, even if it has the good will. That is why, where in science
    • that even if the scholars had the good will to deepen the question about the
    • that, and in this goal they will also meet to constitute a necessary contrast
    • they will come to the fore in single individualities working extensively for
    • for themselves. But also for them the development will not come to a standstill.
    • and periods of evolution in which the consciousness will be higher than the
    • worlds which all human beings will have to carry out, they will go — if
    • it, he is exposed will-lessly, unconsciously to the spiritual powers.
    • which move up to us with clear consciousness and mind. We must not become will-less
    • spiritistic medium; but only the spiritistic medium is will-less. Somebody who
    • today this is injurious to him. If we leave ourselves will-lessly to the powers
    • in the spiritual world and not to move staggering and will-lessly in it must
    • in 1875 will bring more and more spiritists gradually to their side. Both currents
    • I will receive the entry into the supernatural world; I am and live now in it,
    • William
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV: Lecture II: Theosophy and Somnambulism
    Matching lines:
    • answers that way. One will observe this behaviour if one knows to observe systematically.
    • to the willing. There are persons who — even though they can be transported
    • will be the etheric double body which is above all active and conveys the contacts
    • bright waking consciousness drowns out. If we extinguish this, it will become
    • her/him that you are a person living at another place. The somnambulist will
    • believe this absolutely, will have the true impression that you are that man
    • this advice. However, it will let all spiritual attempts be carried out only
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course V: Lecture I: What Does the Modern Human Being Find in Theosophy?
    Matching lines:
    • they will have disappeared. This is the quality of all things which belong to
    • life. There you only need to take a great German spirit, then you will get an
    • with the spiritual eye and you will recognise how one has to look at life.
    • have been there and will always be there. The theosophical world view has to
    • it. If you throw the ball into a second vessel, it will not be able to warm
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course III: Lecture I: Theosophical Teachings of the Soul. Part I: Body and Soul
    Matching lines:
    • on it still today. This will appear to us in the course of these talks.
    • You will find everywhere that the dogmatic prejudices exist and that one has
    • any thinking, any willing, any feeling that everything is tied to particular
    • and wills a manifestation of the whole nervous mechanism before us.
    • causes thinking, feeling and willing. — This is the confession of a naturalist
    • every respect — if one takes the epoch into consideration. As we will
    • and the psychology of Aristotle, you will find that a real difference does not
    • not the will-o’-the-wisp thinking of the everyday life, not the will-o’-the-wisp
    • know what we have done yesterday, then tomorrow we will also do what we have
    • with Aristotle. He adds the idea of creation to the view. We will see how the
    • can raise the human being to sublime mood, will transport us from the soul-world
    • of the next lecture must be: through the soul to the spirit. This will show
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course III: Lecture II: Theosophical Teachings of the Soul. Part II: Soul and Human Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • you see? You see movements, you see spatial processes. But you will not see:
    • ideas. No observer of this big cerebral machinery will see what the human being
    • be understood in its whole range immediately, it will appear to anybody who
    • or grandfather of this lion instead of this: you will be completely satisfied
    • embodies itself again and again, and that will determine the destiny of this
    • to do that, he will also profess himself to the creation of any single human
    • will be the two ways which we must pursue in clear thinking: either soul creation
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course III: Lecture III: Theosophical Teachings of the Soul. Part III: Soul and Mind
    Matching lines:
    • lives in the human being makes a deep impression. In few hours, life will no
    • whom one can see with eyes will no longer be. In this situation, Socrates makes
    • it clear to his disciples that he who will no longer stand before them in few
    • hours whom they will no longer have is not that who is so valuable for them;
    • field will never say that a proof of the immortality of the human soul can be
    • to him, this is a glass ball. He will believe it. What lies sensually before
    • it is a glass ball. If you ask him: what do you have before yourself? He will
    • to the will actions of the other. If the soul is silent, if the soul is eliminated,
    • mind will-lessly as the mineral follows the physical laws. Elimination of the
    • consider a thought, a will as desirable. My personal wish binds itself to the
    • has the best basis for a pedagogic activity, and he will work on the educational
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course V: Lecture II: What Do Our Scholars Know about Theosophy?
    Matching lines:
    • will find — maybe not only in coffee parties — that which has really
    • and you will see that the objects which once were objects of your faith can
    • summit of perfection. The theosophist will dare least of all to investigate
    • He will never come up with such
    • — Somebody who understands the matters will never maintain that any human
    • has a musical ear will say that that is not true which the other investigates
    • it, but times will come — and they are not far , when one recognises the
    • will produce such instruments more and more.
    • different bases, also understands that this scholarship will be in need to illuminate
    • but the facts which theosophy announces from the higher standpoint will be proven
    • If you say that the human being has reached the highest levels and will not
    • laws which have held sway in the past, will also hold sway in the future, single
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV: Lecture III: The History of Spiritism
    Matching lines:
    • else that will surprise some of you, however, that will not at all surprise
    • You will not deny that that has a great cultural-historical significance. However,
    • field knows that Hellenbach is right when he says: nobody will claim that there
    • I will speak next time, they all explained the facts in their ways. There were
    • of the theosophical movement will find that the way of theosophy or spiritual
    • which the spiritists will find in spiritual science in the end. However, it
    • William
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV: Lecture IV: The History of Hypnotism and Somnambulism
    Matching lines:
    • caught it will try in the beginning to throw off the chain in any way, flapping
    • its wings and moving its whole body. But, in the end, it will calm down after
    • this room is not one person excepting me and you. — He will say to you:
    • necessary; nevertheless, the person concerned will carry out the command which
    • as we will see, had to be inevitably misjudged by many people, however, who
    • with Mesmer’s works with all good will and could find nothing else than
    • expertise, understands it, and he will even meet somebody with mistrust who
    • has died down that one can achieve healings by means as I will mention them.
    • more or less insignificantly in a materialistic way. But one will convince himself
    • Therefore, a healthy life will be
    • truth only if he makes himself worthy. This will throw a new meaning and a new
    • William Thierry Preyer (1841–1897),
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course V: Lecture III: Is Theosophy Unscientific?
    Matching lines:
    • the question which I only want to touch now will be exactly discussed in the
    • its images at the same time. The feeling and the ethical will were connected
    • in the world, you will see that there everything goes hand in hand. Between
    • William
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course V: Lecture IV: Is Theosophy Buddhist Propaganda?
    Matching lines:
    • have an effect on the pupil. The will exercised in wisdom lets something stream
    • a lofty degree of wisdom and divine will. Of such kind as they come from such
    • attained a lofty level of wisdom and divine will is still depending on his surroundings
    • and we want to impart life. As much life we impart, as much theosophy will work.
    • This will be the progress of the
    • to self-knowledge. More and more people will understand the theosophical movement
  • Title: Lecture: Theosophy and Tolstoy
    Matching lines:
    • Let us consider life in another domain, in the domain of art. I will
    • standard of living will automatically improve. — in terns of
    • think of the greatest writer at the present time you will perceive how
    • own, an era that in contrast to the trend of natural science will
    • — Open any book on Western science and you will find that it is
    • contemplation of life. I will read an important passage from his essay
    • On Life,* which will show you how he emphasises the principle
    • its innermost essence. If you are willing only to investigate the laws
    • forms — but within you. What your duty is will become
    • an era when form will be vibrant with new, inner life, when life will
    • prosperity increases, will also have a higher ethical standard. All
    • make this culture of form preeminent, you will actually produce an
    • will change the form. That is Tolstoy's socialism and it is his view
    • you transform the human being from within will you be able to surmount
    • race has produced a culture founded on intellect the next stage will
    • impersonal, to let the impersonal life hold sway in him, will he grow
    • Tolstoy's writings will be leveled out as time goes on. Tolstoy is
  • Title: Lecture: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • theory of life as developed by anthroposophy will have been outlined.
    • given at all in public, they will form the topic of a later
    • of human society, will soon discover that by these means least is
    • will generally achieve nothing at all. There is one rare exception
    • development will soon be aware of this fact and his task will then be
    • occult teacher acquires this knowledge. They will be discussed in
    • resultingly, certain definite qualities will appear in their
    • body and will continue to return in future incarnations, and the
    • teaching of karma, of compensatory justice — most people will ask how
    • that will eventually lead anybody to the desired comprehension This
    • those who resolve to call forth the will-power, endurance and patience
    • life as if reincarnation and karma were truths and they will become
    • today you will be tomorrow.” He who believes in reincarnation must
    • something permanent in his soul that will emerge ever again.
    • alter his soul by his own will-power. This must be tried as
    • decade, will never determine anything within himself about these
    • through sheer force of will. A formerly careless person must get
    • through any external pressure but by steadfast resolve of will. It is
    • will-power puts in the place of the habit or gesture something of his
    • that happens to him as if karma was a fact, will find that his
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Development: Lecture VII: The Great Initiates
    Matching lines:
    • has it will very soon perceive that nothing is recommended by any
    • developing so that in the future he will reach many higher
    • the art of clairvoyance — which will be characterized still
    • in yourself sufficiently strong willpower — a willpower
    • kind of changes time has brought about, you will see that what passes
    • through, feeling it through — will gain unlimited benefit. Just
    • the practice of such exercises of the soul will have on the future
    • sixteen-petalled Lotus flower will come again to full development. It
    • will glisten vividly with its sixteen spokes or petals, each petal
    • appearing in a different shade of color; and finally, it will move
    • from left to right. What everyone in the future will possess and
    • sense-organs. These will be developed if man treads the eightfold
    • I will now speak of the
    • everyone who knows something about initiation, will say that these
    • will make clear as follows. There arose at that time in Europe
    • described here will still remain remote to many people's thoughts.
    • Initiate. Those who read Novalis will notice something of the breath
  • Title: Two Essays on Haeckel: Essay II: Haeckel, "The Riddle of the Universe," Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • movement has passed will be aware of what sharp words and what
    • will understand that I speak here without prejudice, for I
    • you will consider those men who, about the middle of the
    • of humanity with calm, unprejudiced eyes, you will find two
    • of the world, such as immortality, freedom of will, origin of
    • actual riddles of the universe. On the other hand you will
    • the secret of species will indeed have reached the highest
    • you will look back among the writings of any well-known
    • will find that, in spite of all the careful and elaborate
    • development of humanity at that time will be enabled to
    • of natural science. Anyone who will take the trouble to study
    • subject a mind free from prejudice, will be in a position to
    • Thomas Henry Huxley, published by William Blackwood &
    • of adequately presenting art in its historical bearings. I will
    • will be plain to you that it is not from them that you
    • How can “free will
    • which will enable us to step across into the field of
    • faculties will make themselves apparent.”
    • nature will appear. The ordinary human being is not capable of
    • To most people these will appear as mere reflections of what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture I: Haeckel, the Riddles of the World and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • immortality, of the freedom of will, of the origin of life,
    • pain etcetera? — Imagine the whirling atoms and you will
    • (7) How can a free will originate in a being, which is so bound
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture II: Our International Situation. War, Peace and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • all will remain and the others pass. So that we do not need to
    • facts speak distinctly and will speak more and more distinctly
    • view as I am today, or he will still be on it.
    • independence, the struggle will still last. However, the human
    • on the physical plane. Hence, it will lead him on the stages of
    • realm, an entire, all-embracing peace will be. The struggle did
    • words light up in the soul: peace is with you. This will be
    • the human race spiritually whose principal words will be: peace
    • will awake for the new humanity. Buddha gave his people a
  • Title: Lecture Series: The Situation of the World
    Matching lines:
    • something else will be required, because the human,
    • who versed in these questions will know that one says:
    • All those who earnestly deal with such questions, will find in the
    • the facts speak clearly and will speak more and more clearly
    • interesting book, you will obtain a beautiful insight into the
    • will find group-souls at the beginning of human development.
    • the more compact you will find the structure of human life, the
    • people will appear to you harmoniously united. One spirit
    • far more developed individualized will-forces. This must be
    • anthropology or from some racial theory, but will be explained
    • the gigantic pyramids were built, you will find there an army
    • penetrate into spiritual science this will be quite clear to
    • the same stage on which I am standing now, or he will do so one
    • of the animals, then the human soul will only be able to attain
    • struggle will last until the human being will have developed
    • consciousness pertaining to his own sphere, he will be guided
    • those of the future who will more and more unfold the
    • new human race that will devote itself entirely to mutual help.
    • human being and what will unfold in the future.
    • spiritual life will find light upon the path, for the second
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture III: Basic Concepts of Theosophy. Soul and Spirit of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • a human being stands before you, you will admit without further
    • lessons. Our ninth talk will discuss that in detail what one
    • his spiritual ears to the universe, then he will really
    • operate the spirit. However, he will also come there where he
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture VI: The Basic Concepts of Theosophy. Human Races
    Matching lines:
    • on this earth and will still often return. If we look at the
    • and will go through others than ours later. The races appear to
    • will impulses of the human being.
    • language was also different from ours. I will come back to this
    • willpower. Without sensuous mediation, the Atlantean was able
    • clairvoyant than the Atlantean. He had a gigantic willpower; he
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture VII: The Core of Wisdom in the Religions
    Matching lines:
    • of God of those human beings will be than ours are. We can say
    • says, what is around me today is a stage, which will be
    • will have appeared as a forming one to which we owe our
    • preannouncement that will lead to the Father.
    • is already in the world. As true as Christ said, I will be
    • also true that he will come again that the whole Christianity
    • those speak in such ways who do not have the will to listen to
  • Title: Lecture: Brotherhood and the Fight for Survival
    Matching lines:
    • against resistance, that our will and intellectual initiatives are
    • economic field they will be most useful for their fellows because if
    • beings, but if you look deeper into history you will find that this
    • in the cities of Europe, will soon find out that we deal here with a
    • these cities under the influence of this principle, you will find,
    • you look at it today you will find how our practice of law, our
    • will have little success in helping our brothers and sisters.
    • where the sources are, the fountains of their powers, they will
    • develop to powerful and able people, and they will have the
    • one-sidedness. It will only bear its proper fruits if it is paired
    • look at it under the microscope you will find that it is composed of
    • help principle, and you will see that the Spiritual Scientific World
    • Movement will extend this mutual help principle everywhere to replace
    • all are those who will produce the basis for a proper evolution into
    • life in a Anthroposophical manner. Only then we will be able to
    • impractical idealists, but before long one will see that they will be
    • forces of life. Nobody will doubt that one would injure a person if
    • are not really willing to apply this principle ourselves.
    • but even to the feeling. Even then, if in us a feeling will stir that
    • from one apparatus to a receiver, then you will also understand
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture VIII: Fraternity and the Struggle for Existence
    Matching lines:
    • will and intellectual initiative because he must measure his
    • still calls the theosophists impractical idealists. It will not
    • last long, and they will prove to be the most practical people
    • a human soul if it separates from the human society. You will
    • struggle for existence, and he will find most of his forces in
  • Title: Esoteric Development: Lecture I: Inner Development
    Matching lines:
    • of this lecture. This lecture will by no means postulate rules or
    • laws concerning general human morality, nor will it challenge
    • Without friction, it will not become charged. This is similar
    • volition. Whoever says that we do not need occultism will not need to
    • culture to submit to those rules of conduct which will open the
    • highest truth will thereby become manifest. Nothing is more
    • assertion. Just try to let your inner self speak, and you will
    • I am, there will I stand sometime in the future. I am truly
    • practical occultist with experience will confirm it. The
    • when the moment approaches that you will see this person for the
    • practical occultist will tell you that no one should dare to
    • is hard. Look, for instance, at a plant or an object. You will learn
    • develop a feeling for the laws of the clock. A mineralogist will
    • an example for man, with which he will have to unite his other
    • how they flit about like will-o'-the wisps. Here one impression
    • wonderful in every object of outer reality, and you will see that
    • course will lead you to the great ability to tolerate, and to an
    • person, one must be willing to hold back one's own judgment, and to
    • listen to others. We must develop this ability to listen, for it will
    • that he will not have to ask everyone what he should do and so that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture IX: Inner Development
    Matching lines:
    • It will not become electric without friction. Somebody who
    • once to let his inner human being speak, he will see that as a
    • kingdom of God like a child will never enter it” (Mark
    • certain rhythm in it. You will consider it as a matter of
    • want to state something that will seem absurd to most people,
    • entrance of the supersensible world. That will absolutely
  • Title: Signs/Symbols: The Christmas Festival as a Symbol of the Sun Victory
    Matching lines:
    • it the pedantic summary of a schoolmaster, however, but one that will
    • will continue until the day we celebrate as Christmas, a day that was
    • unable to see the sun and moon as bodies of spirits, will be unable to
    • dwelling into which he subsequently moves, you will have an adequate
    • the irregularity of thinking, feeling and willing. They are
    • will-o'-the-wisps in comparison. Imagine the wisdom with which the
    • the image of what the soul born in me will become.” The divine world
    • what is true, millions of others may dissent but he will remain
    • these passions, drives and instincts will have been purified and
    • become what is called Buddhi or Chrestos, when they will have reached
    • science of the spirit, will have been reached. When our feelings will
    • will have been achieved on earth as that of our intellects, when
    • Buddhi and the Chrestos will have been incorporated into the human
    • Christianity and of anthroposophy will have been fulfilled. Then it
    • will not be necessary to determine by vote what is good, noble and
    • stood. But he will develop out of chaos into a future harmony
    • revelation of this harmony will resound from our own souls in the
    • future. Then we will feel the peace of those who are of good will that
    • will come about in mankind through this harmony. When from this great
    • will reign in human beings on earth in the future. The more we let the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture X: Christmas as Symbol of the Sun's Victory
    Matching lines:
    • of your thinking, feeling and willing. They wander around
    • sounds once from our own soul, then we feel the other that will
    • peace of those who are of good will (Latin: et pax hominibus
    • as harmony, the more peace and harmony will be on this
    • the religions. Those human beings are of good will who feel
    • which will be an object of a talk next year. But one thing
    • will carry off the victory over everything that is darkness in
    • again, these festivals will be different from today, then they
    • will plant themselves again vividly in soul and heart, then
    • they will be to us that which they should be really to us:
    • then our ideal is attained, then spiritual science will be
    • mundane. Then, however, spiritual science will also be in the
    • spiritual-scientific thinking, feeling, and willing. On the
    • sun-like, a light that will forever win over all darkness, over
    • all chaos, that gives a soul peace, that will always compensate
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XI: The Christian Teachings of Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • the stars of the luminous sky. The thoughtful human being will
    • will also speak to those who remain in full Christian
    • devoutness in old Christian traditions, and to those it will be
    • existence will soon recognize how vapid and superficial any
    • of existence today where the majority of humanity will come
    • that we cannot grasp deeply enough, and this is, I will be with
    • have it, this “Die and be transformed!,” you will
    • victory over the globe; they will have applied intellect and
    • human being in himself. Then he will look up again at the
    • This will be if these achievements are also made fruitful for
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XII: Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • question of the riddle of the free will? These questions force
    • spiritual-scientific worldview will have seized all
    • This becomes will, the voice of conscience, which becomes more
    • Experience changes into will, in the voice of conscience in the
    • will. There we are subject to fate. — If anybody said so,
    • you see a chemist going to his laboratory, he will maybe go in
    • his free will at all. Nevertheless, the principle gives him the
    • Lessing. However, if one likes to praise him, they will not go
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XIII: Lucifer
    Matching lines:
    • unselfishness and willingness to make sacrifices in the human
    • shackles and strides along his own track, as a free will of the
    • commandments on Sinai, this science will be born in wisdom as
    • science will progress emotionally if it is reborn from the
    • to grace, science will be deepened to wisdom. That means,
    • This striving will make the human being such a citizen in the
    • principle will deepen science. We have the luciferic principle
    • soul. An inner church, an inner temple will be there that
    • transfigures and spiritualises the external one. Everybody will
    • a whole; the human being will understand this if he is
    • said, “I will be with you, to the end of time”
    • transforms science into wisdom, freedom into willingness to
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XV: Germanic and Indian Secret Doctrines
    Matching lines:
    • the East in such a peculiar, spiritual way will show us how
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XVI: German Theosophists at the Beginning of the Nineteenth Century
    Matching lines:
    • our spiritual-scientific talks take in this winter. I will
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XVII: Siegfried and the Twilight of the Gods
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual experiences, it will put the myth across in its
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XVIII: Parzival and Lohengrin
    Matching lines:
    • certainty in his inside that he will never lose knowledge
  • Title: Lecture: Easter
    Matching lines:
    • deepest meaning will always be felt to be the greatest
    • — the psycho-spiritual constitution will in future be
    • mankind. To the normal vision of day will be added a still
    • future. To physical vision will come vision in the astral
    • This contains all those experiences which later will be the
    • light is “dead”. It sleeps. But it will again be
    • redemption-concept will be made really comprehensible only
    • through Spiritual Science. A Christianity of the future will
    • out of his chaotic inner being harmony will ultimately arise.
    • Like the regular paths of the planets round the sun, so will
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XIX: The Easter Festival
    Matching lines:
    • this light will resurrect in the human being. A festival that
    • spirit, which will take place in the human being, we see the
    • chaos, the harmony will once arise from his chaotic inside. As
    • originated, the internal saviour of the human being will arise
    • who will mean the uniform, the harmonious compared with all
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XX: Inner Development
    Matching lines:
    • centuries. It is left to the free will of every human being
    • mental and spiritual will see it later. There the consideration
    • feels, thinks, and wills erratically today, where he works
    • referred to any teacher whom he will find when he should find
    • materialist. He will find that all human beings where they say
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XXI: Paracelsus
    Matching lines:
    • monarch and the empire will be mine, and I lead the empire and
    • what he had donated must live on and will live on with those
    • and will remain true, and yours are recognised as full of bile,
    • toads. It is not my will that you should fall down or be
    • my body, you have only eaten filth: the Theophrastus will
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XXII: Jacob Boehme
    Matching lines:
    • between the force of thinking and the force of willing. Someone
    • one will not only understand him but in which one wants to
    • external control of all natural forces, then Jacob Boehme will
  • Title: Lecture: Woman and Society (Die Frauenfrage)
    Matching lines:
    • life. It will prove itself far more by building a real foundation for
    • Few will deny that the
    • question exists will be denied by no one. Yet if we look back to
    • majority of people and you will find a very strange but fairly common
    • a woman of one particular people (or nation or tribe) will differ far
    • remains with this materialistic view will simply miss, will overlook
    • differences — he will overlook the individuality which goes
    • women's question from this point of view, we will just look at
    • influence this woman had on the men of the 19th century, will no
    • heeded. It is the spiritual-scientific world-view which will have to
    • if it doesn't agree with them. This had to happen. But humanity will
    • super-sensible, spiritual things. Only for a short time will people be
    • But a time will come
    • when people will feel that the wellsprings of the spirit in life must
    • Spiritual Science will, on a much broader basis, be able again to
    • Science will proclaim that which gives certainty, strength, courage
    • coincidence — many will understand this that at the beginning
    • one will see how far the latter surpasses the former. Thus it is a
    • might astound us will perhaps appear as a spiritual-historical
    • must briefly look once more into the being of Man. We will give a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture V: The Question of Women's Rights
    Matching lines:
    • On the contrary, it will prove itself establishing a real basis
    • humanity will never be able to live without looking up, without
    • time only one will be able to go on working as it has come
    • non-result. However, the time will come when one feels that the
    • popular world, spiritual science will announce what gives
    • is a peculiar chance — some will understand it —
    • ago. Nevertheless, the modern physical research will only
    • Thus, this theosophical or spiritual-scientific movement will
    • turn out to be eminently practical. It will guide humanity to
    • the eternally female draws us upwards, those will understand
    • beyond the genders. Then one will understand what brings the
    • the same time. One will no longer say when one speaks of things
    • will also no longer say, the eternally male draws us upwards,
    • one will say with deep understanding: the eternally-human draws
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture IV: Spiritual Science and the Social Question
    Matching lines:
    • their situation will be better, too. — We know that above
    • had a good will and initiative to give at least a number of
    • this and that of its teachings. However, we will not speak
    • science will notice one thing: concerning one important point
    • life. Someone will say, the worlds that spiritual science
    • one does not want to admit it, but in practice, one will soon
    • There is only one possibility to assert itself, which will seem
    • his work with pleasure and willing. Thus, the impulse of work
    • respect, it is a new spiritual movement, and it will have the
    • its knowledge of the human nature on the fact that it will
    • souls, the conditions and external relations will follow
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture I: The Significance of Supersensible Knowledge Today
    Matching lines:
    • of spiritual investigation will become apparent. These
    • lectures will also deal — from a spiritual-scientific
    • and the tasks facing modern humans. The discourses will
    • interest for everyone. Each lecture will be self-contained,
    • lectures will deal with subjects such as, “Man's
    • audience who attended lectures last winter will hear about
    • this winter's programme that will demonstrate what is meant
    • it will create conflict with their religious conscience. They
    • same fundamental truth. From these lectures it will become
    • the present time, will truly further mankind's progress in
    • held this winter will increasingly demonstrate that the time
    • that wisdom in a new form. In so doing, the old forms will
    • religions will be restored by spiritual science.
    • longer understood. This tendency to accept and tolerate will
    • continue for a time, but eventually it will prove too weak,
    • hopes in human hearts, will prove too feeble and ineffective
    • views. This attitude will prove insufficient. In the future,
    • It will
    • of evidence of that today, and it will become even more
    • to offer will be unable to recognize what spiritual science
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Occult Significance of Blood
    Matching lines:
    • Each one of you will doubtless be aware that the title of this lecture
    • will know, too, that Faust is to strike a bargain with Mephistopheles,
    • attention; for there is little doubt that you will be surprised to
    • powers of evil believes nay, is convinced that he will have Faust more
    • of various nations, and which touch upon human life, will in our day
    • fairy-tales and myths have come into being, will find every trace of
    • surprise vanish, every doubt pass away; indeed, he will find in these
    • of ancient times, although some indication of this will be given at
    • human civilization, will today occupy our attention.
    • You will find that there are many dilettante interpretations of this
    • I will here apply the Hermetic Axiom to the question: What actually
    • fruits within him, will always tell you that through suffering he has
    • immemorial axiom of spiritual science. You will become more and more
    • deeply sensible of this, and you will find that gradually, point for
    • point, the ancient wisdom will reappear in the science of modern
    • And for this reason we will today apply our minds to a study of that
    • background” of blood, you will be able to realize how the
    • educational question which humanity will have to face in the future,
    • people as these will, indeed, be unlikely to hit on the right mode of
    • teachings of natural science, and you will be aware that, with regard
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture II: Blood is a Very Special Fluid
    Matching lines:
    • You will be aware that so much has been written about Goethe's
    • evil believes, or rather is convinced, that he will gain a
    • will be the subject of a later lecture, though an indication
    • will be given at the close of this one. Today we shall look
    • in cultural life. However, our discussion will not be from a
    • but from that of spiritual science. It will be a help if
    • suffering, the immediate experience will no doubt be inner
    • when only their fruits remain, a person will say that from
    • spiritual knowledge. This will happen more and more
    • frequently; you will find ancient wisdom gradually
    • background of blood is understood, it will be recognized that
    • doubtful morality. It is unlikely that one will find the
    • composition of blood will be known to you from science in
    • some of the basic ideas of spiritual science. You will come
    • spiritual science; they will allow a brief repetition for the
    • light will be thrown on them from a different aspect. In
    • acquainted with spiritual science will know that the
    • necessary organs, we will perceive, among other things, the
    • ether body, and will no longer speak of “limits of
    • change, and when they do they will be able to know things
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • next three lectures of this winter's cycle will have more of an inner
    • Illness and Death. Yet each of these three lectures will be complete
    • research and the power to look back into earlier ages, it will be
    • next lecture will show us that it is possible to see a connection
    • back in your life, however, and you will see how perfection and
    • been aware of this connection. Such a consciousness will form a
    • caricature. No-one will deny that just as through tragic compassion
    • Compare with life the external process of death and it will be clear
    • observe a living substance and you will find that it continually
    • eyes and pain will appear comprehensible. All that gives rise to
    • said is a truth. An example will make it still clearer. When do you
    • lectures fairly often will remember the allusion to the existence of
    • in human nature: thinking, feeling and willing. These three depend on
    • the physical organisation of man. Certain acts of will appear after
    • willing. If the organs of will are crippled a man is unable to
    • transform his thoughts into will-impulses. He is weak as a man of
    • thinking, feeling and willing is to be found in the
    • these three members, thinking, feeling, willing, must be separated
    • from one another. The organs of will and feeling must suffer a
    • but the contact between thinking, feeling and willing is interrupted.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture III: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • foundation; the next lecture will show that it is possible to
    • evil; it may be a first cause from which will result a more
    • back over your life you will realize how often suffering and
    • understanding of our essential nature will also make clear
    • being will develop out of itself what is termed: Spirit Self
    • world, but in us it lives as conscious spirit. It will be
    • arise. This will concern us in the next lecture.
    • substances will disintegrate if not permeated with life. That
    • you will find that substances are perpetually being absorbed
    • acquainted with my lectures will recall references to
    • someone born blind. Just as such a person will experience the
    • soul forces in human beings: thinking, feeling and willing.
    • organization. Certain thoughts and feelings will call up
    • certain acts of will. The human organism must function
    • and willing. If an organ connected with the will is impaired,
    • the human being will be unable to translate his thoughts into
    • impulses of will; he is weak as far as action is concerned.
    • willing are in harmony. This is right at certain stages of
    • feeling and willing must be severed from one another. The
    • organs connected with feeling and will must undergo division.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Origin of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • acknowledge that man lays claim to a kingdom of his own. We will now
    • More and more of it will flow into daily life. We are standing only at
    • opens man's spiritual eyes and ears. It will be attained in the
    • to another embodiment. The Earth will then obtain a new planetary
    • existence, and men will then be the gods of the new planet. The body
    • of humanity which is forsaken by the Spirit will be a lower kingdom.
    • We bear in us now a double nature: that which will rule on the next
    • planet and that which will be the lower kingdom. Just as the Earth
    • will incorporate itself afresh so has it also perfected itself out of
    • earlier processes of evolution. Just as the human beings will be the
    • evolution. And on the future planet men will have advanced so far
    • that there will be an exact recapitulation: the same is never
    • which makes continual attacks on the wisdom-filled heart. It will
    • conflict, necessary conflict. But love will also overcome it and
    • earthly evolution will bring love into the next planet as a force of
    • the following planet will look up to the gods as to the bringers of
    • will wisdom and love celebrate their nuptials. But the Luciferic
    • evil will be overcome. Freedom and evil have the same original
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IV: The Origin of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • are certain reasons why this is happening. It will
    • evolved in the past and will evolve in the future, and
    • The whole of humanity will reach this stage, but only after
    • affairs; the ascetic who flees the world will not attain
    • spiritualized, and no longer needs a physical body, he will
    • outside. By then our present planet will have fulfilled its
    • planetary existence will arise, and humanity will be gods on
    • will constitute a lower kingdom. Human nature is already
    • twofold, consisting of that which will rule on the next
    • planet, and that which will be a lower kingdom. The earth
    • will pass over into a new embodiment, just as it has passed
    • through earlier ones. Human beings will be gods on the next
    • human beings will have advanced to be leaders and guides.
    • attacks the wise form of the heart. The astral body will need
    • body, though it will do so in the course of evolution. The
    • conflict, but love will overcome the conflict and transform
    • who attain the goal of earth evolution will bring love over
    • will look up to the gods as bringers of love. On earth,
    • love will be guided by the wisdom that is the foundation of
    • evil will be overcome. Evil and freedom stem from the same
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture V: Education in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • to a wider public, and provide insight that will help to
    • Our ordinary thoughts and will-impulses are also contained in
    • inclined to be too earnest and too quiet, it will benefit
    • far better. Every child will see such a homemade doll as a
    • The child will indicate what is beneficial for himself.
    • will disappear. Education should be based on happiness, on
    • the educator must bring to bear everything that will further
    • the moment he will be permitted to meet this person. At last
    • Olympus he will follow," is a true saying. The materialistic
    • these traits is not laid during this period, it will result
    • will not be attained if the instructor aims at movements that
    • movements will promote inner sensations of health, strength,
    • time is the teacher, the personality that will guide the
    • which member in a truly beneficial way. The embryo will be
    • cared for, as that in turn will benefit the child. This holds
    • practical solutions will prove true educators.
  • Title: Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • that death is an unsolved riddle — a riddle which no-one will
    • terms will not be able to make anything of such an answer; they would
    • Perhaps it will be
    • spend my life to ponder it”, will understand how the only
    • new again to come to the fore. — In any case you will find no
    • We will therefore
    • thing will have to be made clear — that spiritual science
    • nature and individuality, much that is said today will be applicable
    • essentials we shall be speaking about men, and other things will be
    • forces strong to transform his astral body; another will soon grow
    • be estimated when he will have transformed all that comes from his
    • study the matter closely you will find, without being clairvoyant,
    • Then will the relation of individual forces and substances give us a
    • insight into these matters will have particularly much to tell us
    • into these things will indeed gain some kind of understanding of the
    • shall find illness and death comprehensible. These concepts will be
    • fully accepted the matter it will bring about in man a deep,
    • harmonious mood of soul which will then become the wisdom of life.
    • into the happiness of life, the more will anthroposophy prove itself
    • demonstrated — it will prove itself in life.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VI: Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • death is a riddle that no one ever has, or ever will solve.
    • Testaments, who strive to grasp their deeper aspects, will be
    • death.” You will realize that not only this, but also
    • will then be discovered that often the issue concerned is not
    • sentence will be acquainted with his pessimistic outlook:
    • pondering it.” And they will realize that he could not
    • humans. Few of the things said today will apply to either the
    • beings; anything else will be brought up merely for the sake
    • spiritual-scientific viewpoint, you will realize that the
    • person has attained already, one person will be born with
    • body, while another will soon exhaust what is available to
    • say for how long the “I” will be able to carry
    • he will have transformed in his astral body all that is
    • discovered through a similar approach, which will also throw
    • closely, you will realize, even without spiritual sight, that
    • the limit, and danger arises. This will depend upon whether
    • these things will gain an understanding of illness and death.
    • spiritual science wishes to bring to humanity. Many will see
    • intellect has once fully grasped all that is implied, it will
    • and its truths will be confirmed by life itself.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VII: Education and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual world. The will that flowed through their limbs was
    • that the teacher's kindness and good will — which he
    • inwardly transformed. The day will come when a teacher will
    • human being will no longer be able to receive later in life
    • life of the child, forces will flow from his or her soul to
    • the whole cosmos. A feeling for nature will awaken in the
    • has meaning will emerge from their time at school.
    • of love. But what strengthens the will is religion; it must
    • permeate every subject that is taught. The child will not
    • still will it grasp the underlying laws.
    • child has inwardly experienced it will also retain; details
    • may vanish but the essential, the universal, will remain and
    • will grow.
    • conviction, will also be able to convey religion. The spirit
    • will be rightly formed when study is also life.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VIII: Insanity in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • When the incarnation that will follow draws near, the human
    • hallucinations, and will often give one and the same answer
    • counter-images will be effective. For example, the power of
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IX: Wisdom and Health
    Matching lines:
    • the proof will be seen when it is assimilated, then applied
    • being, looking at the stars, will recognize the eternal laws
    • moon in silent majesty, a person will see all these phenomena
    • cannot stream in. The pictures thus created will maintain
    • create in the soul are not accurate, it will not matter; they
    • spiritual scientific striving will neglect to acquaint
    • himself with the achievements of ordinary science; he will,
    • however, go further; he will transform such knowledge into
    • Imaginative wisdom will bring a person health. When knowledge
    • When this wisdom has reached its climax it will have become
    • all-encompassing love. Love will stream towards us from the
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture X: Stages in Man's Development in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • he brings with him through birth. That existence will reveal
    • pleasure in what is beautiful, artistic and spiritual, will
    • will remain a long time in the region of burning thirst.
    • similar toys. A healthy child will only get pleasure from it
    • of eyes and ears will provide far more pleasure; this is
    • the right food it will develop a liking for what is
    • beneficial, whereas wrong food will cause sickness.
    • essential to human beings. A person's development will take
    • has experienced youthful joy and expectation, it will not now
    • youth failed to be imbued with fresh vigorous forces will
    • in cosmic forces. What will thus exist in the future is
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XI: Who are the Rosicrucians?
    Matching lines:
    • Rosicrucian document, will find nothing exceptional in them.
    • methods. A person who gradually prepares will eventually
    • humanity's whole outlook. It will for long centuries to come
    • nothing different or conspicuous. Thus, you will find that
    • you will find in my book Knowledge of Higher Worlds and
    • be absolved in the sequence here enumerated. The teacher will
    • teacher of Rosicrucianism will guide the pupil to the higher
    • thoughts are like will-o-the-wisps so that no distinction is
    • may turn to books on spiritual science. There he will not
    • more will flow into mankind. Study of this material schools
    • basic spiritual scientific literature will also school
    • then you will know that you possess a deeper logic, and can
    • Then you will also recognize that it is this that is
    • fertilizing sacred lance of love. This stage will be reached
    • height, a person will attain this ideal. When no impure
    • desires permeate the lower organs, a person will become as
    • chaste and pure as the plant is now. That individual will
    • something that is sacred and noble — a force they will
    • organ will then have developed; the calyx will arise on a
    • plant, will have developed within itself the innocence and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XII: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • with mysticism, as we shall do in today's consideration, will
    • objections will be directed against mysticism as such.
    • never spoke, or even hinted at, some of the things that will
    • be made that Wagner did not speak about things that will be
    • person believes he will discover finds expression through
    • that experiences of inner bliss will be his. A person who
    • travels the path of knowledge will eventually reach that
    • science is properly understood, it will be seen that, far
    • words will convey what took place in those times of which
    • William Shakespeare (1564–1616) was an English poet,
    • shall now bring up will be familiar to those acquainted with
    • now. Those who take note of what goes on in the world will be
    • also the source of a Christian belief that life will
    • ultimately be victorious over death, will become eternal
    • mankind will be redeemed, and on the other, that through
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XIII: The Bible and Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • scientific point of view, it will be easiest if, in our
    • You will be
    • if a person truly will, he can attain that spiritual world
    • evolving, rather than merely having faith that it will
    • did not know before; through our will we become capable of
    • at what we understand today, at what our will is capable of
    • we possess such forces, our will grows stronger; it reaches
    • which slumbers within me. I know that in the future it will
    • acquainted with old linguistic usage will not imagine that
    • the spiritual world. A blind person will see the world full
    • is to attain his higher humanity. He will know that heaven is
    • that is, the higher perception that mankind in general will
    • would, is the outlook and understanding all human beings will
    • In the course of time the initiate will lead a great number
    • the will must be passed through. As a plant must go through
    • Higher Worlds and its Attainment, you will find this
    • why this knowledge is essential in our time. I will mention
    • godliness that humanity will attain in a far distant future.
    • Mystical Fact, you will find this question answered in
    • nature. You will remember that in the Gospels Jesus often
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture I: The Mission of Occult Science in Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • opponents. For these opponents will have to accomplish such
    • of the radium? Moreover, who will not see that it has something
    • investigation. However, have patience; the time will come when
    • covers today. The time will come when the scientists unravel
    • research will illumine the past.
    • The time will also come —
    • someone will say rightly who stands on the ground of research —
    • laboratory, so that one will succeed in producing living
    • answer will arise in the course of the talks.
    • questions, as I have put them. You will find nothing more often
    • time. Who can use them by way of comparison will find this
    • these matters. However, he will also find the possibility to
    • science which will not be recognised in general which still
    • truths. Everything that will be said in this winter course as a
    • especially high degree. It will become already clear to you how
    • talks will show this, the today's talk should be only a kind of
    • Many things will now be
    • despise. However, we also know that the picture will be a
    • despised in former times will seize the others or go along with
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture II: Natural Science Facing a Crucial Decision
    Matching lines:
    • will always be on the safe side, even if they confine
    • themselves to the sensory phenomena. They will come to sure
    • will be found in the course of human evolution, and it does not
    • supersensible world. However, just this idea will appear in the
    • movements only. Natural sciences will never be able to explain
    • will never know how consciousness originates from
    • place just in the field of scientific thinking. Times will come
    • when one will not be able to understand that one could ever
    • At first, people will attempt to come again to something else
    • colour and sound. These mental pictures will soon have to
    • disappear due to the power of the facts. It will become obvious
    • world. This material world will scatter and disintegrate. On
    • will appreciate what is behind it. Then that will have to move
    • up which one experiences and can experience. Then one will
    • It will still last long,
    • hear the ear. Then one will realise that any matter is born out
    • of the spirit, and one will lead the true scientific facts,
    • scientific facts will be the best basis of spiritual science.
    • facts have to be corrected. The time will come when this
    • sciences will discharge into the spiritual science. Today, they
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture III: The Knowledge of Soul and Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • life — thinking, feeling, and willing — under the concept of
    • We will now have a look
    • itself in the physical world? You will search these questions
    • in science so long and that one will dethrone in the next time.
    • prepared with the animal. Because we will still speak of the
    • often will meet us in the winter talks but nobody can expect
    • has a second life that existed before this life and will be
    • on this: what faced us in the course of this winter will be
    • Thereby it will be the best servant of the high religious
    • will impulses of the soul. However, the soul can be only
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture IV: Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual, higher worlds, the thought will also appear of
    • However, with most human beings the perseverance and the will
    • first steps in every situation, as you will hear. Then higher
    • will find that even the kind in which such a thing is
    • observation: thinking, feeling and willing, thought, feeling
    • and will. This is the level of the average human being. All
    • future ideal: you will have the plant nature again! One gave
    • continues from the feeling to the willing.
    • develops by pictures, the will develops by the occult letters.
    • This will is the deepest of the concealed power. This will
    • out by the will into the outer world. If you remember the
    • are there to train the will. In the portfolio, which we edited as
    • concerns here. You will see how spiritual science is connected
    • will also be able to form organs. There are organs in the human
    • circulation will experience reorganisations in the not too
    • distant future. One will find that the circulation of the blood
    • blood. The heart will be in future a voluntary muscle, and it
    • that will almost coin the future of the human being
    • The larynx will also have
    • another function. It will be the reproductive organ of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Illusory Illness: Lecture I: Illusory Illness
    Matching lines:
    • balancing of outer and inner will he find salvation in
    • themes for the considerations that will occupy us here. Both
    • themes belong together. First, we will devote ourselves to the
    • “We'll be arriving in Berlin at nine. Will it still be
    • right about the lady. As for the man, he only lacked the will
    • to be healthy. Had he summoned the will to be healthy, he would
    • glance will be able to pass from this picture to another.
    • spirit, will not take the matter so lightly. Even in seemingly
    • child will then say, “You say that it is water but yet it
    • Whereupon we will say, “You do not know how water becomes
    • these or those thoughts he experiences? We will be able herein
    • science that will not be fully disclosed for some time unless
    • his capacity for health will dry up and his whole being will be
    • yourselves. They will show you that the human being seeks an
    • becoming pale will appear as an expression of energy-streams in
    • in this way? Because the soul strives to create a will-center
    • you will, into the environment. Thus, what we call shame is
    • will realize that all soul happenings can have an effect on the
    • will not admit that the human being has inner creative wisdom,
    • what is called evolution. You will hear it said that there were
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Illusory Illness: Lecture II: Feverish Pursuit of Health
    Matching lines:
    • them, but is there a chance that they will attain health
    • our living bodies, can take a position towards it. This we will
    • the impressions from it depress him, overwhelm him, he will
    • which will make him healthy, when, for example, he sees
    • will mostly fear such sicknesses as do not come to expression
    • activity. The feverish search for health will cease only then
    • right into the limbs, into the blood circulation. Then will
    • But spiritual science will be strong. It will transform every
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture VI: The So-Called Dangers of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • The future will produce the evidence. As little as the Bavarian
    • atmosphere and will be it more and more. What fulfills this
    • already older than many who write today. He bethought, I will
    • risk. It does not bear the blame. It will gradually replace the
    • one will be quiet, even if apparently bad effects appear. These
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture VII: Man, Woman and Child
    Matching lines:
    • “I” who spoke: the ego is, was and will be there.
    • spiritual science immediately intervene in the will, in the
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture VIII: The Soul of the Animal in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • You will admit that if we apply this principle that in the
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture XI: Occupation and Earnings
    Matching lines:
    • will be for whom this duality — the everyday occupation, the
    • will also hold the conviction strictly that this spiritual
    • Many people will now say,
    • and human will-impulses. We must put the sentence: the human
    • on a small part in the factory will never have the abandon for
    • will argue, create impulses for a work that is dirty, bad, and
    • also work in community and obtain social thinking. You will
    • the public life will open his eyes, so that he will not have to
    • This will be the best and
    • spiritual reality with open and free sense. Humanity will
  • Title: Lecture: Man and Woman in Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • that he will directly enter these current debates. And this
    • a higher vantage point. Many of the things to be said will sound
    • quite strange. But if you penetrate deeper into them you will
    • will the questions with which we wish to concern ourselves appear in
    • nature. Then we will find a point of reference on how the modern
    • we will concern ourselves with the physical and etheric bodies. For
    • deeper observation will disclose the following: Something of
    • receptivity into the world. Countless phenomena of life will become
    • Present day materialism will find it very hard to admit that the
    • stays with popular concepts, most people will not immediately
    • which comes from America. One single sentence will easily show how
    • sexes will be deepened and the polarities will be harmonised.
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture XII: Sun, Moon and Stars
    Matching lines:
    • as also their confirmations are found. One will still be able
    • to ascertain many facts and some mistakes will have to be
    • properly, one will also realise that the light consists not
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture XIII: Outset and End of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • where the natural sciences themselves will be obliged to
    • of thought, feeling and will-impulses stronger and stronger
    • than feelings and will-impulses can be strengthened by any
    • meditation of thoughts, feelings, and will-impulses make the
    • feelings and the will-impulses more powerful. We can show how
    • will-impulses according to certain methodical regulations — in
    • present ideas sticking to the material will argue: do you
    • William James (1842–1910, American philosopher and
    • soul feels as an impulse. The human being will perform his work
    • not only by the tools of the hand, but the heart will be the
    • his soul. He will learn to shape denser and denser this way,
    • and he will produce his equals by his transformed vocal organ,
    • organ of the future human being who will produce his equals
    • thoughts in the air today, he will embody himself by the organ
    • that what our head will be is that what he is today. The
    • will have later to the creation of its equals: it is the word.
    • A human being speaks the word, and the word will be a human
    • the human being will stand at the earth's end one recognises
    • that it was with them the same way. The human being will
    • originate by the word at the end, he will speak the word at the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture XIV: The Hell
    Matching lines:
    • The human thinking will
    • “a part of that force which, always willing evil, always
    • then I will gladly be destroyed!
    • himself in such way with the physical body will have a more
    • will be the result? We can recognise this if we investigate the
    • long work of the other forces, the eye will be only ripe to
    • that is necessary for our life; we will get to know that
    • element even closer next time, which will give us light about
    • all welfare and all human development is contained. We will
    • balance regression and progress properly. It will become
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture XV: The Heaven
    Matching lines:
    • consideration will show that it is very necessary just in our
    • being thinks, feels, and wills. Of course, everything up to a
    • in his physical ancestors, and that he will keep on living in
    • Quixote. Someone who understands this thoroughly will find in
    • and willing, are capable of a higher development. If we briefly
    • feeling and willing if he wants to become a citizen of the
    • thinking, feeling, and willing in particular.
    • thoughts, feelings, and will actions that flow through the soul
    • thinking, feeling and willing, the fruit of the last life as a
    • those who are near and dear to him? Will that what happened
    • here continue in any way? It will! You can understand this
    • Thomson (William T., first Baron Kelvin, 1824–1907, British
    • You will find that the place has become warm. You see the heat
    • spiritual field will find also capable successors like Thomson,
    • Clausius and Carnot have found. Then the result will be that
    • things, and this will fit together: in the same strict way as
    • will have the possibility to satisfy the need of their hearts
    • object of the last talk. Indeed, a wisdom will once be there
    • religious needs of the heart. There will come up a spiritual
    • spiritual-scientific wisdom will penetrate into the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture I: Where and How Does One Find the Spirit?
    Matching lines:
    • you will only be a gloomy guest
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • forces of evolution, will find renewed significance in a memorable
    • to us to-day outwardly — will see that in this thought he
    • different, though it is the same mountain they paint. You will get
    • to knowledge, you will see that Goethe does not select a single
    • appears to us a modern, it will be a sufficient justification if in
    • which lead direct to the present time. You will see at once what I
    • put this figure into its own epoch. These few words alone will
    • as you will find them discussed in detail in my book,
    • ‘methodical thinking and willing;’ and the day
    • to get Goethe's world-conception, will get the feeling that Goethe
    • Beautiful Lily’ will provide riddle after riddle.
    • come remarkable forms — Will-o'-the-Wisps. They want to be
    • they will upset the boat. But they arrive safely and then they
    • Now the Snake and the Will-o'-the-Wisps come together, the
    • the Will-o'-the-Wisps in a horizontal line, the Will-o'-the-Wisps
    • Will-o'-the-Wisps, ‘we've just had a lift across because we
    • important words. ‘You will not find the Ferryman again, and
    • cross’ — The Will-o'-the-Wisps say, ‘We do not
    • second way; for there is another possibility. At dusk you will find
    • support to walk over on it. So if at midday you will not cross over
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture II: Goethe's Secret Revelation - Exoteric
    Matching lines:
    • which any weaker strength will probably avoid. You take
    • organisation as we will do it today and the day after tomorrow,
    • lead into the immediate present. You will see immediately what
    • expressed his whole methodical thinking and willing, in an
    • figures come to this ferryman: will-o'-the-wisps. They want to
    • Then the snake and the will-o'-the-wisps meet, the
    • will-o'-the-wisps are still shaking and throwing away what they
    • will-o'-the-wisps throw around themselves. The snake and the
    • will-o'-the-wisps say something significant about their mutual
    • snake is called a relative of the will-o'-the-wisps from the
    • horizontal line and the will-o'-the-wisps call themselves
    • will-o'-the-wisps still ask the snake whether it cannot give
    • have get into some trouble, the will-o'-the-wisps replied. We
    • again! Now there important words follow: you will not find the
    • to come over. — The will-o'-the-wisps say, noon is a time
    • will-o'-the-wisps accept this advice. Then the snake goes back
    • the fairy tale only in the fairy tale itself, and it will be
    • them as will-o'-the-wisps. They have remained very little in
    • — She tells how the will-o'-the-wisps have approached the
    • it may become true. The hand will dwindle bit by bit and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • to our eyes. It will always happen that such an analysis or
    • explanation of a work of fantasy will be turned down with the remark:
    • and if we are to understand each other in what I have to say it will
    • formulating ideas. You will constantly hear it: that alone can be
    • capacities of the soul are our feeling and our will. Thus, even with
    • ideating, but also a feeling and willing being. Now those who
    • will always repeat: in science, only the power of thought may enter,
    • never human feeling, never what we know as will-impulses, for
    • influences of the world of feeling and will.’ Perhaps some of
    • takes the will to be the origin of soul-activity. In a way that is in
    • Russian psychologist Losski has pointed out the control of the will
    • If you carry the thought a step further, you will be able to
    • impossibility, shows that everywhere Will plays a part, on what
    • subject as you are to the tricks played by the will and your habits
    • when the objection is raised that feeling and will are qualities
    • the microscope shows, but also what feeling and will dictate
    • given the average feeling and will in man to-day, they cannot be
    • and will. But the man who stands on the ground of initiation is also
    • representation, feeling, will — the capacity to construct
    • most in what they say. Feeling and will have not had the chance
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture III: Goethe's Secret Revelation - Esoteric
    Matching lines:
    • Repeatedly, it will
    • are our feeling and our willing. Thus, one can already say in
    • is not only a thinking, but also a feeling and a willing being.
    • 1832–1920) which regards the will as an original soul activity.
    • pointed to the will of the human soul life in his book with the title
    • Because your will played the above-mentioned trick on you and
    • one objects concerning knowledge that the feeling and the will
    • shows but what the feeling, the will say to the human being?
    • will cannot be used today, indeed, to knowledge that they would
    • to the subjective needs of his feeling and will. However,
    • imagination, feeling and willing — in the development of
    • property will argue the least, and come mostly to an agreement
    • whereas feeling and will could not yet be developed to such
    • the feeling and the will the human beings are not yet so far
    • One called this development of the will esoterically the
    • even things that reach down to the will.
    • will, feeling and powers of imagination, while he lets the
    • initiation into the cognitive faculties of the will. At the
    • where will, imaginative power, and emotional property are
    • human soul who is controlled by will, image, and emotion
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture IV: Bible and Wisdom I
    Matching lines:
    • that which is connected with it, that will note what an immense
    • shaken long-since and will be shaken more and more by always
    • may it hope it ever so much, will never be able to pursue the
    • will appear to humankind. One is not allowed to peddle the
    • you will only be a gloomy guest
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture V: Bible and Wisdom II
    Matching lines:
    • it will seem absurd if one speaks about the nature of memory in
    • beings will come to the true value of this document and
    • high esteem of the Bible in all its parts. A time will come
    • must misjudge the Bible. The time will come when just the
    • Bible because clairvoyance will face clairvoyance in the Bible.
    • in a new light. It will become apparent that a document like
    • come far enough. Research that goes until the end will show the
    • the religious life will never have anything to fear. However,
    • “you will know the truth, and the truth will set you
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture VI: Superstition from the Standpoint of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • — you will soon see why — why the person concerned
    • our education like a scourge. Future times will not understand
    • The result will be whether those from whom this wisdom has come
    • that will become obvious as the dreadful superstition of time
    • Various sorts of superstition will still emerge, and something
    • it will be victorious, and it will raise the human being in us
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture VII: Issues of Nutrition in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • will absolutely agree with it — that the human being is
    • principles of existence. Thus, this talk will solely expound
    • will take up more and more room in the human diet.
    • visits this or that talk further on will see that individual
    • will have shown you that spiritual science is something that
    • when someone who does research in the laboratory will also keep
    • spiritual in the human consciousness? One will explore these
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture VIII: Issues of Health in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • particular the naturopath if he becomes fanatic will rail if
    • are specific remedies for this or that illness will say, one
    • sick person will feel finer, and the migraine disappears.
    • will combat the one or the other or regard it as useful if one
    • by the remedy, and if he has the inner strength, the thing will
    • or that food has. One will also find full approval if one
    • can have recovering effects on the human being will maybe laugh
    • feelings, sensations, will impulses, and desires in our souls,
    • and will impulses that correspond to the objective of the
    • means for it, as long they will not have recognised the
    • significance of spiritual science. They will also not have
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture IX: Tolstoy and Carnegie
    Matching lines:
    • willing in the most extensive way. The branches still pleased
    • the sensation in himself, there is a will, the everlasting
    • divine will as I call it. What lives in me devotes itself to
    • the divine will. What I do from morning to evening is a part of
    • the divine will. If I move the hands, I move them in the will
    • of the 20-year-old, which expresses energy and willpower, also
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture X: The Practical Development of Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • is less willing on penetrating into the real spiritual fields
    • research. Moreover, it is not so seldom today that the bad will
    • have already spoken partly; we will have still to speak partly
    • it is good. In most cases, this will not be the case. Then one
    • will recognise Goethe as an eminently practical nature, not as
    • we cannot go out, because it will be raining in three hours.
    • someone will not attain very much who thinks only of himself if
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XI: The Invisible Human Members and Practical Life
    Matching lines:
    • plan of the improvement of humanity. This will continue its way
    • it. The time will already come when again healthy judgments
    • the child will also not realise how important it is that the
    • not so distant future, and then one will realise what it means
    • It will become apparent how that which happens in the spirit
    • surge up and down in the astral body, will always make himself
    • something living to life. Once one will realise that only by
    • often misunderstood. This will be the ideal of the human being
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Temperaments
    Matching lines:
    • being. Thus we can only hope that spiritual science will tell us what
    • An illustration will make this seem less paradoxical. Consider a
    • of rhetorical hyperbole. He doubtless knew that a seed crystal will
    • evolutionary achievements of an animal's ancestral line. It will
    • existence. The human being will come to be known as the product of an
    • earlier life. The views that stand in the way of this doctrine will be
    • the stake, but he will be dismissed as a fool. But the time will come
    • when the real foolishness will be to believe that the human being
    • ephemeral combine determines what relationship the four members will
    • will, derives from his blood circulation.
    • picture will easily impress, but the impression quickly vanishes.
    • cannot bend it to his will. His physical body, which is intended to be
    • choleric, you will notice that he plants each foot so solidly that he
    • knowledge that will benefit the individual and all mankind. In
    • choleric is that he will never learn to control his temper as he
    • he will become foolishly single-minded. For the sanguine the lesser
    • there. For example, if a child has a sanguine temperament, he will not
    • simply will not allow it. Instead of asking what the child lacks, in
    • child's interest in them will intensify; then they may be restored. In
    • will be lost. The magic potion for the choleric child is respect and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XII: The Secret of the Human Temperaments
    Matching lines:
    • animals. A time will come when one leads back the essence of
    • the human being to a previous existence. One will recognise
    • opposition against which this teaching must settle down will be
    • considers him as a fool. A time will come when one regards as
    • that is connected with the strong will nature of the choleric
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • his own inner experience. The time will come when Goethe's Faust
    • will be understood in quite another way from what it is to-day,
    • when people will understand what Goethe wished to say when he said
    • appearance, the higher meaning will not escape the observation of
    • will be to consider something of what lies in it. To-day we will
    • consider the matter more from the outer side, but to-morrow we will
    • world. Step by step we will endeavour to penetrate into that which
    • magic also known to Goethe, will clearly recognize the book to
    • pictures, without even a guess of what they will become in the
    • people an abstract longing will lead to
    • nature herself’ and understood by the Greeks, the divine will
    •  The blest choir will be there
    • its true home. It will give us the answer to what Goethe placed as
    • This tells us Faust can be saved and those spirits will not
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XIII: The Riddles in Goethe's Faust - Exoteric
    Matching lines:
    • you will rest too.
    • time will come when one looks at Goethe's
    • appearance, the higher sense will not escape the initiate at
    • tragic song will now be heard by strangers
    • to its true homeland. It will deal with Goethe's riddles of
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    •  Of the newer symbolism will agree.’
    • true disciple of the newer symbolism will agree.’ If you read
    • carefully Part II of ‘Faust,’ you will know that Goethe
    • human spirit through thousands of years will be reminded in this
    • from far or near, desire to listen: Mark well, for He will be
    • has taught me. Whosoever will not hear His Words, as I speak them,
    • will suffer misery when the Earth-Cycle is fulfilled!’
    • significance to-day. It will be in any case the task of this study
    • human life with an enlightened eye, certain words will have a
    • death. The images, indeed, will take on other, fixed shapes, when
    • confidence and certainty that he will find there what he seeks: the
    • ‘Unwilling I reveal a loftier mystery.’ Still, Faust
    • dissipated’ will be found in this world, when it is
    • love. Eros will complete the whole. Thales gives the advice:
    • My activity must flow out into the world — I will have
    • to Eckermann: ‘In any case you will allow that the ending, where
    • Initiation’ will recognize again to what extent Goethe was
    • learns to recognize what he will one day become, if Spiritual
    • Science or Anthroposophy will illuminate Goethe's esoteric poetry,
    • which is a real fact of the spiritual world. Certainly one will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XIV: Riddles in Goethe's Faust - Esoteric
    Matching lines:
    • We also say it, and our deep sense will be
    • “We also say it, and our deep sense will be the loyal
    • because He will be obvious! No longer should the false teacher
    • as I tell them will experience misery when the earth cycle is
    • will anyhow be the destiny of this consideration to choose
    • There shapes will crowd and swirl like clouds.
    • long-since. Moreover, if one reads “there shapes will
    • will crowd and swirl like clouds.” Any word would be a
    • them, “By the way, you will admit that the end where the
    • you will only be a gloomy guest,
    • will become for humanity if anthroposophy illuminates the
    • course, one will be removed from the understanding of Goethe's
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XV: Nietzsche in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • deeper sources of existence pulsating in the will. This
    • feeling: with all grief which now you experience you will
    • he will ascend to even higher degrees of existence.
    • Will to Power,
    • abstract will to power, which has, actually, no contents. Power
    • Will to Power
    • this spirit in the modern form of Christianity. It will turn
  • Title: Lecture: Isis and Madonna
    Matching lines:
    • complete spiritual freedom. He will unite in his soul science or wisdom
    • narrow circles, but for a wider public it will only become a matter of
    • and will, then his spiritual eyes and ears actually become open and
    • We will not, however, go back into these far-off regions, but keep the
    • given us again with such beauty in the Madonna. We will turn to the
    • of spirit and soul that will always draw him onwards to the original
    • human soul bears in it three natures — a will nature, found
    • world in order to acquire human knowledge, human feeling, human will.
    • the will dwells behind everything in the still spiritual, far distant
    • Madonna. But spiritual science will lead man consciously back to the
    • shall be giving here will furnish examples of how man has descended
    • out of spiritual heights and will ascend again to this higher
    • May, 1909, will show us in a strictly scientific sense how these
    • enveloped in a physical body. He will struggle out of this physical
    • recognized mysteries of the world.” Man need not fear that art will
    • need he fear that it will become stiff and lifeless when it finds
    • and spiritual knowledge, they will then realize that true reality lies
    • in the spiritual world, and that those who perceive this reality will
    • Goethe will be understood only when it is more widely recognized that
    • representation of the spiritual. Science and art will then again be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XVI: Isis and Madonna
    Matching lines:
    • scientific formulation in certain narrow circles that will
    • his thinking, feeling and willing — that he receives,
    • will always draw him to the old origin of the spiritual-mental,
    • itself: a willing nature, located in the deepest grounds, a
    • human will.
    • as the will was behind all in the more spiritual, most distant
    • spiritual science will consciously lead up humanity again to
    • human being has descended from spiritual heights and will
    • the sensuous body. He will escape from this sensuous body and
    • and knowledge, it will also know that true reality is in the
    • spiritual world, and that who beholds this reality will work
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XVII: Old European Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • will become more and more frequent in our time. Hence, it also
    • then he would see the germ of something that only will happen,
    • human being will learn by spiritual science to behold on a
    • world. He will ascend again to the supersensible world with his
    • points: you will know the truth, and the truth will set you
  • Title: Lecture: The European Mysteries and Their Initiates
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling and willing can be so trained that he can set out on
    • faculty which will unite it again with its spiritual origin. Whether
    • another the power of feeling, a third the power of will. Sub-divisions
    • a whole, an invisible influence will work in them, just as the soul
    • subject will be utterly barren. Just think what happens when people
    • himself with Christ, will realise that just as the sun irradiates and
    • within himself will become a true seer.” But the world was not
    • faculties live within his soul: thinking, feeling and willing. He has
    • of man is interwoven with thinking feeling and willing because before
    • transforms his willing and therewith the physical body itself, into
    • thinking, feeling and willing, man changes his astral body into
    • feeling and willing are not clearly separated, when a man sets out on
    • thinking, a man of will, and the Ego, as king, rules over the three.
    • all the will-impulses which flow through the spiritual world. And he
    • able or ripe enough to bear this separation of his being, will not
    • his immature state will keep him back. A man who approaches the Holy
    • Grail but is not worthy, will suffer as Amfortas suffered. He can only
    • them now. We must wait for another occasion. To-day we will consider
    • about Initiation. More and more it will become apparent that Spiritual
    • spirit. And man will realise and understand the spirit more and more
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XVIII: The European Mysteries and Their Initiates
    Matching lines:
    • initiation, how thinking, feeling and willing are trained to be
    • the willpower particularly. Subdivisions are also again
    • soul: thinking, feeling, and willing. He has these three soul
    • willing because the human being has not worked from the ego on
    • “buddhi.” Then the will is still transformed in the
    • human being transforms his thinking, feeling, and willing and
    • spheres of thinking, feeling, and willing are normally not
    • willing human being.
    • physical body, he experiences all will impulses penetrating the
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 5: Human Character
    Matching lines:
    • understands Goethe's feelings on this occasion will easily turn his mind to
    • clairvoyance they were well known. An example will show how a poet once
    • certain limit, as every glance at human life will tell us — is it then
    • you will find further information on these stages; here I can only sketch
    • but anyone who studies life with open eyes will come to know that certain
    • knowledge is, will realise that all earlier acquisitions of knowledge were no
    • unwilling to recognise them is unwilling to observe the course of human
    • to impress the fruits of its work on the physical body, will show you how
    • thirty-fifth year will know that if a man is to go out into the world and
    • love surrounds him, will strengthen the forces of his physical body, making
    • hindrances he will encounter later on, when the work of his Ego on his
    • obstacles for him in later life. He will tend to become a closed character, a
    • supply the etheric body with forces that will prevent it from creating these
    • teachers, can strengthen his etheric forces so that in later life he will
    • encounter the least possible obstacles in his etheric body. Then he will be
    • If education has not helped him in this way, he will find it difficult to
    • work on his character and he will have to resort to the strongest measures.
    • He will need to devote himself to deep meditative contemplation of certain
    • these secrets, ever and again willingly devoting ourselves to them; if
    • everything that belongs to the inner impulses of the will. The note sounded
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 1: The Mission of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • Those of my audience who attended those previous lectures will know what is
    • say that it will not be my task to discuss some abstract branch of science,
    • introductory lecture will describe the role of Spiritual Science in
    • present-day life, and will show how in the past this Spiritual Science
    • back over the spiritual life of mankind will see that “a time of
    • those days and had retained certain qualities of feeling, knowing and willing
    • endowed with the inner characteristics I have just described. I will not
    • sojourned in the realm of Spiritual Science will know how distracting it is
    • trivia the biographers are so fond of dragging in. I will therefore designate
    • upon something which will seem strange to a modern reader, especially if he
    • Many people will
    • precisely what Spiritual Science will make people aware of once more: the
    • mentioned, he will see that not only external Nature has forces which develop
    • the human reason. In the same way a study of human evolution will show that
    • hidden and slumbering within him, they will be spiritually illuminated, so
    • will be opened and will enable him to perceive a spiritual world
    • follows this thought through without prejudice, it will not seem nonsensical
    • We will now turn
    • Goethe. Anyone who truly compares the souls of these two men will see that
    • super-sensible, as I have done, will know that we are not limited to drawing
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 3: The Mission of Truth
    Matching lines:
    • with the saying of Heraclitus: “Never will you find the boundaries of
    • body, and will lead the etheric and physical bodies on to ever-higher stages.
    • himself. His thoughts, feelings and will-impulses should spring from this
    • will he have to give to the world; the stronger and richer will be his
    • this central point in himself, he will be in danger of losing himself through
    • teacher will burst into anger and hastily impose a penalty. The other
    • yesterday. How will the behaviour of two such teachers differ? An outburst of
    • and yet inflicts a coldly calculated penalty, he will — since anger
    • will not work in him as a counteracting poison — become increasingly a
    • his anger will dampen the egoistic forces in his soul; it reduces their
    • it and rises above it, his selflessness will be enhanced and the selflessness
    • we will consider the idea of truth in its right sense, and it will become
    • clear that by cultivating a sense of truth in his inner life man will be
    • another is there to take his place. When I lay down my work, another will
    • come and take it up. The railways will continue running, dividends will be
    • When I lay down my work, someone else will continue it. He does not get away
    • with a feeling for the matter will have no doubt as to which of the two spoke
    • personal standpoint or point of departure influences his views, he will
    • of time, will find — if he looks deeply enough — that when people
    • their individual outlooks. It will then become clear that the most varied
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 4: The Mission of Reverence
    Matching lines:
    • members. We cannot go over this in detail again today, but it will be better
    • of this is egoism. A self that is too weak will lose itself in the flood of
    • and his brooding, all within himself, his Ego will be hardened and given over
    • If a man wishes to gain a knowledge of it, so that this knowledge will
    • only from the other powers of his soul, feeling and willing. Unless his
    • thinking is stimulated by both these powers, it will never be impelled to
    • is merely a feeling, but that feeling and willing must act as inner guides
    • towards its unknown realm. What qualities, then, must feeling and willing
    • then, must feeling and willing acquire in order to do this?
    • simple consideration will show that in fact this is what feeling does. Anyone
    • who takes knowledge seriously, will admit that in acquiring knowledge we must
    • also, the will can be permeated by a force which goes out towards the
    • super-sensible unknown. This quality of the will, which enables a man to wish
    • So can the will inspire devotion towards the unknown, while feeling becomes
    • becomes the impulse that will lead us into the unknown, so that the unknown
    • not yet known to him, he will be approaching it with love and devotion. Never
    • will the Consciousness Soul gain a knowledge of external objects unless love
    • and devotion inspire its quest; otherwise the objects will not be truly
    • to a human being if his will is always submissive to the world. If this
    • fully into the will and to guide it.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 6: Asceticism and Illness
    Matching lines:
    • avoid the charge of vagueness, I will describe quite briefly what you will
    • existence. Think, if you will, of this withdrawal of the astral body and the
    • today. I will give you briefly one example of the numerous inner exercises
    • On our dark earth will be
    • “the higher man in man”. The blood will then be, as it were, a
    • — the teacher will resume — “let us look at
    • — he will notice that quiet devotion to pictures of this kind will give
    • him something that can be further developed. He will soon find that his inner
    • and the two categories will be confused only be someone who has lost touch
    • picture a red-hot iron, however hot it is, you will not be burnt, but
    • if you touch it you will soon realise that a percept is something other than
    • has to pay a debt of a hundred shillings will soon find out the
    • auto-suggestion. But anyone who has had real experiences on this level will
    • develop faculties which will open up a new world.
    • discussed asceticism in relation to the spiritual world only, it will be
    • first to be exercised and made ready for it. An example close at hand will
    • illustrate this, and will also show how an incorrect use of the term can have
    • inner forces into activity, an activity which will find application only when
    • a wrong way. We will take the case of someone who makes it his aim to ascend
    • from the spiritual worlds. A true spiritual scientist will always say that if
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 7: Human Egoism
    Matching lines:
    • would then say: “If you are to be so unselfish on my account, I will do
    • something for you. I will go to the Chairman on your behalf and ask him for
    • anyone who looks round him in daily life will perhaps agree that a little of
    • Today we will
    • selflessness. We shall not treat them as catch-words, but will try to
    • consideration will show us how precarious our position is if we think only of
    • What the plant does without willing it,
    • Go you and do by willing it.
    • of service to higher beings. And it will now be an idle triviality to repeat
    • as it can? Hence, man will best fulfil his existence if he draws in as much
    • perhaps even make a caricature of it. A simple comparison will make this
    • to make itself as beautiful as it can, without asking who will benefit from
    • body. But the further his development goes, the more will he be doing to
    • or, in the terminology of oriental philosophy, Manas. In the future it will
    • processes in his physical body, the transformed part of it will be what we
    • will rule consciously, from out of his Ego, over all his
    • An example from the field of education will make this clear. It is precisely
    • — then the child's inner response will be in consonance with a true
    • picture of existence; then the inner life of his soul will harmonise with
    • give birth, within his own Ego, to a higher Ego; and this higher Ego will not
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • interest for spiritual research, for it will present certain
    • with the nature of Buddhism, will be aware how its Founder, Gautama
    • that which, within what is seen, will reap the fruits of actions and
    • ‘resurrection’ the healing of them. ‘You will not
    • you will be set free when you correct the Error which gives you a
    • If you perceive aright, you will know that the outer world indeed and
    • have done in the world, all your experiences, it will bring to a
    • world by his reason. In the future, man will be able to see
    • clairvoyantly into the Spiritual World, and at the same time will
    • inner revelation of the Word, when men will find a substitute for the
    • inherent in his Ego, will know the remedy for his pain. He will find
    • lived in the first centuries after Christ) that will become more and
    • more recognised when the understanding of the Christ Impulse will
    • have grown greater than it is to-day. When that time comes, men will
    • is raised up for that which only the humanity of the future will
    • things are grasped, the more clearly will the great significance of
    • Spiritual Science approaches so honestly that will lead humanity to
    • teaching will be unfolded more and more as against that form of it
    • it will certainly be seen that because of the unclearness that exists
    • his secretary Eckermann: ‘At least you will admit, that the
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 8: Buddha and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • Science. Those who have often attended my lectures here will know that we
    • thought at all seriously about Buddhism will know that its founder, Gautama
    • be interpreted in various ways. We will rather try to gain an impression of
    • to another? No. Is it what you are doing today or will do
    • off the hand from the man, it will decay, and in two or three weeks it will
    • self-sufficient? No, for if we separate the heart from the man, it will soon
    • cease to be heart — and the man will soon cease to be a man. Hence it
    • logical conclusion, its consequences will be plain to see.
    • oneself correctly to life, will gradually enable a man to kill off the desire
    • for existence, and will finally lead him so far that he no longer needs to
    • in him in the past or will do so in the future. Suffering, and again
    • earth-lives are therefore not meaningless: they are the path which will
    • life-forces that will enable him to make use of every incarnation in such a
    • way that its fruits will be carried into every succeeding incarnation through
    • “Blessed are they who are beggars for the spirit, for they will find
    • learn to grasp things with his intellect. In the future he will unite the two
    • faculties: he will be able to look clairvoyantly into the spiritual world
    • spiritual world. That time is over. But a time will come when man, through
    • the inner force of his Ego, will be able to find a substitute for the old
    • clairvoyance through the Word which will reveal itself within him. Blessed,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 2: The Mission of Anger
    Matching lines:
    • “Never will you find
    • faculties awake. He will break through into a spiritual world which is always
    • She will not freely reveal,
    • levels will come to be accepted equally with Francesco Redi's statement
    • influences that will bear fruit in future earthly lives.
    • when the corresponding statement by Spiritual Science will be regarded as
    • knowledge. From this knowledge man will draw ever-increasing strength
    • grow stronger and stronger and will then transmute the etheric body or
    • unwilling to distinguish percepts from concepts should remember the white-hot
    • Soul. We will single out this one element in the Sentient Soul and consider
    • ethical and pedagogical judgment. It will be otherwise with a teacher whose
    • what will come about in the future. To begin with, anger expresses a judgment
    • at injustice or folly will never develop true kindness and love. Equally, a
    • person who educates himself through noble anger will have a heart abounding
    • in love, and through love he will do good. Love and kindness are the obverse
    • of noble anger. Anger that is overcome and purified will be transformed into
    • itself, for it will be shutting itself off from the outer world. Enriching
    • how Prometheus knows that the wrath of Zeus will be silenced when he is
    • overthrown by the son of a mortal. He will be succeeded in his rulership by
    • lower plane, and the immortal Ego, the immortal human soul, will be born from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 9: Something about the Moon in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • and since the subject-matter of this lecture will be far removed from any
    • ask you to remember that this lecture will deal only with one short chapter
    • It will not attempt to be in any way exhaustive.
    • popular books you will find this or that said about the moon from the
    • the scientific literature will leave you quite unsatisfied as regards the
    • more and more cautious, but also less frequent; but today they will occupy us
    • moon — all this will not concern us. The question for us today is a
    • natural scientist applies to his studies of external phenomena, will feel
    • that is, towards what can be perceived with external instruments — will
    • who cares to check his procedure will find that in this investigation Fechner
    • the facts did point to some influence. And he had, as you will have seen,
    • the whole tendency of science is to make us admit that one day it will be
    • by those who make these assertions — will be a monistic one which holds
    • in this vein will have drawn on the latest aims and achievements of science
    • science; for happily — he will feel — we are long past the days
    • ground of those who believe that in the not too distant future it will be
    • observation will show how unnecessary this conclusion is. There was a time
    • wane. I am sure she will agree in order not to put her husband's theory to
    • shame, the more so as she sets no great store by it. The result will be that
    • my wife will have an extra can for every fourteen cans collected by Frau
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science and Speech
    Matching lines:
    • and Weeping,’ [This lecture will be
    • feelings and will-impulses flow out from us, linking us to our
    • are indeed aware, if we are only willing to admit it, that word and
    • life. Those who have knowledge will be able to learn a great deal
    • in a far-off future the human Ego will have transformed these three
    • members to such an extent that nothing will remain of what Nature, or
    • which as a result of the work of the Ego will gradually unfold in the
    • for them even to-day. Man will only begin consciously to transform
    • spiritual activities, if you will, have worked upon his
    • Nobody will doubt, even if he only observes human life
    • the stage of thinking, feeling and willing as he does to-day. These
    • When this ‘spirit of speech,’ as we will now call the
    • the spirit of them, will realise that a stimulus such as has been
    • developed. All learning will be shipwrecked if it is not willing to
    • sphere of Spiritual Science and you will find that a true Spiritual
    • place a verb arbitrarily at the beginning or end. You will find that
    • actual form. If you follow the coherence of what is written, you will
    • understood who says to himself, ‘I will experience what the
    • write a single page about it, and I will realise that it is a
    • question of artistic imagery. Then I will describe it from the other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 1: Spiritual Science and Language
    Matching lines:
    • Weeping”, we will then look at a variation, as it were, of human
    • Our innermost existence, all our thoughts, feelings and impulses of the will
    • personalities will be able to feel particularly how language can also become
    • in an imperfect stage of development the human being will readily confuse the
    • today we will try to illuminate aphoristically so to speak, in broad outline,
    • of his being. We also pointed out that at a future time the ego will have
    • transformed these three members in such a way that nothing will remain of
    • has become so strong — and this will happen only in the far distant
    • way already in the present. Consciously the human being will work with his
    • the time that he developed his present thinking, his feelings and his will,
    • the same way that we will work again when we achieve a higher spiritual
    • into the essential nature of the matter will see that such indications are
    • be developed. That is why all scholarship must fail if it is not willing to
    • it will be found that the true spiritual scientists who have written
    • will be seen as a birth, because it must be experienced inwardly in the soul
    • of this who says: I will understand what the ether body is if in the first
    • matter. If one is not aware of this, nothing will be achieved but
    • is why development in spiritual science will always be connected with what
    • creative power of language”. In this sense spiritual science will have
    • a fruitful effect on style in language, will transform the terrible
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 2: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • here for penetrating into the spiritual worlds, will be convinced that to
    • we will only think about it, that laughing and weeping are related to things
    • physical body also. Who has not noticed how someone will turn pale when
    • impressions will, of course, be made on our physical body unless we close our
    • therefore, that anything we are not intending to understand will cause an
    • compensation, in tears. You will know, too, how people who cannot weep find
    • cannot achieve a satisfying relationship with the outer world, will either
    • raise itself to inner freedom through laughter, or it will sink into itself
    • weeping. Hence you will find it easy to understand that in a certain sense
    • also are the talents, capacities and special characteristics which will
    • brought from previous lives and will develop from day to day and year to
    • admit any real distinction between men and animals will of course try to find
    • understands these things rightly will agree with the German poet who says
    • physiological facts, they will wonderfully illuminate an event which is
    • recorded symbolically in the ancient religious records of mankind. You will
    • point I will mention, but only briefly, or it would lead us too far afield.
    • will reject it as an alien incursion, not to be rationally understood. Then
    • his ego will try to rise above it, to liberate itself and set the astral body
    • mind may make us unwilling or unable to understand what is going on. Laughter
    • will then derive from our own limitations, not from the nature of things.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 3: What is Mysticism?
    Matching lines:
    • and a dim inkling, he will call it mystical or mysterious. When people are
    • birth and death, will arise within him. This awakening of the inner kernel of
    • kind that it leads the mystic to real knowledge. He will not be justified in
    • view, it will be the same tree and both descriptions may be correct. This
    • simple example will show why the soul-experiences of mystics differ: after
    • and to withdraw his attention from them completely, they will yet leave a
    • trace in his soul, and this makes a difference. The mystic will be subject
    • had, his inner experience will still have to be described in words and
    • thing, but they will describe it differently as a result of their earlier
    • experience — and anyone well-disposed will then recognise that they are
    • speaking of the same thing — but they will have passed through
    • different experiences during their earlier years, and this will give their
    • will always remain somewhat incomprehensible unless we make an effort to
    • does. This, however, will divert our attention from what is universally valid
    • him to the foundations and sources of existence will in itself have little
    • us will be the subjective side of it and its bearing on the mystic as an
    • the aspect of the mystic as it were, but it will be very hard for us —
    • have defined the limits of the latter. Now we will turn to what can be called
    • does not stop there. It seeks to develop methods which will turn the little
    • are developed will show you how pluralism and mysticism are transcended along
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • will illumine the source and foundation of existence leading
    • ways by various spiritual currents or thought. Thus, it will
    • life of the soul will feel that there are two streams
    • thus preventing us from saying that what will happen tomorrow
    • will deny the penetration of the present by the past. Yet, we
    • They will show, however, that even a casual observation of
    • ourselves by our will, consciousness and individual forces.
    • This will lie as clearly before us as memory can make it.
    • will. So we are enabled to see something leading beyond our
    • the future our souls will have an infinitely richer and
    • past into the present will show us how the life of the soul
    • feelings about the past, it will begin to wish that the
    • ego may become present in it. The soul will know that if it
    • will be must be and that it will have its good effects
    • And I will gladly seal my doom.
    • story of Jacob, the moment finally will come when, as the
    • assert that, if we will only turn aside from everything
    • it had been educated and grasped in its will have all been
    • soul. Impulses of will and ideals formerly strange to us rise
    • will that we have previously been unable to muster. In order
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 4: The Nature of Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • an experience which will prove to him that when everything to do with
    • it can be fanned into a powerful flame which will illuminate the sources and
    • of the world in the service of our will, to kindle the spark to a brighter
    • will not be easy. If, however, we remember that these centuries have been
    • we might say that while the mystic assumes that he will find in his soul some
    • kind of little spark which his mystical devotion will cause to shine ever
    • Greek sage, Heraclitus, quoted in an earlier lecture: “Never will you
    • deeply into the life of the soul will see that these two streams, one from
    • These, of course, are single examples, but they will suffice to suggest that
    • anyone who surveys the soul will find numerous others to contradict the
    • in the soul — will anyone who observes himself deny that? — and
    • that something greater than all our will-power dwells within us. And thus we
    • greater than itself, this realisation will evoke in the soul a reverence
    • engendered by the past, it will begin to wish that the power it had left
    • Now we will turn to
    • darkness of the future. But this feeling will be effective only if it has the
    • change it by fear or anxiety, for it is not yet known. I will therefore wait
    • active strength and energy, will be able to develop the powers of his soul
    • what will come must come and that in one direction or another it must have
    • perceptions, we can number prayer among the forces that will aid the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 5: Sickness and Healing
    Matching lines:
    • We will have to
    • which will enable us to deal with the present subject in the appropriate
    • which has often been mentioned here will illuminate this, the example of
    • art, then they will not be developed.
    • again, initially still as repetition; but eventually they will have been
    • physiognomy will have changed. But this occurs within very narrow confines.
    • and sorrow at the death which will affect us, an objective view of the world
    • It will now be
    • of the outer human being. An example will make clear that truths are
    • will be no more eruptions. This is shown by the laws which we have recognised
    • human being will gradually learn to recognise and grasp with the forces which
    • he possesses today already. But he will only be able to do this once he has
    • harmony which will have developed as a result of this experience will have
    • divisions which will become harmony only in the far distant future, which
    • new birth death is of great significance for us because we will have learnt
    • And we will avoid the harmful aspects which caused us to fail before. The
    • wrong judgment at the time will not only become more cautious in jumping to
    • conclusions, but it will let the experience ripen in order gradually to
    • forth new striving and the human being will continue to strive until he has
    • Then in your spirit will ascension reign!
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 6: Positive and Negative Man
    Matching lines:
    • difference, the difference between positive and negative man, will occupy us
    • to make it clear that this treatment of the subject — which will be
    • Our account will stand entirely on its own ground.
    • being, at least up to a certain point. Hence he will have clear-cut ideas and
    • impulses which will not be affected by whatever transient impressions may
    • impulses, which have carried a certain enduring stamp since childhood, will
    • affecting his habits. He will have formed certain ideas and concepts about
    • this or that and he will stick to them, whatever other facts may be brought
    • before him. Countless obstacles will mount up before he can be convinced of
    • successive periods in his life he will seem to be hastening on from one
    • interest to another, so that the character of his life will be quite
    • type of man, he will certainly have made more of life — but according
    • with the child he will be a negative type. In brief, it is only when we allow
    • characteristics and ideas throughout. In another life he will have to catch
    • sweeps through the soul. Such a man will follow his inclinations not because
    • demands, who is impelled to act only by sympathy or antipathy, will make no
    • effort to realise in himself the true quality of human nature. This will be
    • greater than anything evident in his daily life, he will be impelled to look
    • One man will show in life that he has the potential for raising his soul to a
    • certain stage and will then be able to carry through the gate of death what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 7: Error and Mental Disorder
    Matching lines:
    • next lecture we will touch on a field entitled “Human
    • Conscience”, which will lead us back to the heights where human dignity
    • this year's cycle will be concluded with a reflection on “The
    • Mission of Art”, which will try to show the thoroughly healthy side of
    • specialist one, will be able to note from the point of view of spiritual
    • from the current scientific point of view. As in other fields, we will again
    • only be able to deal with the subject in outline, but perhaps it will provide
    • “error” and “mental disorder” we will be aware that
    • will find expressions and appearances which only seem to be different in
    • statement will be noticed only by someone who is properly accustomed to
    • life and actions in response to this illusion he will be considered as
    • the case but also the man) will be able to set up the following hypothesis.
    • in sleep. As long as this distinction is not made we will not be able to
    • establish monism everywhere, will accuse us of being dualists because we
    • undifferentiated intermingling of all kinds of will impulses, feelings,
    • soul, too, will appear abnormal when the physical body is a hindrance and
    • and the irregularities which can arise will be able to recognise the disorder
    • intricate example will make clear how difficult it is to maintain the
    • Everyone will smile
    • darkness of evolution!” A person used to rigorous thinking will find
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 8: Human Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • situation of this kind will surely wish to consult those in whom a knowledge
    • case, as in so many others of wide human concern, he will find that the
    • materialism. One example will be enough to illustrate this trend.
    • philosophers will show that in earlier times even the best of them thought of
    • willing. But it was pointed out also, that in ordinary waking consciousness
    • behind our thinking, feeling and willing, and thus behind our ordinary inner
    • physical body, etheric and astral or sentient body. Hence you will find it
    • our inner life, although we may hope that our inner life will advance from
    • that the ego first came forth. The faculty that man in the future will acquire
    • himself to that centre of his being which today is still imperfect but will
    • ego will step forth into the spiritual world.
    • can see them will experience them as incontestable truths, but a certain
    • there is no need to fear that the evidence will contradict them. That could
    • seem to happen only if the testing were inexact. But we will give one example
    • Now we will pass
    • West, gathering from the human soul the elements that will come together to
    • today will be met with disbelief by many people. But a demand of the times is
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 9: The Mission of Art
    Matching lines:
    • This last lecture of the winter series will be devoted to that
    • greatest treasures that spring from man's inner life. We will consider
    • field is so wide, we will confine ourselves to the art of poetry, and you
    • will understand that we have time to consider only the highest achievements
    • only, we will turn to Goethe, a seeker both for beauty and for truth. As a
    • knowledge. What he felt about this, and what his heart longed for, will
    • mysterious revelations of great art? We will approach an answer to this
    • development of art in relation to the evolution of man and the world. We will
    • will go back only as far as the extant documents can take us. We will go back
    • author — or authors, for we will not go into that question today
    • place in my soul, when I think, feel or will, I am not a separate being. I am
    • their forces into me, they stimulate me to think and feel and will.
    • into him their willing and their purpose. In those primeval times, man felt
    • Now we will take an
    • his soul, knows that the forces which will lead him into the spiritual world
    • possible for imagination to depend on external influences. A small fact will
    • willing. They are all distinct individuals, but can we recognise Shakespeare
    • and can respond to the whole range and richness of his work will feel that
    • more deeply into this will see how necessary it was that a lofty spiritual
    • Now we will move on
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag I: Das Wesen der Geisteswissenschaft und Ihre Bedeutung Für Die Gegenwart
    Matching lines:
    • diesem Boden auftritt oder sich dafür ausgeben will, eine
    • Willkür dieser oder jener Menschenindividualität
    • übersinnliche Erleben geradeso die Willkür
    • und wo man auch nicht denken kann, wie man will, sondern in
    • um zu verdeutlichen, was ich sagen will, anknüpfen an
    • Ich will hier nicht über das sprechen, was an der
    • zu Hegel stellen wie man will — so dumm gewesen sein,
    • sprechen will, so ist es bedeutungsvoll, sich einmal vor die
    • will. Was nun die persönliche Fortdauer unserer Seele nach
    • den wir Gott überlassen müssen. Vorläufig will
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture I: The Nature of Spiritual Science and Its Significance for the Present
    Matching lines:
    • character of the human being. We will light up the spiritual
    • has attained and will attain, and which big significance these
    • science really. It will still become apparent, however, in this
    • Also this — this will still appear to us — is a
    • will be few people among the experts of Hegel, who do not
    • tools of thinking, imagination, feeling, and will-impulses are
    • will appear more and more.
    • need for spiritual-scientific results will become bigger and
    • sciences one will feel that it can position itself beside the
    • something that one can obtain from spiritual science. It will
    • Indeed, the art of disproving will very vehemently oppose such
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag II: Leben und Tod
    Matching lines:
    • das Gehirn weggenommen ist. Das will sagen: Wenn der Mensch
    • das Leben in Betracht ziehen will, darf man nicht darauf sehen,
    • handelt, erkennen will, hat man namentlich die Frage: Wie sind
    • eines Menschen schildern kann. Wer es will, der mag es tun.
    • Kind nicht mehr aus sich selbst heraus sagt: Karlchen will
    • dies, oder: Mariechen will dies, sondern wo es sagt: Ich will
    • höheren Welten hinaufsteigen will. Es muß daher ein
  • Title: Lecture: Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • I will now
    • it will be clear without further explanation, that what
    • will not give up — only giving up what is necessary for
    • quite ordinary conceptions — as we will to-day in the
    • form, the different capacities and talents develop. (We will
    • observers truly will not fail to recognise. Only he who
    • before Francesco Redi will be able to deny that there is a
    • are planned. Certainly many will say: “Has, then, a
    • horse, a dog or a cat no individuality?” And they will
    • organism, will deny that the conclusions just drawn are correct.
    • originate from the Spiritual, will certainly make its mark in
    • human cultural life and will be more quickly accepted than
    • characterised. The time will come when men will realise that
    • respect, will admit that what is in him now was not there up
    • the subject, but we will observe the whole process of fatigue
    • organism, a future bodily covering, which will carry within
    • children's lives, will be able to make one observation from
    • have just said will be very much doubted by valiant followers
    • will quite certainly not burn any one; but the
    • sense-experience of it will. There we have the difference
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag III: Menschenseele und Tierseele
    Matching lines:
    • lebt und sein erkennendes Leben selber logisch auffassen will,
    • selber ausbilden will, sich erst aneignen, erst erlernen
    • in klaren Begriffen leben will, kann verkennen, welche
    • haben will. Das Tier erschöpft sich geradezu innerhalb
    • nicht glauben will, daß sich ein Wesen unmittelbar darlebt
    • mit will. Der Ätherleib kann dann wohl noch denken, aber
    • durch äußere Hitze sich dehnen will, oder: Es
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Soul and the Animal Soul
    Matching lines:
    • lectures will not become completely clear until the next lecture has
    • together. And it will be realized that the riddles connected with
    • about the things of the outer world, he will not admit that there
    • This acknowledgment, of course, will not always be forthcoming. But
    • investigator, logical thinking will itself disclose that a living
    • creative. And a feeling will dawn in us of why those who knew what
    • trustworthy guide and it will enable many a man, before he himself is
    • strange or rare phenomena, for those lying close at hand will
    • where — he will say with truth: This spirit that is active in
    • it will then be possible to have an inkling of what the spiritual
    • and if we keep this idea in mind it will be a great help in
    • time being we will confine ourselves to the higher animals —
    • soul as it comes to expression in his willing, his feeling, his
    • experiences inwardly will be incapable of any real observation of the
    • observation to one phenomenon only, will soon recognize that there
    • the human being, this feeling and perception will help us to
    • the higher animals — it will be better to speak of the lower
    • bound up with the bodily nature, this soul experience will be much
    • more deeply felt — as will also be the case in a disordered
    • of teaching his organs afresh — will say to himself: How a man
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag IV: Menschengeist und Tiergeist
    Matching lines:
    • nennen. Ich will jetzt noch nicht darauf Rücksieht
    • Leiblichkeit gestaltet, sondern ich will nur sagen: Wie uns der
    • wenn man es mit dem Gedanken durchdringen will, nicht so ganz
    • will — vorbestimmte Organisation die Richtung der
    • aussprechen will, in die Sprache nicht bloß Inhalt
    • für das, was gemeint ist, will ich dabei hinweisen auf das
    • Materialist sein, was zum Beispiel William James
    • tatsächlich ist, obwohl er Spiritualist sein will,
    • indem er in der Tat den Satz verfechten will: «Der Mensch
    • der Mensch dies merkt — so meint William James —
    • Behauptungen wären, will ich auf folgendes hinweisen.
    • finden. Nebenbei will ich nur darauf hinweisen, daß
    • Wenn es im Sein beharren will.
    • genannt werden darf. Und bevor man dazu vordringen will,
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Spirit and the Animal Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • naturally, no one will doubt that changes in the organization are
    • quite different from the ordinary one. And the following will make
    • expression of this organization, it will always be possible to see
    • investigation will never succeed in producing any proof of a
    • investigation should not, and spiritual investigation will not, be in
    • proved. It can only be indicated, and if you are observant you will
    • to give expression to something important, will therefore need to
    • language, in the vowel sounds. You will find that where you get the
    • will always be found, but never a Galileo who understood the same
    • in the free intercourse experienced. The possibilities for this will
    • unconscious materialist, like, for example, William James: for
    • William James — he becomes sad. If we do not recognize how
    • day people will begin to give a little thought to what is here in
    • they will see how essential is the way in which such organizations
    • bare assertions I will point to the following.
    • in their infancy, are studied to some degree, will a beginning have
    • in the animal made use of the organs. (Incidentally I will just refer
    • with your ‘whole’ — how splendidly it will fit in.
    • Wenn es im Sein beharren will.”
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag V: Das Wesen des Schlafes
    Matching lines:
    • Willensimpulse, sie sinken gleichsam in ein unbestimmtes
    • bloß das betrachten will, was sich von dem Seelischen im
    • erweist dann, wenn es vom Schlaf umfangen ist. Will man
    • man könnte auch sagen, will man die Erscheinungen des
    • und er fühlt endlich, wie die Willensimpulse
    • machen kann, wenn man will.
    • will, daß dieser Moment eigentlich sich ins Unbestimmte
    • eigensinnig und halsstarrig sein will in bezug auf das, was
    • Schlafes, wenn man geradlinig denken will und nicht halsstarrig
    • sein will.
    • gewöhnlichen Leben stehenbleibt, schon etwas guten Willen
    • ist. Ich will nun von dem allerersten Zustand der Änderung
    • hat, etwas ganz Besonderes. Und ich will einige ganz konkrete
    • Gehirn und der Mensch» von William Hanna Thomson
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture V: The Nature of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • pains, and sufferings, also the will-impulses sink down as it
    • duller and he feels finally how the will impulses are
    • will, if one stops in the usual life to hold together the
    • Relations of the Brain to the Mind by William Hanna Thomson
    • set to music afterward. This is a real fact. Now it will not be
    • Spiritual-scientific research will arise as something by which
    • it will drive out again, and there he will already see what
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag VI: Der Geist Im Pflanzenreich
    Matching lines:
    • begreiflich machen will, was in den Dingen liegt — nicht
    • «Geist im Pflanzenreich» sprechen will,
    • der Naturwissenschaft stellen will. Wer aber mit gesundem
    • Pflanzenreich herantreten will —, daß man sich
    • selbst heraus erklären will, nicht
    • mit dem menschlichen Schlafzustand. Ich will jetzt scheinbar
    • irgendeinem Gebiete anfangen will zu fühlen
    • Venus-Fliegenfalle ein seelisches Wesen zuschreiben will, das
    • sprechen. Sobald man in den Geist eindringen will,
    • aber daraus Schlüsse ziehen will auf das Seelenleben
  • Title: Lecture: The Spirit in the Realm of Plants
    Matching lines:
    • enters into the achievements of natural science. He will have grave
    • certain mental image, for otherwise he will always succumb to error,
    • will always enter a labyrinth such as happened to Fechner despite his
    • examiner will not get anywhere if he wants to look merely at this
    • is always the precondition for the lower, the nonliving. We will see
    • then it will no longer appear absurd if spiritual science tells us
    • this condition with human sleep. I will now speak of what appears to
    • unconscious. For the spiritual investigator (we will see how he comes
    • which he is then imbedded. We will not understand the human being
    • irritated him and resolved: ‘On the way back I will spray him
    • science of the nineteenth century, I will relate to you the
    • following. Listeners who have heard lectures here in the past will
    • botany of the nineteenth century bit by bit, and you will find little
    • plant as it grows out of the common spirit of the earth will find the
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag VII: Wie Erlangt Man Erkenntnis der Geistigen Welt?
    Matching lines:
    • Erkenntnis der geistigen Welt kommen will.
    • Betrachtung befassen will, wie sie auch den heutigen
    • Erkenntnis-Willens, als etwas anderes diese Welt des geistigen
    • Naturwissenschaft stehen will, nicht nur für die
    • durchdrungen sind. Man kann beim besten Willen nicht
    • will einmal versuchen, wie weit wir mit unserem Denken, mit
    • Standpunkt hinausführen, dann will ich einmal sehen,
    • Logik nimmt man es ja, wenn man darüber urteilen will,
    • Ebenso könnte es sein — ich will hier nicht von
    • aber eben so gut sein, wenn er Feuilletons schreiben will, erst
    • Welt abspielen, müssen wir Sicherheit, Willenskraft und
    • Willensentschlüsse, Willensimpulse, Gefühle und
    • zunächst der, der hinaufsteigen will in die geistige
    • höheren Welten?». Aber ich will mich heute nicht
    • diesem Buche gebe, sondern ich will von einer andern Seite her
    • Welt lenken will, vieles von dem, was für die anderen
    • desjenigen, der in die geistige Welt eindringen will. Und nach
    • folgen will, wie die Pflanze den ihr eingeborenen Gesetzen
    • Bildern, die nicht willkürlich aus der Phantasie
    • hinaufsteigen will, in seiner Seele mit ganz bestimmten
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture VII: How Does One Attain Knowledge of the Spiritual World?
    Matching lines:
    • most personal to the impersonal. Hence, the personal will often
    • some allegorical things will be more important than it may
    • powerfully. There is no will-intensity of knowledge to
    • in such a way; everybody is, actually, a poor devil who will
    • feelings with materialistic views. With the best will in the
    • certainty, willpower and sentience, must not lose ground if we
    • the soul to a feeling and a willing for the spiritual world
    • different from the feeling and willing in the soul normally.
    • Our soul has to become another organism of feeling and willing
    • feelings, on that what we carry in ourselves as will decisions,
    • will impulses, feelings and sensations only individually. Now,
    • book will not think in such a way, that it is a summary of the
    • to disprove spiritual science or anthroposophy. For one will
    • eight-year-old child? I doubt it. You will not even be able to
    • as the centre of thinking, feeling, and willing without
    • is our (will and) representation (mental
    • becomes this, our will starts to be trained. Whereas our
    • feelings have to be reorganised before, our will is now
    • will only on a certain level if his feelings are already
    • purified in a certain respect. Then his will can combine with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag VIII: Anlage, Begabung und Erziehung des Menschen
    Matching lines:
    • Willensimpulsen und Gefühlen, was sozusagen bloß
    • Stimmungen, Gefühlswerten, ja zu Willensimpulsen, zu dem,
    • Organisation formen will im Leben, findet er in diesem Leben
    • nehmen will — manche Leute haben schon einmal die
    • sein, daß, wenn man die Sachen trivial nehmen will, man
    • doch machen kann, was man will, wenn man spielt, daß man
    • Erzieher werden will, wird auch für die späteren
    • erkannt, bestimmt werden will an dem sich
    • ist die allgemeine Richtung des Willens und Gefühles, der
    • wünscht, will, ob er ein Mensch ist, der tapfer in die
    • ist, also die Eigenschaften, die mit den Willensimpulsen
    • daß sie nun um eine Stufe aus der Natur der Willensimpulse
    • um eures Glaubens willen verliert!» Wie oft wird uns in
    • Vater, von dem er auch die 1Willenseigenschaft
    • Willen zur Trivialität haben und sagen: Warum habt ihr
    • gestalten will. Wir können nur dann an das Kind
    • Untergründen seiner Seele — aus seiner Willensnatur,
    • Gliedern, wo Wille, wo Gemüt aufsteigen. Unsere Gedanken
    • Gemüt, im Willen. Da wird noch eingegriffen in die
    • von Gemüts- und Willensimpulsen, die seine Leiblichkeit
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture VIII: Predisposition, Talent and Education of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • embodiment will appear to us quite essential in particular in
    • sensations, will-impulses, and feelings — from something
    • will-impulses, to that what does not rest more or less
    • From all that it will be absolutely clear that the human being
    • Indeed, so it seems. However, nobody will also deny this who
    • being. Someone who wants to become a real educator will also
    • stupidly. The other is the general direction of will and
    • realm of the will-impulses to the mental. Hence, one can find
    • beings has given you what I could not give you, and He will
    • inherited the will-quality. He had little in common with his
    • will prove that one can transgress the law applying all kinds
    • feelings and will-impulses. -- Certainly, it is easier, more
    • was different in the past and will be different in the future
    • subsoil of his soul — from his will nature, from his mood
    • those members, where the will where the mood arise. However,
    • will. There it is still intervened in the organisation.
    • sphere, a sum of will-impulses originate that shape his
    • those who live around us those will come who tend to spiritual
    • he will not be able to go into your thoughts. You must make him
    • of new truth in his development and education, one will also
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag IX: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • Wenn man nun verstehen will, was Zarathustra für die
    • hinaufdringen will, gewissermaßen beide Kräftearten
    • will, alles ausgedrückt wird durch Bilder, die in die
    • man den alten Ausdruck gebrauchen will —, so kann man
    • eurem Egoismus halten will, alles, was Deva-Charakter hat, das
    • wenn er sagt: «Ich will reden! Nun kommt und hört mir
    • will reden ihm entgegen im Sinne dessen, was das Höchste,
    • hören will meine Worte, wie ich sie sage, wie ich sie
  • Title: Lecture: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • with the Great Teachers will appear in the subsequent numbers of
    • man's thought, feeling and will, have undergone great changes in the
    • future, other stages of consciousness will be reached, again very
    • prepared to state that historical research will, however unwillingly,
    • Clairvoyant consciousness will have to be cultivated again in the
    • will reach the super-sensible worlds, stretching before us into
    • is not far distant when even external science will discover that
    • spiritual world behind the world of the senses. It will then be
    • when he taught of the Amschaspands, but the world will have much to
    • learn besides this, for it will be found that all the moving and
    • present day culture will be replaced by another. Now one important
    • life — all these will disappear when the
    • and when you have vanquished the lower Devas you will find the
    • is such that you can do this if you will!” In India the Rishis
    • to the realm of the Asuras and you will be able to rise from there to
    • antagonist of Ahriman, he said: “I will speak! Harken, ye who
    • permeated human speech. I will refute him with the speech which the
    • Highest, the Primal One has put into my mouth. I will speak what
    • understands their meaning as I speak them will experience much evil
    • who have ears to hear the dim echoes still living in our time, will,
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 1: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • will become more and more apparent as we proceed.
    • and from others which will follow, you will know through the
    • apprehension, emotions and desires. Further, you will realize
    • future yet other stages will be reached in which the conscious
    • condition of mankind will vary considerably from its normal state
    • historical investigators will in the end be unwillingly forced to
    • It has often been pointed out, and we will again
    • state’, or ‘clairvoyant condition’ (we will
    • of human evolution a time will come when in addition to
    • and his logic, he will again approach the condition of the
    • his development has run its course he will again return to the
    • Other such outstanding personalities of whom mention will be made
    • which will enable us not merely to be sensible of the outer world
    • mist about us — then will the enhanced powers of our soul take
    • principle will work persistently within, and through it he may
    • We will now picture to ourselves that the path
    • greater distance in each case. We will now suppose a circle to
    • I will now make a definite statement, which when
    • will be discovered and recognized by external science, that a
    • limits of our sense perceptions. Further, that science will be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag X: Galilei, Giordano Bruno und Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • «aristotelisch» gelehrt wurde. Ich will heute vom
    • Wahrheit, oft erwähnt, will daher jetzt nur noch einmal
    • will es schon sehen, sagte der Betreffende und ließ es
    • verstehen können. Ich will es durch eine kleine
    • man diese Verse hinschreiben will; es mußte dabei etwas
    • wenn der Geist, der in einem Gehirn tätig sein will, dies
  • Title: Lecture: Galileo, Giordano Bruno, and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • which was then given to the thought of Natural Science will
    • opinion on this point,” “you will find it
    • incredibly mistaken version of his teaching. To-day, I will
    • indeed, I will see it,” said the friend who took the
    • Aristotle on this subject, then I will support it by another
    • will take the example of the origin of the nerves in the
    • matters are carefully and thoughtfully considered, it will be
    • words, which will help us to understand his whole soul and
    • about Mathematics, he will have or to toil at Mathematics for
    • we will take the matter of the telescope. Galileo heard that
    • palms of his hands, the man will experience a sensation of
    • of the Divine Idea, our concepts will be again fructified
    • reproduce this language to-day, so that it will speak
    • of Goethe will take root even in the thought of the Natural
    • Scientists. It will be acknowledged that Goethe's ideas were
    • will that Spirit reveal itself.
    • be led away by the will-of-the-wisp of superficial criticism.
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag XI: Was Hat die Geologie über Weltentstehung zu Sagen?
    Matching lines:
    • Wahrheit seine Seele eröffnen will
    • herunter will, aber nicht herunter kann. Warum kann es
  • Title: Lecture: What Has Geology to Say About the Origin of the World?
    Matching lines:
    • remain open. Our main purpose today will be to envisage the
    • will know that they have no essential significance, although they are
    • How far, then, does geology lead us? We will now put into plain words
    • willing, processes of destruction are working within us which we then
    • chemical and physical processes were active will be able to explain
    • will be ever less and less living processes; for more and more they
    • will tend to be mere chemical, mere mechanical processes; so that at
    • will unfold further on the foundation thus laid down.
    • will strike a good many people as something which cannot be
    • taken at all seriously. — For that is what will be said
    • true science and which its genuine investigators will always demand.
    • When you take the results of real research and go by facts, you will
    • everywhere, as you will see, spiritual science links up with natural
    • sources, then you will find, especially in the field of geology, that
    • The lectures to follow will show more and more clearly that just as
    • future epochs when it will be revealed on ever and ever higher
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag XII: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • was dieser Mensch der Gegenwart selbst will und sich als Ziel
    • auslegen will, daß man in Osiris von vornherein die Sonne,
    • Will der Mensch in seine Werkzeuge hinuntersteigen, so muß
  • Title: Lecture: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • the world will only be understood in the future.” So strongly
    • children you will remain.”
    • the mythologies will reveal a wonderful connection with cosmic laws
    • knowledge from the depths of Egyptian civilisation. And now we will
    • me: Horus will lead me back to Osiris his Father; but Osiris can only
    • instrument for the soul-activities of Feeling, Willing and Thinking
    • reckon it out, you will see that every successive year began a little
    • into modern civilisation. If it advances along these paths it will
    • conditions at the starting-point of human civilisations and will come
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 2: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • come to me, that only in the future will the true purport and
    • activities of mankind, will find in these strange stories a
    • deity; and he realizes that henceforth he will be greeted as
    • [the three ultimate modes of consciousness], Feeling, Willing and
    • With this object I will give a literal quotation
    • will of a surety lift up their hearts to the glorious spirit
    • mentors who were in the beginning, and will seek the verity of
    • The following brief outline will indicate some of the results of
    • W. Johns, Litt.D. Published by Williams and Morgate,
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag XIII: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • seine Befreiung suchen will. Laßt also in euch schweigen
    • hat: so wenig will er damit ein Nichts bezeichnen. Damit haben
    • er will in dem Eigendasein die Kräfte finden, die ihn zur
    • Wille entsteht, von dem gegenwärtigen
    • hineingestellt, will von ihr erlöst sein. So hat es der
    • Christ mit seiner Urschuld zu tun und will diese Urschuld
    • dritten Tage will ich ihn wieder aufrichten!» Die ganz
    • entgegengesetzte Anschauung! Das heißt: Ich will
    • und der Willenslähmung, die aus einer geistigen
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • and wisdom as will free him from all desire for rebirth. Only
    • necessity — only then will he enter the state that may be
    • clairvoyant powers. But facts will in time compel thinking people to
    • Spiritual Science has to say about the future evolution of man will
    • appear in the future, will rise to the dignity of Buddhahood.
    • innumerable lives will never solve the great riddles of old age, of
    • earthly wisdom. Treading this path a man will find the means
    • I must find the way back to my Self. Then will the surrounding world
    • will arises in man to press forwards with his present
    • new radiance in the sunlight of Christianity and will indeed in the
    • whole life will be illuminated by the Being of Christ.
    • that will enable me to cry with St. Paul, “Not I, but Christ in
    • material body has been built for the last time and will now be wholly
    • days I will build it up again.” Here we have exactly the
    • shall accomplish a deed that will make fruitful and living all that
    • your splendid conceptions will be at war with themselves directly
    • element of unbelief and paralysis of will, born of a feebleness of
    • trivialities, though realising that our works will perish when the
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 3: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • common to all peoples. But facts will yet force a general
    • a time will come when the conclusions which Spiritual Science has
    • viewed from the scientific stand-point, will be entirely
    • following manner: — ‘We will observe and be active in this
    • last Buddha brought, shall have waned, then will yet another
    • which will show us the way by which we may be freed from
    • that will suffice for the present, namely, that in connection
    • must I find the way back to my true nature, then will the outer
    • indeed the will is there, is for him to raise himself upward from
    • reincarnation will present a wholly different aspect when
    • the advance of Christian culture, humanity will gradually be
    • will surely come to pass when he is so advanced that his whole
    • being will shine forth, filled with that radiance which we
    • in the Christ himself, then will he carry into his future
    • me’; and he will be raised more and more, ever upwards, to
    • Buddha will of a verity be the last.’ Speaking of that
    • which has been raised up for the last time will soon be wholly
    • will raise it up.’ Here we have an exactly opposite point
    • of view, which might be interpreted thus: — ‘I will
    • Mystery of Golgotha. He who believes that the Christ-event will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag XIV: MOSES
    Matching lines:
    • als eine Allegorie darstellen will. Eine symbolische
    • Darstellung der Gesdiiditsauffassung will er geben, so daß
    • geistigen Welten sein Erkennen hinaufbringen will, gewisse
    • will, was in einer solchen Schilderung Tieferes liegt, muß
    • heranbringen will. Aber was hier klarzumachen ist, das ist am
    • eigentlich sagen will, so finden wir in solchen Angaben die
    • erscheint, der sagen will, daß der, der hellseherisch ist,
    • Ich hervorgehend begreift. Willst du aber das Ewige in
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture XIV: Moses
    Matching lines:
    • and its forces, thinking, feeling, and willing in the way that
    • willing at first, which work from the centre of the ego and
    • feeling and our will. Hence, different streams, different
    • feeling and willing. We are related to them — in such a
    • will believe me? In whose name should I found my mission? He
    • worldview that does not yet seem absolutely expired which will
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 4: Moses
    Matching lines:
    • reach of the people. Anyone who will consult the current
    • The above assertion will always remain ‘a
    • particularly will this be the case with regard to those sections
    • As we proceed it will be realized that in Moses
    • comprehension of the Moses-Impulse is to us a necessity. We will,
    • willing, as if these forces were within us, contained, as one
    • powers of thought, feeling and will, as forces whose mid-point of
    • feeling and will. We would thus picture separate currents of
    • activating our powers of thought, feeling and willing. Although
    • power, and the intellectual consciousness, will be found united.
    • conscious states will be universally interwoven and co-active
    • upon the consciousness of self — who will believe me? — In
    • organism as our starting-point, but I am sure you will not assume
    • mankind will once more learn to bring the practical affairs of
    • death will be the lot of the one who would do this thing, for he
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag XV: Was Hat die Astronomie Ãœber Weltentstehung Zu Sagen?
    Matching lines:
    • Sache zuerst behandelt —, will aber überall,
    • zurückverwandeln will in Arbeit, in
    • sonst in der Physik, Geologie und so weiter will, einmal Leben
    • Weltenwerdens kommen will, sollten sich gestehen, daß sie
    • physikalische Astronomie ein Werden der Welt aussinnen will,
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture XV: What Has Astronomy to Say about the Origin of the World?
    Matching lines:
    • they will lie and move.”
    • will be the transformation of all kinetic energy, of all other
    • such a way that heat will become bigger and bigger which
    • movement processes will have been transformed into heat. Then
    • heat death in which all physical processes will once be
    • system is doomed to die the heat death, it will once collide
    • will one attain anything special with it that one moves the
    • ego-nature of every human being will be victorious over the
    • afraid of it, because he knows that from it new life will
    • Indeed, people will say repeatedly, you spiritual scientists
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 5: Elijah
    Matching lines:
    • to how far the matter presented will elucidate and provide new
    • of Elijah, will be as independent as possible of all connection
    • with the Bible as a source, and such references will only occur
    • Biblical records. The occurrences will be set forth just as they
    • gained confidence in its power and proved substantiality, will
    • conscientious investigation; and this will be the case, even
    • if they will but do this, and make a reasonable and understanding
    • required evidence, that all my statements will ultimately receive
    • merely for the sake of clarity and corroboration as will often be
    • prophet Elijah [and, as will be seen later, his spiritual force
    • If you will not misunderstand my meaning, I would
    • by-gone age will find it in no way fanciful or
    • herself regarding it as a secret, for reasons which will become
    • which it is ordained shall descend upon humanity, will now shine
    • soul has gained this or that special clairvoyant power, then will
    • will of Jahveh the God of old to come with affliction,
    • his own free will, to holding this divine concept in the very
    • who feedeth mankind and thee also will of a surety provide that
    • said: — ‘I will do unto Elijah that which he did unto thy
    • had said, I will not give thee the inheritance of my fathers. And
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • culture of the present time will be able to deny that the theme of
    • life. Modern Spiritual Science, the ideas of which we will try briefly
    • spiritual stream. I will indicate one such aspect, at once the most
    • it will be particularly difficult for modern man to understand is
    • man and the different relationships of social life, will readily
    • Gnostic Christ, if you will; so that by the Middle Ages we find
    • the personality of Jesus of Nazareth, and was only willing to believe
    • achievements of the modern age will realise that it has been attempted
    • external, materialistic research. He will further realise that the
    • another direction. Read a book like that of William Benjamin Smith,
    • and you will see that our age, after much painstaking research into
    • so long will he fail to understand the significance of the Christ
    • stock. All that will arise in human souls as evolution proceeds to
    • Gospels from this point of view will enter into the mighty process of
    • accomplished through the spiritual world. He will see how there was
    • Christianity upon man will be that its innermost mystery is
    • in the spiritual evolution of the 20th century will be the
    • ‘rebirth of the soul’ at a higher level will arise from
    • will realise, after he has thus formed a photographic image of the
    • education. He will no longer merely believe that Natural Science
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 6: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • (delivered in the Architektenhaus) will doubtless have made clear
    • and later became the essence of the Church movement. It will be
    • Science of to-day, which will be recapitulated in this lecture,
    • olden spiritual trend of thought, and we will draw attention to
    • anyone who will make a careful investigation into the results
    • achieved in modern times in this connection, will know that an
    • those by William Benjamin Smith, published by Diederich of
    • We will now compare the attitude of external
    • will regard more as Temples assigned to spiritual instruction.
    • We will now ask this question: — Whence came
    • future generations — just so long will he remain unable to
    • spiritual events such as we have portrayed is admitted, then will
    • cometh unto thee the Word of God. His voice will break in upon
    • Mystery of Golgatha, there will enter into men’s souls an
    • of view will realize the wonderful evidence of racial development
    • in the past by the powers of the Spirit-World. It will be
    • on throughout all generations and will be for evermore. To this
    • is One who will raise mankind above all human discord and
    • of twentieth-century spiritual development will be that external
    • science will recognize and acknowledge that the concepts of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human History: Lecture I: The Relation of the Human Being to the Supersensible Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • happened in the past winter talks and will also further happen
    • compare with the feeling of courage, of energy, of willpower.
    • materialistic science of thought like that of which I will at
    • will say that the usual cognitive forces — if one speaks of the
    • usual cognitive forces, even so, one will always have to
  • Title: Human History: Lecture II: Death and Immortality
    Matching lines:
    • body. It will rather concern this: how has human knowledge to
    • of attention and the like, but you will look in vain for a
    • will succeed, finally, in the laboratory in producing life
    • will consider it still this way for a long. But if you take my book
    • time, you will realise that the scientific thinking
    • for ten years, and you will realise how this work expresses
    • willpower in the usual life to experience something else when
    • beyond the physical body, he will consciously live by such
    • following. The later considerations will show how our
    • truth! — Nobody will find it more comprehensible than I do if
    • Spiritual science will raise the whole life to a higher level
    • From the following talks will arise that
  • Title: Lecture: Prophecy -- Its Nature and Meaning
    Matching lines:
    • philosophy there is much that will be found neither in heaven nor
    • serious science, will repudiate such matters as prophecy even more
    • and charlatanism, or maybe something even worse, it will certainly be
    • is unwilling to listen to such matters — and this is really not
    • to be wondered at. Nevertheless it looks as though our times will be
    • the future. As will be known to many of you, the historian Kemmerich
    • is driven to make the statement — at the moment we will not
    • history can speak with authority, it will not be possible to ignore
    • them because proof will be forthcoming, both in respect of the past
    • the Old Testament, the authenticity of which will certainly be called
    • positions of the constellations will change during the course of the
    • human life, predicts from these calculations what will transpire in
    • teachings of Spiritual Science, I must speak in a way which will
    • name of an extraordinarily learned man in this sphere will at once
    • indication was not quite exact but this will probably not
    • goes to show that he is and will remain frail and is unlikely to live
    • then would be extremely unfavourable. I will leave it an open
    • connections will come to light, for example, between the life of
    • the course taken by events contradicts man's freedom of will.
    • ultimately ready. Logical thinking will never say that the man
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human History: Lecture IV: From Paracelsus to Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • do not follow you ... I become the king, and the kingdom will
    • And never will he misjudge
  • Title: Lecture: The Hidden Depths of Soul Life
    Matching lines:
    • the tremor lasts he is wondering how far it will go and what may still
    • confronts this uncertainty: Whatever else will be flung up from the
    • Berlin on October 26th, 1911. GA# 61. e.Ed.] and of which more will be
    • the physical. As our study today will soon convince us, for an
    • what we will now call the astral body — the actual vehicle of our
    • by our will, and on the other hand what can be said to surge from
    • connection with what we consciously think, feel or will. In speaking
    • will impulses, tastes and opinions.
    • scarcely noticed it, nor did he apply any effort of will towards
    • spite of a damaged organism. But we will go further. An experiment so
    • carried the memory; but one who is of this opinion will find it does
    • as of his thinking, feeling and willing. Among things that point to the
    • the soul life. We will begin by relating quite a simple dream, which
    • will probably at first seem absurd but it characterises what tries to
    • some occurrence during the day will have quite different dreams from
    • into the body it will be unable to rise into consciousness. The forces
    • being still needed first to form the organs which will produce the
    • “Atomistik des Willens” that there must be an error in this
    • a man's earlier life, one will remark that this yearning is due to
    • former quite special experiences. One will then find — anyone who
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Good Fortune Its Reality and Its Semblance
    Matching lines:
    • among the membership. But it will have to be remembered that faulty
    • will doubtless last until a more general recognition is reached of the
    • truths, will increasingly lead to a change in the habits of thought, and thus
    • words and immediately the sensitive judgment of man's heart will respond
    • existence. She was first of all adopted by a rich relation, who drew up a will
    • was still young; and when the will was opened it was found to contain a
    • technical error. The will was contested and the child lost the whole of the
    • youth was equally unwilling to give up the girl, and he promised that after
    • but that is of no consequence, for everyone of us will say: Whether the
    • when he is unwilling that some result, some effect, should depend on
    • help from outside, how he expects that what is to happen will not be effected
    • will come to his aid, that it has some interest in him so that he does not
    • outset a kind of good fortune. This will be admitted by everyone who has
    • explanatory law; it must be regarded as something that penetrates our will,
    • intended this, I willed it, I used my good sense, my wisdom, in such a way
    • will never say that, but rather: The success is there but I have shown
    • inmost core of my being which will lead it to higher and higher perfection.
    • How will he deal with such a lucky chance? (The word chance is used here
    • meant in the ordinary way). For him it will be considered not as an end but
    • as a beginning — a beginning from which he will learn and which will cast
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human History: Lecture VII: The Prophet Elijah
    Matching lines:
    • prejudice, it will confirm what I say now. What has now
    • endure everything! That who nourishes the human beings will
    • will lick your blood!”
    • About Jezebel was said: “Jezebel will be eaten by dogs near
    • will be granted, if you do not, it will not be granted.”
    • whose servant I am, that there will be neither dew nor rain
    • Elijah's spirit indeed, what no Bible reader will be able to
  • Title: Human History: Lecture VIII: The Origin of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual-scientific things, it will become obvious that
    • that the human thinking, feeling and willing only turn out as a
    • culture will further the spiritual in the course of
    • you will say to yourself, the question is soon solved,
    • Of course such an idea called childish by this researcher will
    • sciences, because you will have realised that the just done
    • a meditative life if he puts certain images, feelings, and will
    • from the today's consciousness for which an understanding will
    • pursue the ways that I have indicated today, they will meet
    • being, they will end if they have fulfilled their task for the
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of the Animal World in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • will be today still less easy to speak about the origin of the animal
    • causes on the development and origin of animal existence will not at
    • “Surely, everything exists only through the will of the sublime
    • His will? Or could we decide the way and manner in which he has done
    • into it one after another? Whatsoever His Will may have been, the
    • in whatsoever manner He May have accomplished His Will, nothing can
    • from the outset, to be a region of total, unimpeded Will of the
    • has emanated out of this Will of the Creator and what issues forth in
    • anticipating, advocating a truth which will familiarize itself with
    • originate from living” has done, and therefore man will
    • question of the origins of the animal world will be outlined. Then it
    • will be shown how the comprehension of Spiritual Science about the
    • we must emphasize again and again that no explanation will succeed in
    • Everyone will realize very easily that such an explanation is no
    • of the future will prove this). We can still show something that
    • based on the following idea. (The following lectures will draw your
    • had been creating matter, in a more original state, full of will and
    • the bodily nature as something independent, we will see then that man
    • and that it will arrive at the knowledge that progress really could
    • spirituality, only present in man? On the contrary! It will reveal
  • Title: Human History: Lecture X: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • by William Benjamin Smith (1850–1934) and you will realise that
    • But then one will also not degrade the
    • will also understand that that what happens by this event in
    • Golgotha is the cause. The human souls will recognise in the
    • big education of the human race by the spiritual world. He will
    • essence. Hence, the core of Christianity will affect the human
    • the right use of the results of modern research. This will turn
    • twentieth century that it will recognise that the nineteenth
    • Spiritual science will only add that one
    • big task of the twentieth century will be that the concept of
    • redemption, of rebirth will get acceptance beside the other
    • soul on a higher level will develop from the wonderful
    • will recognise when he has depicted the world photographically
    • is a powerful means of education. The human being will no
    • the lawfulness will be something that will educate him. If
    • experience inside the human being seriously, it will also be
    • level in the human being. Then spiritual science will show that
    • mystic kind as the human being will experience it in the
    • twentieth century and as he will completely take it
    • of inner redemption, the human being will recognise the concept
  • Title: Human History: Lecture XI: Human History, Present, and Future in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • humanity of the future will thereby get again to an Imaginative
    • Greek-Roman culture, and which it has and will still have for
    • The Atomism of the Will.
    • spiritual-divine. However, this time must be expected, it will
    • the visions how they surge up and down, you will realise that
    • did not have before. However, he will keep this
  • Title: Human History: Lecture XII: Copernicus and His Time in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • forces, but also the expression of the will of the star's
    • the human habitual ways of thinking, feeling, and willing were
    • something appears that will show again that now, after the
    • its mission to be an image of the outer reality, it will go
    • over to preparing the soul, will bring up inner hidden forces
    • will be no old, traditional thoughts that are the most fertile
    • ones. No, these will be the thoughts that are found by the age
    • one considers spiritual science in such a way, those will not
    • earth. How will it be then with those who take spiritual
    • culture will settle in spite of all opposition. Since today the
    • “1821” of the materialistic monists, and it will
    • Within your will cosmic beings work.
    • Create yourself anew from cosmic will.
  • Title: Lecture: Death in Man, Animal, and Plant
    Matching lines:
    • me to emphasize that it will not be easy for Spiritual Science —
    • that this strangeness will be felt in those wide circles in which the
    • sum total of plant life on the earth, it will be obvious that here
    • if only it is studied in the right light, will account for the rise
    • of our will into the darkness of sleep; at waking we become aware of
    • willing — to be overworked, we do violence to the delicate
    • construction of our organism, as regards our will processes, even to
    • of our ideas, feeling, and will. We know quite well that if we give
    • rather considered in connection with external circumstances. It will
    • place perhaps thirty years ago, you will say: I can quite well recall
    • conscientious observer studying from every point of view, will find
    • explanation. I can sympathize with such a man. But the time will come
    • elucidation of the processes of earthly death and birth will in the
    • without false piety and hypocrisy, will say: What we may call the
    • ever advances beyond its present stage, it will see how, throughout
    • so that the whole evolution of the animal kingdom will lead at last
    • overcome — will issue from the entire spiritual world, leaving
    • behind the lower part living in the individual animals, and will one
    • to what we call the human will nature — if we then do not speak
    • rather, look to the impulses of the will, we shall see that they
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human History: Lecture XIV: The Self-Education of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • will certainly ascribe more and more importance to the human
    • only to imagine one thing, and we will realise at once that
    • activity. It puts his own will in motion, in activity. And by
    • its will, the child can educate itself in another way than by
    • and in particular by the education of his will depends on the
    • The human will can be educated not by inner intellectual
    • firm hold inside if he maintains the will while the own will
    • almost injured if the human being tries to strengthen his will
    • confident manner how you develop the will, so that you can
    • that will say after, today he has spoken against the control of
    • puts to himself in such a way can lead to no real will culture.
    • Since he should get this will culture which the human being
    • strong will for life that he tries to get it by exerting outer
    • the development of the will for the outer physical world if the
    • human being wants to strengthen the will in the outer world
    • education of the will. Rightly, you apply them to the education
    • How Does One Attain Forces to Develop the Will in the Everyday World?,
    • also lead to a culture of the will, not directly, but
    • of the will must take place by itself, and then it works in the
    • So we can say that will culture,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Nature of Eternity
    Matching lines:
    • any unprejudiced man, willing to let the true nature of the
    • his whole nature, making it part of his own soul will not
    • will be well to pay attention to the facts just described. So
    • now we will once again call to mind something said by the
    • feelings and impulses of will, might simply arise and then
    • those thoughts, feelings and will-impulses belong? It is this
    • our conceptions, feelings and will-impulses, yet there is
    • is not only our thoughts, sensations and will-impulses that
    • relating his conceptions, moods of soul and will-impulses,
    • feelings and will impulses, no ego can be found. From nothing
    • of feeling and impulses of will and is always to be found
    • will really throw light on a fact of this kind, except the
    • memory. Today, however, we will consider what effect it has
    • sensations and impulses of will, or whether we draw them from
    • bias will say: In life I have gained knowledge of my
    • surveys life as a whole will realise that if we are to
    • whether our thinking, feeling, willing or acting is concerned
    • maturity. If a life has been well spent, these forces will
    • physicist, will accept this law for the external world. It is
    • willingly, although today in this sphere his kindly feeling
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human History: Lecture XVI: Darwin and the Supersensible Research
    Matching lines:
    • such a way that that what should happen will happen most
    • certainly that the human beings will more and more intermingle
    • Christian view will lead, while it equalises the human beings,
    • impulses will be there for the progress of humanity, and
    • civilisation will become more and more decadent. Once the earth
    • will outlive the human race that will become extinct on it,
    • look at the course of the events will say lightly, well, what
    • one-sidedness, we have results, which one once will interpret
    • spiritual world. Spiritual science will show this more and
    • become aware of that which produces thoughts, feelings and will
    • own being and becoming. This will be the progress in the human
    • that one will recognise that in that what the Darwinian
    • becomes extinct, and the earth will outlive
    • supersensible world will arise which already approaches and
    • works in the human minds. The number of the human beings will
    • outer science, then they will ask for supersensible research,
    • and then one will realise more and more that the supersensible
    • someone who understands the course of the human culture, will
    • science experiences today in the outer world, but he will be
    • The true spiritual scientist will always
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture Series: Jacob Boehme
    Matching lines:
    • to this day in the deepest manner, and will probably occupy the
    • will find that such a procedure has hardly more value than if
    • are now still small, but you will once become an entirely
    • different human being, about whom the world will break out in
    • Bible diligently. You will have to endure much persecution, but
    • be strong, for your God loves you and will be merciful to
    • of Goerlitz. About this I will now simply repeat the words that
    • whoever takes the trouble to go through his other works will
    • Boehme, he will find that Jacob Boehme clothes what he wishes
    • will.
    • Thus, we see this strong inner will, which cannot express
    • being born out of this will, through which he tries to solve
    • experience will not seem as strange to us as it may have
    • will have no value for the objective cognition of the sceptic,
    • will try, therefore — entirely in the spirit
    • Will of this Divine-Psychic, which developed the craving,
    • as Will, to become aware of Itself. And in that moment (this
    • “The external world is not God; it will never in eternity
    • consolation and the hope that the best in me will find the
    • good in me and not the evil will win the victory!
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Raffaels Mission Im Lichte der Wissenschaft vom Geiste
    Matching lines:
    • will sie bloß wie in einer gerade fortlaufenden
    • ist, sondern den einzelnen Zeitaltern will sie einen Gesamtsinn
    • über das kommen will, was als Geistiges der Welt zugrunde
    • Entwickelung. Will man geisteswissenschaftlich diese
    • Höhen eines Geistigen erfassen will, die sie ersteigen
    • will, die sich nur auftun, wenn wir im Inneren die Schritte
    • für das schaffen will, was in seiner Seele lebte.
    • erscheinen, daß es um ihretwillen wohl der Mühe wert
  • Title: Lecture Series: The Mission of Raphael in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • What will here be set forth
    • It will be impossible,
    • deeper than that which the contemplation of the past reveals, will appear
    • course of evolution and that the soul of man through successive lives will
    • We realize that at some future time men will no longer be able to gaze
    • at the original works, but we know too that humanity will never cease
    • of the Madonna and the picture. Many will have realized that the soul
    • even though it is only a reproduction. True one day the originals will
    • poems.” What Raphael has given to the outer world however will
    • to humanity will bear witness to this epoch, — an epoch differently
    • constituted but that will nevertheless work on through all the ages
    • will live on in the outer course of human evolution and inwardly in
    • in previous lectures here, and will be still further described, and
    • time must come when Raphael's work will have long since faded and passed
    • away. Nonetheless he will still be living in mankind, for in him humanity
    • blossomed forth into something that has its very roots in man and will
    • deeply enough into Raphael's soul will realize this. Indeed we can only
    • It will help us to understand our own relation to Raphael and the sense
    • really wished to say: “Men will always long to understand Raphael,
    • are lost his name will nevertheless remain engraven in the memory of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Poetry/Fairy Tales: The Poetry of Fairy Tales
    Matching lines:
    • tale. In doing this, the second doubt will be allayed. Simply by
    • the explanations of spiritual science will touch those depths so
    • in speaking about it all; nothing else will do to describe these
    • explaining and trying to understand it will probably never destroy
    • to do, I would have to give many lectures. Today it will be possible
    • sources will find that they lie in far more profound depths of the
    • will be in the life processes of the body. And so it is with our joy
    • the higher worlds, you will discover, at a certain level of spiritual
    • early mankind's primitive clairvoyance; we will speak further about
    • emotions, and will forces — but this form of consciousness
    • child's feeling-life. A child will grieve for his soul-comrade and if
    • he is susceptible to spiritual-soul moods, the grief will be weighty
    • will you give me if I spin the straw into gold for you?” The
    • asks, “What will you give me if I spin the straw into gold for
    • reminds the queen of her promise, she begs him to wait. “I will
    • soul will always be aware of other insignificant abilities in comparison
    • future. Someday you will be able to do what is still impossible, for
    • of you now that “knows”; it will be a loyal helper if you
    • Anthroposophic Press, New York, 1972.] you will
    • and there you will be able to understand it. The actual details, however,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Leonardo da Vinci
    Matching lines:
    • the year 1452 to 1519, will stand before this picture in the
    • come no eye will see the picture Leonardo had conjured on to the wall
    • it will again be possible for man, through modern Spiritual Science,
    • only been thought but lived, so that souls of their own accord will
    • matter with which we will sum up today's considerations. It is
    • will always blossom forth.
  • Title: Lecture: Errors in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • in their character as error will it be possible to guard oneself
    • comparison from ordinary sense observation will help us to understand
    • He will not be in a position to observe objects in as accurate and
    • willingly to any delusion, had a certain eye condition, and he
    • unsound intelligence, lead to faulty spiritual organs, so will a
    • you will find special practices for the soul through
    • images called into consciousness by his free will, tries to draw
    • can be kept relatively in check will be intensified, along with the
    • stage of spiritual development through a strict self-observation will
    • free will in ordinary life. If man in ordinary life undertakes to do
    • is in the position of applying his will impulses. To extinguish, in
    • the way I described, the spiritual world that appears, the will must
    • point of utter will-lessness, even to the point of extinguishing
    • itself. Such a cultivation of the will is accomplished only when the
    • will surely fall. This must in a certain way become an experience in
    • life is called anxiety, fear, will be intensified through such a
    • have described, fear, terror, and horror will approach us, but we
    • Only by having this meeting will one acquire the faculty to
    • way, he will always confuse that which is only within him, that which
    • avoid the sources of error, nothing will be more helpful than for the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture I: The Spiritual World and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • will also try in this winter to hold some talks from the fields
    • of spiritual science. I will also try in this winter to light
    • these talks as a more or less unified whole, although I will
    • religious life generally. One will convince himself gradually
    • particular task in natural sciences. In the end, one will
    • and religious confessions. One will also realise that one
    • knowledge the natural sciences have intervened. I will indeed
    • and will be less and less adequate for it,
    • interest play in the human life, someone will notice who has
    • It is necessary for it that you develop the strong will to
    • consciousness of the following. In our present one will ask
    • something typical. It will appear to everybody as I describe
    • spiritual science will no longer do them. Since we will make
    • many objections in the course of these talks and will show how
    • However, one will notice that these
    • rule this will happen what one would not have dreamt what no
    • developed once as relation to persons will enjoy life; but you
    • humanity, spiritual science will transform the mental-spiritual
    • More and more one will recognise that the soul needs forces for
    • existence. With these strong forces, the soul will penetrate
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture II: Theosophy and Antisophy
    Matching lines:
    • most different viewpoints of the present. Now I will not
    • will seize many heads, which almost says
    • freewill. He says that science cannot grasp them because it
    • with it. Stern (presumably William S., 187
    • inclinations and emotions. The outer psychology will prove
    • my will with its steady plan shall hover
    • humanity. This will continue its way without doubt; the
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture III: Spiritual Science and Denomination
    Matching lines:
    • Hence, I will also proceed this time in similar way as I have
    • This will arise as a result if we consider
    • as we will show
    • nature. Hence, that will even more differ what becomes
    • nature. True spiritual science will never be an enemy of the
    • experiences it with its methods will become apparent by various
    • One will realise this if one considers the single results of
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture IV: On Death
    Matching lines:
    • can be very different concerning its inner nature, and I will
    • imagining thinking and the will. We must accompany the everyday
    • this or that? Will and thinking are the soul forces that always
    • The matters of will are different. Here you
    • will that one expresses in the outside world depends on the
    • constitution of the body, how a strong will in the usual life
    • With any impulse of will we bring our body into the field, so
    • the will without the body. There the will asserts itself
    • Otherwise, you are used if you have an impulse of will to bring
    • impulse of will stirs. We feel impulses of will always
    • plays a part in the will impulse. This causes a certain inner
    • tension, as if the will is limited from all sides, as if it is
    • You feel the will as self-contained, but as
    • you perceive not only this negative of the will, but that you
    • can experience the inside like pressed in the will. Then you
    • experience. If you apply the will in the outer world, you have
    • the will impulses on the one side, the moral-social order on
    • difference between good will and bad will, between right and
    • wrong; one distinguishes the moral rules from the will impulses
    • withdrawn from the outer world, the will remains to you in a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture V: The Meaning of Immortality of the Human Soul
    Matching lines:
    • not the thinking, not the feeling, not the will, also not that
    • ones about which I will still immediately speak you learn to
    • often that such a soul could not unfold such willpower that it
    • willpower. Just by such a consideration, it becomes apparent
    • destiny will always be there. This will not be removed
    • completely, however, it will be reduced if one realises that
    • must happen by the body, the misfortunes will work suitably,
    • will take us with them as human beings, and it would make the
  • Title: Lecture: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • looks properly at the works of Greek sculpture will perceive that
    • expression to the powerful will of Moses as he did. The whole
    • own spiritual power and pours his own will over a whole people and
    • completely penetrated with force of will that he can put upon him
    • third perhaps in anger — point in the one direction which will
    • These Sibyls are very peculiar figures and modern Christianity will
    • portrait of “Christ as Judge of the World,” He will
    • will have noticed how very differently I spoke of them. Unlike them,
    • artist, more than other types, is doing work which will bear his own
    • is that which all men seek unwillingly.
    • one of the Medici musing, the other vigorous of will, both at each
    • if only they are willing. So let us look, once more at Michelangelo and
    • is that which all men seek unwillingly.
    • fruits of what has been granted will continue active in further lives
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture VI: The Evil
    Matching lines:
    • human soul must submerge with its Ri in the Ki, the will faces
    • — and with the will
    • the will and desire during life, and, with it, it faces the
    • of God, with the will of a conscious being. However, it is
    • sense maybe only to few people that will settle, however, more
    • and more in the human soul life. Since one will realise that
    • the spiritual worlds. You will realise that human brooding had
    • some centuries. However, more and more one will feel it not
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture VII: The Moral Basis of Human Life
    Matching lines:
    • without will. You have to search the heart of all philosophical
    • and indeed the ongoing natural sciences will come to
    • consideration of the moral life. However, I will summarise for
    • objects were outside of you. Our time will force itself to
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture VIII: Voltaire
    Matching lines:
    • scientific field. Then only one will have history.
    • in the historical becoming; one will recognise how an epoch
    • materialistically coloured monism only an episode that will
    • its view of nature will strive more and more to gain contents
    • that the human soul conjures up from itself will be able to
    • and will properly appreciate what he did to understand the
    • picture of Voltaire will be right which is portrayed from the
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture IX: Between Death and Rebirth of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, of feeling and willing in itself. This division of
    • approximately I will manage with this field. You have to
    • after death. We will see immediately afterward which role this
    • After death, the world of willing and the
    • willing and feeling after death as one can do it in the life
    • something exists in the soul after death like a willing or
    • desiring feeling, or like a will completely filled with
    • feeling. The expressions that we have for feeling and willing
    • even more to that, what one experiences in the will; and the
    • will is penetrated much more with feeling than in the life
    • the willed feeling and the felt will that these are closer
    • strengthened willing and a willed feeling except the specified
    • felt willing and willed feeling. This felt willing and willed
    • human soul feels something like a longing for the felt willing
    • and willed feeling, and with it for that, what the last life
    • willing, or he wants to experience feeling everything that
    • and demands as it were in the felt and willed connection of
    • willing and feeling.
    • inside of this feeling will and willing feeling that inside
    • say, one develops something like a creative will that is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture X: Homunculus
    Matching lines:
    • human beings and what it can bring to them, and I will do this
    • just on the following point of view one will not position
    • willing arise from the physical laws. It is an entitled ideal
    • his abstraction. One will even concede to the monists that this
    • However, it will not go at all. Since
    • realises that the world originated from the will, and if all
    • decision. Oh, Homunculism will create the “Eldo”
    • Sunday's children will be there. And what also
    • spiritual science, spiritual science will give humanity what it
    • This will be the topic of the last of these
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture XI: Spiritual Science as a Treasure for Life
    Matching lines:
    • will also explain it somewhat more in detail.
    • judgement, his willpower, as well as he has them, and that he
    • that our will should be used, we can only seek to apply that
    • willpower which we have unfolded with our normal
    • and willpower are not applied to the outside, not in such a way
    • make it riper and riper. The will is practiced in such a way
    • willing than it is at first. Hence, that mood also comes which
    • will be more and more necessary to cope with life in any
    • well as for the supporter of spiritual science. It will also
    • science. Indeed, spiritual science will also give real concrete
    • In this respect spiritual science will be
    • does not return, indeed, to the animal desires. He will
    • will happen that he spiritualises his desires immediately that
    • what is not good for him. He will go with certainty through
    • life; he will firmly stand in life because he builds a bridge
    • will apply not only to health and illness, but also to the
    • instinctively because their thinking will not be an abstract
    • and what they should do. This will happen less and less if the
    • they must decide. They will feel in such a way that their
    • will not deceive them; it will be the right one, and they
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Spirit of Fichte Present in Our Midst
    Matching lines:
    • willingly did so. Very fortunately there was then at Schulpforta an
    • task, the writer said, to which he, Fichte, would willingly lend
    • kind of man who is easy in intercourse, the kind of man willing for
    • had sent for him will come to this conclusion: that those people
    • author's will; however, he wrote in the form of a preface some
    • and Karl August, against their will, had to take sides
    • felt at the choice of time. I will not consider this strictly
    • would have to be applied here. I will take it that the persons
    • concerned are only misinformed, and will try to put them right. No
    • household between him, his wife Johanna and their only son, will
    • philosophers!” Let narrow minds say what they will
    • inability will mean small loss to them, and none to the world. It
    • will simply mean that they do not count in the process towards the
    • ennoblement of mankind, which anyway will go forward without any
    • that you will be able to present them in the right way.” And
    • me Herr Schmid will no longer exist in this world.” It was a
    • of foreign domination, so long will the memory of this brave man
    • his existence unless he be willing to embrace this existence in the
    • will be talking to them of nothing, and it is all the better if
    • they say so; for thus you will soon perceive your error and, unless
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Geist und Stoff, Leben und Tod: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • verlieren will. Und so sagt Fechner, aufblickend von dieser
    • gewöhnlichen Sinne, wie man das heute will, durch eine
    • den Zugang gewinnen willst. Und da kam Karl Rosenkranz der
    • aufschließen will die Pforte, wenn sie anlangt bei dem
    • will. Was kann ein solcher Denker, der so zu sprechen sich
    • Erkenntnis streben will, dazu kommen muß, nicht bloß
    • eigentlich sagen will, der Geistesforscher genötigt, auf
    • Aufwachen ist etwas ganz anderes, ist eine Tat des Willens. Es
    • Mensch erkraftet sich in seinem Willen, setzt sich durch seinen
    • Willen wirklich in ein Verhältnis zur äußeren
    • hinüber, weil er sich im Willen erkraftet hat, weil er
    • Vorstellen. Und Wachsein heißt: durch den Willen das
    • vollkommener und vollkommener werden will. Indem der Mensch
    • bin, der Ausgangspunkt genommen werden soll. Ich will nur
    • Sicherheit im Geiste, will Geisteswissenschaft der Menschheit
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture I: Spirit and Matter, Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • things rather supports it, and it will find the reason of a new
    • awakening is something else; it is an action of the will. It
    • invigorates himself in his will, relates by his will really to
    • will because he has adjusted himself to the outer world with
    • the will with the whole human being in the relations of the
    • and said, I must let you go, but a time will come soon, when
    • you will have to walk a lot without me. There Fechner said, oh,
    • maybe the time will also come that you will have to walk
    • without me. However, we will not remember! — And he
    • and soul will live in intimate community. Fechner's scientific
    • natural view of the things but will support them, and will find
    • things, however, the last will also be the
  • Title: Geist und Stoff, Leben und Tod: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • will, man mag, was er als Ergebnisse seiner Weltanschauung
    • sind, die der Mensch vorzunehmen hat, nicht willkürliche
    • Allerdings muß man sich Verschiedenes aneignen, will man
    • Dingen wirklich Fortschritte machen will. Und das zweite ist,
    • ins Auge fliegen will, sondern wir schließen das Auge
    • aus jedem einzelnen ein lebendiges Leben kommt. Ich will ein
    • Sinne, sondern in dem Sinne, wie ich es charakterisieren will.
    • will, daß es einen Walfisch gibt, wie der Walfisch nur
    • Menschenrätsel» besonders hingewiesen, ich will es
    • Er sagte: «Ich habe ja denselben Gedanken, ich will ganz
    • jetzt will ich auch noch — wenn es auch wegen der
    • erwähnen will, weil es sehr wichtig ist und verkannt wird
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture II: Destiny and Soul
    Matching lines:
    • action in thoughts at first. However, we will not carry out
    • full world that one will really get to know with the beholding
    • spiritual world on the way described today; but it will settle
    • they will also get used to the results of spiritual research.
  • Title: Geist und Stoff, Leben und Tod: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Willensimpulse in das alltägliche und auch in das
    • Göttlichen» — wie man es eben bezeichnen will
    • den tieferen Seelenrätseln des Menschen sprechen will.
    • sich ergibt, in den letzten Vorträgen hingewiesen und will
    • sie heute auftreten will, steht voll auf der Grundlage
    • Geisteswissenschaft vorbringen. Aber heute will ich noch einen
    • hineinbringen will ein feineres Erleben als das
    • geisteswissenschaftliche Methoden entwickeln will, im Sinne der
    • Schicksalswendung. Ich will nicht sagen, daß dieser
    • betrachten will, nicht nur fortdauernde, wachsende,
    • findenden Willensimpulse, bleibt dieses Schicksalserlebnis im
    • wahre Sprache der Augen und Ohren will die Geisteswissenschaft
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture III: Immortality, the Forces of Destiny, and the Course of Life
    Matching lines:
    • this faculty of the beholding judgement will become obvious
    • maybe unhealthy, but he will be right also while he says, they
    • being can feel, think, and will in the usual life does not lead
    • development, then you will always find if you have perseverance
    • Nobody will be tempted to believe that one develops a
    • the spiritual scientist will have a good basis if he has
    • will be different once if the biological sciences, physiology
    • and willing in such a way that it keeps anything of them as
    • immortal? Thinking, feeling, and willing in the usual life are
    • feeling, and willing also stops, of course. Against that lives
    • world will also walk through the gate of death. This has not
    • dwells on the methods of that which I brought forward here will
    • “One will find with precise observation that in the lives
    • human beings. This can be a suggestion, and will be a
  • Title: Geist und Stoff, Leben und Tod: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • der Fehler liegt. Es hat sich — ich will das nicht
    • will dies, um es methodisch voraus zu charakterisieren, durch
    • will nur das Prinzipielle damit andeuten: daß man durchaus
    • außerdem die Willenstätigkeit. Theodor Ziehen spricht
    • wenn ein Mensch irgend etwas will? Nehmen wir an, er geht, er
    • seinem Willen. Aber in der Regel, was ist denn eigentlich da?
    • folgt die Vorstellung, die Wahrnehmung der Bewegung; ein Wille
    • ist nirgends zu finden. — Der Wille wird also geradezu
    • für den Willen sogar ganz, diese Seelengebiete außer
    • sage: ich habe Widerwillen gegen irgend etwas. Und dennoch,
    • wenn ich sage: ich habe Widerwillen gegen irgend etwas, nehme
    • ich das Wort «Wille» so, daß die Sprache schon
    • instinktiv zum Ausdruck bringt, wie der Wille eigentlich etwas
    • zweifellos ist auch, daß das Erlebnis des Willens, des
    • und des Entspringens der äußeren Tat aus dem Willen,
    • der Wille. Und wenn nun solche Forscher, wie Theodor Ziehen,
    • den Willen ganz. Sie finden innerhalb des Nervenmechanismus
    • nicht die Gefühle und am allerwenigsten den Willen. Franz
    • Willen. Woher kommt das?
    • Vorstellungsleben. Wille ist überhaupt nicht da für
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture IV: Human Soul and Human Body Considered Scientifically and Spiritual-Scientifically
    Matching lines:
    • because it will be necessary to outline results of a broad
    • Besides, I will adduce expressions, mental pictures of soul and
    • I will strictly have to restrict myself at the object, at the
    • operations or soul abilities, namely feeling and willing.
    • mechanism that necessitates to speak of willing.
    • speak about willing in the scientific area. What happens if a
    • movement arises from his will. However, what is there as a
    • it were what this will be if I move through space; and then
    • memory picture of movement; willing is nowhere to be found.
    • Ziehen downright abolishes the will. We realise that with the
    • and also not to willing; hence, one must disregard more or less
    • for the will even completely these soul areas. Then one
    • he does not get to willing. The will is to him only a subset of
    • feeling. So a psychologist does not get to willing. Franz
    • willing” exhausts itself in nothing but in
    • am unwilling against something. If I say, I am unwilling
    • against something, I take the word “will” in such a
    • will is, actually, something that belongs to the feeling. You
    • will, the transition of the soul life to the outer action, and
    • the origin of the outer action from the will, is an experience
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Geist und Stoff, Leben und Tod: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • will — als Begleiterscheinungen oder auch, wie der
    • widerlegen will. Ebenso ist es bei demjenigen, der ein
    • geistigen Gebieten forschen will, für irgendeine solche
    • Materie. Und ich will von dem eben angedeuteten Gesichtspunkte
    • eigentlich sei; wenn man verstehen will — mit anderen
    • Derjenige, der die Materie, den Stoff, so verstehen will, wie
    • Menschen, welcher sagt: Ich will jetzt den Eindruck bekommen
    • ist auch das Umgekehrte der Fall. Nehmen wir an, es will jemand
    • Willensleben. Denn nur das eigentliche Vorstellungsleben der
    • Atmungsorganismus. Dann weiter: dasjenige, was wir Willensleben
    • ansieht, wenn man weiß, daß die Willensimpulse ebenso
    • will dieses andeuten, weil es etwas besonders Fernliegendes ist
    • dem Gefühls- und Willensleben, überhaupt dem Leben
    • erklären will, so begnügt sie sich nicht damit, diese
    • Geistesforscher wird nun, wenn er nicht willkürlich stehen
    • muß sich, will man den Ätherbegriff wirklich haben,
    • durch die Geisteswissenschaft. Ich will unter denen, die diese
    • etwas anderem, wenn sie den ganzen Menschen erfassen will. I.
    • gewissermaßen aus der Willkür heraus auftritt,
    • Versuchen wir den Menschen nun am anderen, am Willens-Pol zu
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture V: The Riddles of Soul and World in the German Cultural Life
    Matching lines:
    • Hence, the spiritual researcher will abandon more and more from
    • view will always close his mind to the fact that also the
    • be right even up to a certain degree. Hence, he will be in a
    • the spiritual reality. Hence, it will not suit spiritual
    • impression of the dark room. Well, it will be the most wrong
    • emotional life, and the will life. Since only the real
    • life to the respiratory organism. The will life is in the same
    • in such a way if one knows that the will impulses are to be
    • spiritual-scientific assertions done by me will comply with the
    • willing, generally to the life of the human being as soul,
    • approach the ether concept from two sides. One will not manage
    • However, one will not solve the riddle of the ether on the
    • the ether really from the inside. Then the ether will be
    • liquid element. You will easily understand this if you
    • us try to grasp the human being at the will pole: We have said
    • that the will life is associated with metabolism. While the
    • will impulse does not live only in the outer physical
    • metabolism if a will impulse takes place.
    • Spiritual science shows now that in the will impulse just the
    • one, the will impulse arises from the mental-spiritual, then
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Geist und Stoff, Leben und Tod: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • unmittelbaren Gegenwart beobachten will. Daher mußte ich
    • Eine Beobachtung, wie ich sie nunmehr anführen will, wird,
    • herausstellt. Ich will zu diesem Ergebnis hinführen durch
    • Seelischeich will nicht sagen, ihn durchdringt, damit man nicht
    • erfassen, indem man zu Vorstellungen kommen will, die selber
    • Empfindungen und Willensimpulsen, das gewöhnliche
    • mußte auf Wilson, und ich will vorlesen, was ich
    • ganz andere Bedeutung. Will man einmal kennenlernen unser
    • aber ich will den Fall doch erzählen, um das zu
    • ihm jenseits ein Helfer, ein Führer sein wird. Ich will
    • die Sir Oliver Lodge angibt. Ich will die anderen Dinge nicht
    • Ausdruck, der nicht sehr schön ist, gebrauchen will
    • über Erdenanfang und Erdenende so reden will, daß
    • Physiker davon aufnehmen will, das gibt nur eine hypothetische
    • will. Nicht meine Worte sollen es sein, sondern die Worte, die
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture VI: Life, Death, and Immortality in the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • down. He calculates a final state in which the earth will be
    • that is now water in the sea will have become solid long since,
    • that also the air that forms our atmosphere today will be
    • liquid, and at a height of ten metres the earth will be covered
    • with this liquefied air in form of a sea. The cold will change
    • Dewar thinks that the milk that will be solid then of course
    • will shine in blue light. Indeed, I do not know in which way
    • this solid milk will be produced, but it will shine blue
    • liquefied air, which will be a sea, gaseous light bodies will
    • resistance of these light gases will not be as strong as the
    • One will recognise once that spiritual research is as exact as
    • the outer scientific research. This will be perhaps necessary
    • will not get to any pathological states. On the contrary, that
    • happens what I have indicated in the last talk here: he will
    • Such a spiritual researcher will acquire a certain ability of
    • expression that is not quite right, we will still understand
    • into something spiritual. Solidified milk will not even shine
    • bluish, and protein will not serve as candle, but everything
    • laws, is subjected to quite different laws once, will live
    • today with that which the earth will become by which the earth
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Geist und Stoff, Leben und Tod: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • wichtigsten Daseinsfragen. Ich will als Beispiel heute
    • «Die Psychologie will konstatieren, was gegeben ist; dazu
    • will, wird eben durch diese Einstellung der Aufmerksamkeit
    • beobachten will; aber wenn man auf ein zartes
    • Gefühl die Aufmerksamkeit hinlenken will, da verschwindet
    • Einfluß des Denkens. Will ich das Seelische erfassen, so
    • dazu, nichts selber mehr zu wollen, seinen Willen auszuschalten
    • und immer mehr gerade dadurch willenlos, selbstlos zu werden.
    • asketischen Ideal lebt, der will Macht, Erhöhung der
    • Macht — wie er verspürt —, als er haben will.
    • Daher trainiert er seinen Willen, scheinbar um ihn
    • herabzusetzen. Aber in den Tiefen der Seele will er gerade
    • dadurch, daß er den Willen herabsetzt, große Macht,
    • große Wirkungen erlangen. Wille zur Macht steckt hinter
    • dem Ideal der Willenlosigkeit, der Selbstlosigkeit. So meint
    • gerade diese Dinge ausbilden will. Da kann man sehen, ohne nun
    • die Gefühle und Willensimpulse. Aber was da unten im
    • nämlich wirklich in das Seelenleben eindringen will, der
    • der Lage ist, seinen Willen in eine Beziehung zu den Dingen in
    • nur tritt jetzt der Mensch mit seinem Willen in Beziehung zur
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture VII: The Beyond of the Senses and the Beyond of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • themselves, and you will realise what I mean here, actually.
    • more to neutralise his will and to become more and more
    • weak-willed and unselfish. From this line of thought the
    • than he wants to have. Hence, he practises his will, apparently
    • attain big power just while he decreases his will. The will to
    • power is behind the ideal of the lack of will, of
    • as thinking, feeling, and willing what one has there as
    • behind thinking, feeling, and willing is the unconscious that
    • feelings, and will impulses are surging up. However, what is
    • feeling, and willing. Talking about the fact that in these
    • the human being cannot relate his will to the things in the
    • now the human being relates to the surroundings with his will,
    • tried to live intensely. There you will have experienced that
    • important results of spiritual research; however, it will go
    • over also into the scientific research, in so far as this will
    • find the confirmation of it as it will find the confirmation of
    • with some good will.
    • radical change. Since one will never get to something else on
    • than to the border of the sensory world. The result will be
    • interpretation of Darwinism is impossible. They will rather
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture I: Aim and Being of Spiritual Research
    Matching lines:
    • winter. The talks will contain a common line of thought;
    • will recognise at once if you look around at the present
    • will not find means and ways in the modern scientific
    • centuries and millennia haughtily, will easier cope with these
    • times will think again different from Copernicus. However, one
    • will show how you can bring up it. Today I only want to
    • feeling, a clearer willing which are able then to look at the
    • research cursorily, however, will easily think, now, our exact
    • quickly determined in certain situations of the outer life will
    • scientific question, and this will be the way of the spiritual
    • striving in the future. Already the present will want this
    • science positions itself; and just then natural sciences will
    • will maybe learn already from the few indications that
    • present. Most of you will know the book by
    • that the will carries the world upwards that the divine spark
    • after the judgment of such a discerning man. Maybe it will be
    • science will be able to show that with its research. It can
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture II: The Human Being as Being of Soul and Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • consideration will always smash as it arises from my book
    • spirit is already enclosed, and you will find, while you
    • words about it because they will be necessary in case of our
    • experienced by imagining, feeling and willing in the soul.
    • feeling, with will impulses or the like. One does not attain
    • the soul, as I will show it after, that we are dependent in the
    • will believe in it more and more if one realises that only in
    • first your body will come into your mind, then everything that
    • your past will come into your mind. Indeed, Theodor Ziehen
    • also an image motivating the will.
    • realises how the cognitive image changes into a will image
    • feeling, and will impulses changes are which go from the
    • which changes then into an image of will. Thus, you become able
    • There you will find how everything depends on these different
    • the plants. Thereby something else will face our soul than the
    • humanity will learn that this is no daydreaming, no speculative
    • will not last so long with the recognition of this spiritual
    • activity, by the will. This only carries us into the real
    • life, however, he also oversleeps the real being of his will.
    • certain way which lives in the will. What does the human being
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture III: Goethe as Father of Spiritual Research
    Matching lines:
    • structure of Goethe's nature that one will also gain an
    • point. We will see immediately which deeper impulses formed the
    • thinking. About that, I will speak in detail in the next talks.
    • starting point? Is the will original, is the imagination, or is
    • then that becomes what appears as thinking, feeling, willing,
    • into each other. The will becomes a metamorphosis of the
    • will which only slumbers, otherwise, in percipience and
    • only in pictures. The will and the feeling that one can imagine
    • Leading the imagination into the will, leading the will into
    • the imagining, changing the will into imagination and vice
    • versa, the transformation of the imagining into the will in
    • willing side by side. If one looks at them side by side, only
    • recognise how imagining changes into feeling and the will
    • investigate it absolutely, but it will fail, it will fool
    • certain beings or certain facts, it will not yet be able to
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture IV: Mind, Soul and Body of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • organism to evoke the will impulses and so on. Even if for some
    • internally-emotionally in his thinking, feeling and willing.
    • Mental pictures, feelings, will impulses are the contents of
    • course of mental pictures and thoughts, also the course of will
    • quite methodically to lead the will into the mental pictures.
    • my will.
    • for it. He will find with the one author that he can be right
    • the will into the imagining and you grasp the spiritual
    • supports the introduction of the will into the imagining life
    • thoughts, feelings, and will impulses are proceeding.
    • world. About such things, I will speak in detail in the talk on
    • a way that one envisages thinking, feeling, and willing.
    • the spiritual-mental. Natural sciences will confirm this more
    • side that every time a will impulse positions itself in the
    • the will impulse is like an awakening of that state which
    • the will life that is so vague that one can call it a sleeping
    • while he carries out any will impulse, what proceeds in his
    • arm? It is like an awakening every time a will impulse
    • thinking, feeling and willing. I would like to express myself
    • of the human being in thinking, feeling, and willing in such a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture V: Nature and Her Riddles in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • tries to bring the will into his imagining so that it really
    • proceeds under the influence of his will discovers something
    • itself gradually which does not depend on the own will. The own
    • will can withdraw as it were from the activity of imagining,
    • nature approach the human soul in a new form. I will point here
    • will convince himself that behind the mirror nothing is that
    • spiritual-mental it will be differentiated only in a later
    • science. They will acknowledge more and more that the usual
    • figure this relation of spirit and nature out will be horrified
    • will recognise that the essential of nature is to be searched
    • will be right if you say to yourself, what one observes in
    • (William Thierry P., 1841-1897, physiologist, On the Causes
    • birth and death in which he will only perceive when he has
    • tiredness. This is quite right; we will further immediately go
    • imagining, secondly into feeling and thirdly into will impulses
    • imagining. He denies an independent will life all the more.
    • they do not consider them properly. I will speak about that in
    • third element is the life in will impulses that materialise in
    • rhythms of respiration and blood circulation, the whole will
    • the basis of every will process. The things are confused only
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture VI: The Historical Life of Humanity and Its Riddles
    Matching lines:
    • is the enthusiasm that it excites. At first it will be
    • things, in particular as a spiritual scientist; we will
    • his will impulses in such a way as the convention demands it
    • associating, the feelings ascending, the will impulses
    • how the will impulses work,
    • to observe how feelings arise in the human soul, — I will
    • as our will impulses. We know in the usual awake consciousness
    • about these will impulses only if they are accompanied by
    • picture changes into the will impulse and then into the action,
    • imagine our will impulses, we accompany these sleeping impulses
    • However, the connections of the contents of feelings and will
    • the strengthened will or by the mental capacity strengthened by
    • the will impulses.
    • consciousness in which the will impulses are embedded. You get
    • to know the spiritual world as far as the will impulses that
    • that, which the human being experiences as a feeling, as a will
    • of consciousness, which you have also in the dream. It will be
    • humanity and science will recognise that it cannot even reach
    • cognition only will create history.
    • gets involved with the struggle of a man like Lamprecht, will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Manifestations of the Unconscious: Dreams, Hallucinations, Visions, Somnambulism, Mediumship
    Matching lines:
    • notions and ideas, it will become more and more evident that
    • Spiritual Science has to offer. But people are not willing,
    • believe that the study of certain abnormal phenomena will
    • dream. Starting from this life of dream it will be
    • certain matters which will provide a basis for study of the
    • their affairs by their own will. Those who study the findings
    • genuine spiritual investigator will find, to his joy, that
    • as it seems — will be confirmed by decades of
    • reality — he will very often find that his first
    • first experience will be misleading. Then, as he perseveres,
    • investigator will not communicate his findings to his
    • surrenders his free will in any way and under the sway of
    • the will. One fundamental condition for experiencing
    • resolve of his own will.
    • anything about the subject will doubt that the dream took
    • such a form. You will at once say to yourselves : Anxiety is
    • from one object to the other. Naturally you will be able to
    • he must go to see a friend and he knows that this friend will
    • they spurt fluids which will be able to kill these beasts. He
    • rightly investigate such things will always misunderstand
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture VIII: The Animal and Human Realms. Their Origin and Development
    Matching lines:
    • of will and the immortality of the soul.
    • situation, first because the following will be considered in
    • which we will discuss today would have to be the object of at
    • time. If you consider this, it will not be so difficult to find
    • that they must disappear, however, and will disappear, just if
    • special position now: I will always regard The Origin of
    • these things, and I will have to regard Hertwig's last book as
    • have said just now, every naturalist will stress that he stands
    • posterior part deals with the will element. Of course, both
    • on top of each other: the will organisation on the one hand and
    • intellectual, imaginative and will element. With the human
    • being, the organs of imagination are above the organs of will.
    • An inner contact is thereby created between the organs of will
    • characterised by the fact that the will extends into it. Study
    • the problems of attention, you will realise that the will works
    • beside the will and not above it. And vice versa: the will and
    • the imagining life work together, so that also the will is
    • Only because the organs of will belong to the subconscious
    • ones, the will itself is expressed only like in the sleeping
    • consciousness. The human being has the real will process in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture IX: The Supersensible Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • Since the today's considerations will show that one cannot
    • does not approach the supersensible research uncritically will
    • has arisen from your immediate will which you have unfolded at
    • in the exercises. Strange to say — it will be fine with
    • freedom of will which lives in the immortal soul being. Every
    • freedom of will and about the immortality of the soul. I want
    • freedom of will. People have argued so much about freedom of
    • will and immortality because one did not want to get involved
    • to gain a view of that from which only freedom of will
    • notices: what works in the childhood mainly as will what is
    • old humans as experience of life is a transformed will life of
    • child thinks changes into willpower in the later life. If you
    • it atomises its will in all directions, then you make it
    • relatively idiotic early in later age because the atomised will
    • willpower. Someone who possibly believes that by suggestion of
    • the will the will, and by suggestion of the life of thought the
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture X: The Questions of Free Will and Immortality
    Matching lines:
    • The Questions of Free Will and Immortality
    • Questions of Free Will and Immortality
    • show that the enclosing questions of free will and immortality
    • free will and immortality from the oldest times of human
    • thinking, feeling and willing in such a way that you can enter
    • way that they are the means to penetrate to reality. He will
    • free will and immortality.
    • 1894, I tried to cope with the riddle of free will in my book
    • the question of free will starting from most obvious
    • the free will is considered philosophically: I dedicated the
    • must become retrograde to unfold thinking. Then one will
    • thinking. One will understand how thinking intervenes in the
    • that properly which the naturalists have discovered will find
    • refer there to a chapter that is also taboo today; but it will
    • religious ideas, and it will not only ask: what happens with
    • the human being after death? However, it will add the other
    • question of immortality will be much more important in future
    • free will to the trivial life, to the instinctual life would be
    • imagination. That forms the basis of the free will.
    • human will is not free in its desires, but the development of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Bible and Wisdom.
    Matching lines:
    • has extended to the life of feeling and also to the life of will. The
    • to the facts of Natural Science will have nothing to do with all the wonderful
    • hot steel or iron. The conception will not burn, but when we are faced by the
    • conceptions and I will mention one as an example. I want to show you how the
    • spiritual sense at a man of the far distant future. He will develop, he will
    • over come, cleanse and purify his desires and passions and will obtain a
    • roses to be a prototype of what the blood will be at some future time, and
    • he knows how the spiritual events will be made manifest, and he ascends into
    • You will perhaps have surmised from what I have said, that cognition of the
    • I will only mention one such point of agreement. When we go back to ancient
    • later point of time onwards. Many of you will know that man as he is to-day
    • ‘What follow here and will now be described are the descendants of the
    • will understand this book. But one would of course only place reliance on
    • Euclid he will recognise his teachings to be true. In the same sense a man who
    • events there have grown dim. But it will be clear to anyone who does not
    • call to Moses at the Burning Bush will understand that in reality Moses was
    • back to a certain fact. I will just hint at the meaning. He means to explain
    • writers of the Gospels will be led into the spiritual world and to those
    • the middle and another at the summit. Each of these men will describe the
    • who engages in spiritual investigation will find that there are four
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Problems of Nutrition.
    Matching lines:
    • who finds himself disgusted enough with meat will surely survive
    • offer a more mundane subject than many we have heard here. It will
    • what he says, he will then proceed to do the right thing. What I
    • another, and he who assumes that it does will misunderstand it
    • completely. Merely the facts will be stated, and you will have
    • instrument for the impulses of our spiritual life? Will we lose our
    • We will be wrong if, by observing only the chemical processes, we
    • processes leave off. A specific example will clarify what this
    • will be continued inwardly. In the food we consume from the animal
    • investigated, it will generally be found that they eat meat.
    • for an exclusively vegetarian diet will be found to prevail among
    • too large a portion of his inner activities, then activities will
    • soul will become more externally oriented, more susceptible to, and
    • independent and more inclined to develop inwardly. He will become
    • will be able also to let his inner forces predominate. Thus, the
    • more apt he will be to develop a sense for wider horizons and he
    • will no longer restrict himself to a narrow life. The person who is
    • who abandons the task of fat formation by eating meat will notice
    • means of the right kind of food. A time will come when a vegetarian
    • diet will be valued much more highly than is the case today. Then
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Truths and Errors: Lecture I: Spiritual Science and the Future of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • will, so that we can perceive contents in our soul or by our
    • exclude all outer impressions consciously and by his will and
    • he has developed his will with such inner experiences. He has
    • Christ impulse that will once induce humanity to take up
    • will also understand that for the future of humanity the
    • old mental pictures. However, spiritual science will be,
    • science will again give sensation and feeling in the most
    • will feel that spiritual science copes with any outer science
    • of life security in our souls. Any soul will feel the high
  • Title: Truths and Errors: Lecture II: How Does One Disprove Spiritual Science?
    Matching lines:
    • Hence, I want to prepare the talk that I will hold on 25 March
    • develop the willpower in such a way that he can imagine
    • spiritual researcher will maybe say, yes, but you could
    • will say, such a human being will easily be persuaded to say
    • — With such an impulse, he will omit certain
    • he will rely simply on the principle: this you have let
    • yourself in for that! Then this will cause that a theosophist
  • Title: Truths and Errors: Lecture III: How Does One Defend Spiritual Science?
    Matching lines:
    • will probably accept these things and say, indeed, the outer
    • consciousness simply about such an action, then we will already
    • the bad because it brings me bad fruits, and I will do the good
    • egoism too far. Ssince it will persuade us any time to
  • Title: Truths and Errors: Lecture IV: Truths of Spiritual Research
    Matching lines:
    • and the next talk. I will deal less with individual questions
    • Higher Worlds? and will outline them once again
    • mental picture, then only it will become a meditation.
    • the right sense if we try, by strong effort of will, to
    • educate himself just by strong soul forces and willpower that
    • of his will to forget his whole Imaginative life, this new
    • 1,000 degrees hot which will not burn your hands. You are able
    • that. We will recognise immediately, how it behaves.
    • will claim anything else than that which he has really
    • conscientious spiritual researcher will reply, this is
    • — unless they are used to get knowledge but if the will
    • with the spiritual researcher, are pushed into the will and
    • concerned will carry out things as a medium with decreased
    • anything in the usual world will bring common sense with him
    • into the spiritual world and will judge the things that he
    • thinks logically in the usual world will also find the right
    • usual world and thinks illogically will think even more
    • spiritual condition will come into relation with the healthy
  • Title: Truths and Errors: Lecture V: Errors of Spiritual Research - 1
    Matching lines:
    • researcher must tend to a strong willpower so that the pictures
    • manifestations, you will find out that that which the medium
    • they are enabled. There one will always find that something
    • with such a Catholic medium will not be the case with the
    • as folly will say, there you have it, there that makes known
    • at that in its totality what the media unveil, then one will
    • his whole education, by his whole life. Then you will convince
    • an opponent of materialism or spiritualism and so on. You will
    • will not lead that who is strong enough to a doubt about truth
    • way will experience the following:
    • Since he will not be able to eliminate his personality. Now
    • element intermingles. He, who can compare, however, will find
    • attitude to the spiritual world will just get in the spiritual
    • oppose soul directions will throw charlatanism and
    • Thus, it will be necessary above all, so that truth and not
    • belief in authority develop. This belief in authority will
    • will be inferior. It is exceptionally necessary to realise
    • concentrated thinking, feeling, maybe also of willing. Hence,
    • will be superfluous. However, to someone who longs for the
    • truth. Its effects will become more prominent that at first the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Truths and Errors: Lecture VII: The Questions of Life and the Riddle of Death - 1
    Matching lines:
    • and efforts surround him, so that he will have a more or less
    • hands, so that an indeed happy existence will be his destiny.
    • From this hypothesis, the facts will arise as it were.
    • materialist monist will argue how someone can sin in such a way
    • assume what will prove true then; we assume, the human being
    • then a particular result will arise: the human being feels now
    • Someone who stands on a materialist viewpoint will say rightly,
    • will believe in them like in something real that is much more
    • will so that he says to himself, what I see is only a
    • this whole imagination by his will. If one has developed his
    • particular, a strong will belongs to it. The human being is
    • point only to an outstanding fact. Charles William Eliot
    • However, at the age of fifty years he will judge quite
    • guarantee in the seed that a new plant will originate. This is
    • “pipe dreams” are a given. Thus, it will happen
    • spiritual science will familiarise itself with life, thus,
  • Title: Truths and Errors: Lecture VI: Errors of Spiritual Research - 2
    Matching lines:
    • this also happens concerning spiritual science, it will become
    • errors assert themselves, truth will find its way everywhere in
    • represent untruthfulness by a personal error, it will not be
    • truth, it will find the ways, so that it can settle in the
    • recognises them — and the truth will be victorious
  • Title: Truths and Errors: Lecture IX: Spiritual Science and Natural Sciences - their Relationship to the Riddles of Life - 1
    Matching lines:
    • on it by a will impulse for some time. It is necessary for it
    • like. With a strong will development, the human being has to
    • the mind to sleep, and manages with his own will to dedicate
    • soul winter, but that he cultivates his will. Since the
    • also with a strong will, which the spiritual researcher
    • the outer forces of existence. It will become obvious if once
    • spiritual science will be accepted in the intellectual life of
    • people point to heredity, the spiritual researcher will
    • the causes of them in a former life. The world will convince
    • spiritual science makes him understand. However, this will
    • existence, spiritual science will give humanity soul goods,
    • once spiritual science seizes education deeply, it will educate
    • the human being in such a way that he will know not only in the
    • death, but he will transform this knowledge of the spirit into
    • inner strength. He will feel this strength in himself vividly.
    • He will feel if his hair turns grey if his skin wrinkles up if
    • will give the human being security in good luck and misfortune.
    • It will fulfil him internally with that which he needs, so that
    • will be victorious. One regarded as truth later what was
    • paradoxical once. That will also apply to spiritual science.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Truths and Errors: Lecture X: Spiritual Science and Natural Sciences - their Relationship to the Riddles of Life - 2
    Matching lines:
    • results in its area. Still one will find if one deeper invades
    • strain the soul in such a way that we also have the inner will
    • to use the air. Natural sciences will just discover more and
    • The true psychologist will be able to recognise this always. In
    • horizon. The exercise has to consist of the special will
    • to make his will gradually stronger and then to diminish it
    • only by training that one makes the will as strong as I have
    • consciously weaken the will more and more which has conjured up
    • something willingly to which he is attached and which is
    • can only originate from life. — Spiritual science will
    • civilisation. However, it will happen in such a way as it
    • spiritual world with good will do not yet want to understand
    • something that once will be a matter of course.
    • spiritual-scientific concepts live in him, he will also feel
    • spiritual-mental core arises in me. One will not only know
    • about this essence, one will feel it as a force that goes
    • immortality is practical for life. The human being will
    • Spiritual science will become an elixir of life this way; it
    • will be able to give the human being strength and security. We
    • with it the human being will be torn more and more. Strong
  • Title: Truths and Errors: Lecture VIII: The Questions of Life and the Riddle of Death - 2
    Matching lines:
    • participated in these considerations many a time will find
    • association in 1913). I will not read out it. You find the
    • that there is little will to get really to the prime concern of
    • will still last long, until humanity realises that the method
    • it will maybe become obvious already in the next time that
    • as they are, will recognise more and more. Let us assume that
    • from there the activities of will develop in such a way that
    • connects his will impulses with those forces if he meditates,
    • and achieve triumphs, spiritual science will intervene in the
    • inner human life; it will give us power and certainty of life.
    • This will not remain a theory, but get closer to the solution
    • such a way that there is a guarantee of living on. We will
    • develop that we will go over together with the earth into a
    • will know that we must experience our guilt in this and in
    • sum of our experiences, imagining, willing and feeling as they
    • feeling and willing and — it is strange — this can
    • become moral feeling and willing. He performs a miracle
    • summed up, they get to moral feeling and willing. The child
    • will “prove” for long that one can prove the human
    • the universal spirit will be in such a way that humanity has to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture I: The Human Soul in the Supersensible Realm and Its Relationship to the Body
    Matching lines:
    • again with his feeling, thinking and willing. The human being
    • what emerges there from the soul and will manifest of this low
    • level differences. It will remain a secret how it appears and
    • will convince yourselves if you take common textbooks of
    • direct the will impulses to the periphery. About this fairy
    • unbiased look at the suitable theories. You will find
    • usual imagining, feeling and willing intervenes already in such
    • think, feel, and will in our usual life.
    • not serve the forming of mental pictures, of feelings and will
    • behind tracks. Then someone will completely err who checks the
    • willing. There the mental works which prevails in the
    • willing.
    • the same soul, which thinks, feels and wills in the time from
    • thinking, feeling, and willing his whole life through, beside
    • something living. If one clusters imagining, feeling, willing
    • other, one must not only leave thinking, feeling, and willing
    • in myself for a long time. Our will is not only put so
    • feeling has simply originated as a metamorphosis of the will in
    • gets to the result that the will is basically a young being
    • also inside feeling and willing. However, we do not experience
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture II: Anthroposophy Does not Disturb Any Religious Confession
    Matching lines:
    • say, natural sciences have worked and will work their way out
    • penetrate into the real spiritual world. It will still last
    • willing. However, the human being thereby gets a more intimate
    • outer sensory world only will discover that truths of the
    • yesterday will realise that the given method to penetrate into
    • them and asks: how will all that be after millions of years?
    • will be solid, it cannot be liquid and will have another
    • worldviews. Then it will understand how its worldview relates
    • little the modern humanity will be able to form religions of
    • will comply with that truth which the human being finds with
    • religions is over. Hence, it will use just its forces to
    • understood anthroposophy a real religious need will also
    • even support is possible. Thus, one will experience more and
    • They will become friends. Since the conflict between religion
    • not go far back and you will find, the representatives of
    • will come. Since human religious experience will not come into
    • properly understood religion will not rebel against scientific
    • progress, but on the contrary, the religious truth will feel
    • then one will properly understood the religious confessions
    • anthroposophy or at least its spirit and sense will no longer
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture III: What Spiritual Science Has to Say About the Eternal Aspect of the Human Soul and the Nature of Freedom
    Matching lines:
    • anthroposophy as an uninvited guest will consider it just as a
    • how a human will impulse, how everything that the human being
    • Because I do not want to be repetitive, I will today not speak
    • pictures. Hence, spiritual science will depend, above all, on
    • while. Nevertheless, it will lead them back again to this
    • more and more, they will be urged to acknowledge that one has
    • spiritual science how human knowledge will generally become
    • harmonies, but also express a sense. Then that will originate
    • bodily that will also arise to natural sciences, which are
    • research and natural sciences will meet each other in the
    • you take a textbook of psychology, you will realise that you
    • Thirdly, we have the will in our soul. As well as the imagining
    • rhythm, any will impulse is associated with metabolism. As
    • weird as it sounds, all will processes are directly expressed
    • with the will process, which extends also into the imagining.
    • Of course, if I want to imagine anything, I will imagine it;
    • directing my attention upon the imagining is already a will
    • embryonic state that is associated with the will is also
    • Only if such mental pictures are formed, natural sciences will
    • tripartite soul life, imagining, feeling, and willing, is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture IV: The Science of the Supersensible and the Moral-Social Ideas
    Matching lines:
    • of nature, one will get the insight that also such natural
    • peculiar as it will appear to somebody: someone who is able to
    • we will get to apparently remote mental pictures if we want to
    • which will been corroborated, however, more and more if one
    • that will understand sleep who understands it as an internal
    • it in such a way, one will never get a real view of the nature
    • essence of the human being, one will also be able to recognise
    • of the will. Why were there discussions repeatedly in the
    • the will, about the free will? Why have the philosophers never
    • agreed how actually the will lives in the human being, whether
    • consciousness oversleeps that which happens in the will.
    • consciousness, we oversleep the real process of willing. In
    • this will, something deepest of the human being lives, but one
    • Natural sciences will generate a spiritualistic conception of
    • spiritual knowledge will come. The social-moral life cannot
    • there will be more and more people who realise that one has to
    • Nevertheless, one has to acknowledge that truth. Then one will
    • you will cause the decline of the community with such
    • parliament. Since they will put nothing but concepts, nothing
    • social life at this or that place. A time will come where one
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture V: The Activities of the Human Soul Forces and Their Connection with Man's Eternal Being
    Matching lines:
    • will try to put any single talk across for itself,
    • This confusion is fateful. but it will still last long because
    • which the usual sense-perceptible world and the will do not
    • can influence with his usual will. The latter is connected with
    • the will comes to light. However, this cannot be the full,
    • senses, also not within the usual will sphere while he
    • his facts about which we will still have to speak then.
    • first. One will realise at first that the soul exercises are
    • and gives the feelings and the will another direction than they
    • spiritual world. The further course of my discussions will
    • in his usual sensory life and will. Sleep extends far into the
    • there during the last two to three days in which you will feel
    • sense-perceptible, also of the will.
    • However, if he endeavours, he will come to the same to which
    • physical life and then it will be our outside world after
    • souls that do not acquire this consciousness will be retained
    • These objections just show that the will does not exist to go
    • this is that way; they will still face us the day after
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture VI: Spiritual-Scientific Results about the Ideas of Immortality and the Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • what the sad events bring; the other will do it out of the
    • develops from the social ectoderm. — Of course, I will
    • Someone who has a feeling for such things will realise that all
    • This is a big misunderstanding. Since it will occur to no
    • of that which lives in our will in our wake day consciousness
    • philosophers have always argued whether the will can be free or
    • philosophers, if the soul expresses itself in the will just as
    • the deep dreamless sleep. Since the will life is not only
    • with the will impulse, and that one cannot advance farther.
    • penetrates the waking state, our will impulses arise from our
    • have said now and will still say. One cannot grasp that with
    • other and, nevertheless, you will always have the same tree.
    • in the sphere of the usual consciousness. He will just reach
    • final state of the earth will be after millions of years. One
    • time may come where, for example, the milk will be solid.
    • — I do not know how the milk will originate; this is
    • a room with the milk protein; the milk will be such solid.
    • Indeed, then it will be colder many hundred degrees than now.
    • was this 300 years ago? One will get out something very nice
    • qualities are dreamt, actually, as the will qualities are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture VII: The Nature of the Human Soul and the Nature of the Human Body
    Matching lines:
    • one will also ask psychology: what has psychology to say about
    • solely considered imagining, feeling, willing, memory,
    • with feelings and will impulses, nevertheless, it is impossible
    • of Brentano will discover that this serious researcher could
    • reasons. That who pursues his following articles and books will
    • pictures, feelings, will impulses, memory, attention, even love
    • calls thinking, feeling, and willing in psychological books
    • a transformed inside. Maybe it will still last long, until in
    • will explain the details of the spiritual-scientific soul
    • spiritistic or mystic method. This spiritual science will prove
    • not,” one will not get to real psychology.
    • life cultivates the thinking, the will must be cultivated on
    • the other side. We recognise the will, actually, if we get any
    • the scientific researching, we have the will as a concomitant
    • Besides, something escapes from our observation where the will
    • essential work in the will. You get to know, actually, the will
    • strengthen his thinking if he wants to discipline his will.
    • willing as I have described. He learns to recognise that the
    • have described them: the incomprehensibility of the will.
    • incomprehensibility of willing.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture VIII: How Natural Sciences Justify the Supersensible Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • him generally. The spiritual researcher will also experience
    • the nature of the way that one has to take will result from
    • contents of the dream will never discover the secret of that
    • inner life — and it soon appears as a will life which
    • cannot count on memory, the will life, however, must discharge
    • get to that will which is an increased capacity for love. Then,
    • capacity for love. One will find that the capacity for love of
    • which I have spoken just now as a development of the will for
    • does not appeal to the memories those will impulses must be
    • these waiters, I will say to the philosophers, in this strange
    • develop, the more their ideal is fulfilled, the more they will
    • the human soul will comply with that what originates from
    • natural sciences. Spiritual science will thereby be justified
    • Well, spiritual science will give this something else. With it,
    • it will be justified not of its own accord, but by natural
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture IX: How Does One Justify the Anthroposophical Psychology?
    Matching lines:
    • penetrate into the mental area in this way. Perhaps it will
    • am not at all willing to awaken the belief that such single
    • picture, a feeling, or a will impulse. One wants to take this
    • scientific thinking, but one will always arrive at certain
    • person. You will note if you have developed your soul life:
    • but also the will. As we imagine in the usual consciousness,
    • the will is a concomitant for the usual consciousness.
    • can observe the will as a rule only in such a way that we
    • we do not get to know the will really. If we think about the
    • will, we do not cope with it. You normally do not look into
    • while he lets his will transition into the action, while his
    • outer life just becomes a copy of his will impulses. By the
    • observation of this will with the usual consciousness, you
    • cannot penetrate into the being of the will.
    • memory, a certain relation of the human will to the capacity
    • it were inner light is brought in the will that the human being
    • becomes much more active internally in his will than he is
    • usually. Thereby he can bring in the will into another
    • always into the will if the ability of observing joins the
    • will. You can attain this with strict self-discipline, namely
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Freedom/Immortality/Social: Lecture X: Moral, Social Life and Religion from the Viewpoint of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • human development will not be able to agree with this thinker
    • sharpened eye one will be able to maintain this quotation. In
    • last years with understanding, with empathy will admit that
    • way of thinking will be great just because it does not
    • related to the moral feeling. Spiritual science will raise that
    • scientific age. It will appear if just in the centre of the
    • mental pictures, they will have another significance in the
    • definition only, spiritual science will be able to intervene
    • abstract moral theory or a sum of moral principles will
    • originate from spiritual science. That will originate what does
    • science will revive that what has withered under the influence
    • Concerning the moral life one will note if one has tried to
    • will be also able to bring productive morality to humanity
    • again. It will spread something again among the human beings
    • that they will not despair of the question: what should I do,
    • actually? What is my task?-, but it will work among the human
    • The number of those who labour and are heavy laden will
    • spiritual science just a knowledge, a sum of qualities will
    • subtle egoism where one goes over to that point where the will,
    • spiritual-scientific deepening because it will be able only to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Redemption of Thinking: Lecture I:
    Matching lines:
    • executions will completely appear, actually, only at the third
    • had free will, and that was unable to sin because in it that
  • Title: Redemption of Thinking: Lecture II:
    Matching lines:
    • characterised yesterday will feel different. He will feel that
    • will already rail if they come in contact with that which
  • Title: Redemption of Thinking: Lecture III:
    Matching lines:
    • follower Ockham (William of O.,
    • with feeling, how metabolism is associated with the will.
    • spiritual science will do it, which does not shy away from
    • happened different, and people will say, we are the first whom
    • absolutely worth to be considered in this respect. It will
  • Title: Anthroposophie, Ihre Erkenntniswurzeln und Lebensfruchte: Erster Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • Will man sagen, worinnen das Wesen dieses Agnostizismus
    • Art tun. Dieser Agnostizismus will eine Art Philosophie, eine
    • Art Weltanschauung sein, und er will durchaus aus
    • angliedern, wie eine Willenswelt aus unbekannten Tiefen in
    • Willenskräften, man kann nicht dem, was da fortströmt
    • ich heute sagen will, ist einiges zur Charakteristik, wie
    • Wirklichkeit selbst. Mag man denken wie man will über das
    • was der Mensch fühlt, was der Mensch will, was der Mensch
    • Landschafter oder was immer die Natur nachahmen will, so wird
    • Will man dann nicht verfallen in das phrasenhafte
    • nicht erfassen zu können, will man nicht ausarten in
    • die in der Kunst leben will und leben muß.
    • Auch das kann jeder, der sehen will, an dem Gang unserer
    • Gefühlsleben, auch auf das Willensleben hat der
    • und über die Welt denken mag, wie man will — es
    • der Wille als Impuls für das Leben wirkt, die innerliche
    • gemacht, der Wille wird leer gemacht, und dann ist der Mensch
    • will in der Außenwelt das finden, was sie zu diesem Gotte
    • das Leerwerden seines Willens- und religiösen Lebens, das
    • sich selbst in eine Lage gebracht hat, in der sein Wille an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 1 (Summary): Effects of Modern Agnosticism
    Matching lines:
    • Upon our will power, also,
    • that thinking is lax, feeling is dulled, and willing is made void through
  • Title: Anthroposophie, Ihre Erkenntniswurzeln und Lebensfruchte: Zweiter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • Jahrhunderts, und wer das damalige Suchen verfolgen will, der
    • Blüte entwickeln will, als Philosophie dasjenige geben,
    • man, ich will sagen, nur durch fünf Minuten sich des
    • erscheint, in ihrer Richtigkeit durchschauen will, daß man
    • «Philosophie der Freiheit», davon will ich dann
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 2 (Summary): Perception and Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • answered we will consider the realm of knowledge in detail. What happens
  • Title: Anthroposophie, Ihre Erkenntniswurzeln und Lebensfruchte: Dritter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • entgegentritt. Man kann, wenn man diese Freiheit erfassen will,
    • Freiheit erfassen will, denn Goethe verband sein Denken mit dem
    • das Objekt blieb passiv. Will man dieses, wenn ich es da noch
    • die Welt notwendigen Betätigung. Will man den Menschen in
    • der Welt des blinden Willens zu finden sei, daß der Mensch
    • ist, der Wille, im Grunde genommen für den Menschen nichts
    • und Torheit des Willens in der Welt hinwegzuheben.
    • Wahrnehmungswelt, der in hausbackener Art nicht aufsteigen will
    • äußere Wahrnehmungswirklichkeit erheben will, wie
    • aus dem sinnlichen in ein übersinnliches Gebiet; du willst
    • dich hinaufschrauben willst, als zu einem Göttlichen.
  • Title: Anthroposophie, Ihre Erkenntniswurzeln und Lebensfruchte: Vierter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • aber doch zu billig, um einer solchen Schlamperei willen etwa
    • übersinnliche Welt hinauf will, durchaus beim Forschen in
    • geistige Welt eindringen will. Man muß exakt lernen, wie
    • wenn man in sich die gesunde Festigkeit haben will, die einen
    • man will: in der anthroposophischen Wissenschaft ist man
    • Tagen zu sagen haben, warum. Aber man nenne es, wie man will,
    • betrachten will. Will man aber das Innere der Pflanze
    • sprechen will. Und hält man fest, was das Tier, was der
    • will: in der anthroposophischen Geisteswissenschaft ist man
    • Ideen kommen will, wenn man nicht im Dilettantischen, im
    • Laienhaften steckenbleiben will. Wer es ernst mit seiner Zeit
    • Entwicklung zu tun haben will.
  • Title: Anthroposophie, Ihre Erkenntniswurzeln und Lebensfruchte: Funfter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophische Geisteswissenschaft will aufsteigen von der
    • Sinnesanschauung zu der Geistesanschauung, und sie will
    • charakterisieren will, sich zu besinnen auf jene Form des
    • Willenserregungen zusammenhängt. Man werfe einmal einen
    • zwar so, daß man das Erleben willkürlich handhaben
    • Ausfließen des Ichs in die Vergangenheit willkürlich
    • einer andern Erkenntnis durchaus so in die Willkür
    • Urteilen im gewöhnlichen Leben in die Willkür des
    • freiwillig, wenn auch probeweise, Materialist sein kann,
    • ist, was ganz willkürlich in unserer heutigen Zeit in die
    • hereinstellen will, sondern was aus dem Gange dieser Zeit
    • Worten charakterisieren will, mit den Worten charakterisiert
    • Schwere nimmt. Ich will nicht weiter eingehen auf dasjenige,
    • was Swedenborgs Erkrankung zugrunde liegt, will aber, damit ich
    • denjenigen übrig, der sich hineinfinden will in die Art,
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 5: From Sense Perception to Spirit Imaging
    Matching lines:
    • a recalled memory, for this will also be the way in which Imaginations
    • they are genuine cognitive Imaginations called up in the soul, will
    • will result, including those of visionary, hallucinatory activity. Anyone
    • able to consider these issues without prejudice will know that in the
    • of our own egoity, and he will know that visionary, hallucinatory activity
    • is at a level below such healthy, normal sensory experience. He will
    • I have just said, it will be essential, in all circumstances and for
    • Initially these will not reduce the inner intensity of our sense of
    • will enable them to tolerate such an increased sense of egoity without
    • due to will forces being stirred. Take a good look at your soul life
    • at will, without the person being overcome by it. What happens is that
    • of perception in the right way will be in a position to have deliberate
    • control of such outflowing of the ego into the past. He will be able
    • It will be found that when capacities for inner perception are thus
    • has to become enhanced through exercise, but will then, in the process
    • cause enhancement to cease. From a certain point onwards the ego will
    • it will experience a decrease in its sensing of egoity, as the curve
    • will in most cases proceed without disasters and sudden reversals. What
    • an example that will at the same time also — figuratively speaking — take
    • with the materialist, of one's own free will, though only for
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophie, Ihre Erkenntniswurzeln und Lebensfruchte: Sechster Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • das Denken selber haben will. Wer sich nicht mit
    • beschrieben habe, vergleichen will mit irgend etwas in der
    • die andere mit einer gewissen innerlichen Willkür reihen
    • Dieses Gefühl innerlicher Willkür verliert sich
    • man den Akt des Vergessens willkürlich anwendet auf dieses
    • übersinnlichen Erkenntnis kommen will. Was Goethe bis zu
    • Willensimpuls, als Handlungsimpuls. Da ergibt sich das Denken
    • ähnlich, sondern es ist durch und durch zugleich Wille. Es
    • Willen hinübermetamorphosiert, ist Wille geworden, ist
    • substantieller Wille. Sie sehen auch daraus, wie man innerlich
    • Einsicht gewinnen muß, wie Denken Wille und Wille Denken
    • physischen Welt lebt, durchschauen will in bezug auf die Art
    • Menschen des gewöhnlichen Lebens schildern will, dann
    • Welterkenntnis kommen und, ich möchte sagen, landen will
    • will, weil sie sie zum Teil nicht verstehen kann, zum Teil
    • nicht verstehen will.
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 6: From Imaginative Knowledge to Inspirational Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • You will have realized, from what has gone before,
    • is to compare it to the processes going on in our memory. It will, however,
    • Even a very superficial look at what the human soul experiences will
    • will show no appreciable difference between an idea arising in connection
    • and ideas arising from it further, the essential point will have to be
    • of our mind, the idea will have faded; but something else has also happened
    • within us, and this will recall the idea when the occasion arises.
    • processes will find that a remembered idea is something completely new
    • is applied to the action I have just described, this action will appear
    • to the ability to form images. The ability to perceive in images will
    • training will grow impatient when required to think about thinking as
    • are latent. That way we can get closer to them, as will be obvious also
    • inner choice will be lost for a time when we progress to Imagination.
    • 2 ] Anything in the sphere of this vital force will never be understood
    • and you will see the tremendous difference between all this and a conscious
    • for him to confuse this world of images with the reality. It will be
    • ordinary life, and rightly so. It will be necessary to use observation
    • through Imagination. As a result, the objective Imagination will shine
    • of knowledge and psychologists will take pride in getting such a clear,
    • lucid, definite idea of the thinking process. They will be pleased to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophie, Ihre Erkenntniswurzeln und Lebensfruchte: Siebenter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • erklären will. — Und man läßt von diesem
    • Naturkausalität festhalten will, keine Möglichkeit,
    • Erinnerungen aufsteigt, willkürlich oder
    • unwillkürlich, steckt unsere physische und ätherische
    • willkürlich aus unserem Bewußtsein zu entfernen, so
    • menschliche Wille nun wirkt in der ethischen Handlung. Hat man
    • seelisch-willenshaft auftritt, mit den Aufbauprozessen, mit den
    • Wille steigt aus solchen Tiefen des Menschenwesens herauf, bis
    • lebt das Willenshafte im Wachsenden, im Gedeihenden, im
    • Stoffwechsel heraus durch den Willen, der aber jetzt seine
    • werden soll. Das Denken als solches baut ab, der Wille baut
    • aus seiner Organisation heraus willenshaft dorthin umgestaltete
    • zusammenhängt. Wir haben in dem moralisch reinen Willen im
    • menschlichen Willens, der seinen Bund eingeht mit dem reinen
    • der sich ihm unbefangen hingeben will, erleben. Und daher kommt
    • will, daß der Mensch auch Wesenhartes verstehen kann, wenn
    • Damit aber wirkt diese Geisteswissenschaft auf den Willen so,
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy's Contribution to the Most Urgent Needs of Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • will opt for natural necessity. He will declare the experience
    • of freedom to be an illusion, and will extend the area of natural
    • being, so that mankind will be fully enmeshed in the web of natural
    • necessity. And in the same way he will assess in the light of this
    • heat death in which the earth will perish.
    • that which will explain the whole world in terms of natural
    • earth as such will succumb to what is called ‘the heat
    • soul must lead in the very near future. An answer will never be found
    • future, and what precisely in this way it seems to him that he will
    • what lives within the human being as rhythm. This will not destroy matter,
    • as in the case of the thinking process, but it will retard life so
    • that in the rhythmic events life can always be held back and will
    • soul. And as we survey this second element in man, it will certainly
    • human will works in moral deeds. If we have first recognised that
    • appears as soul-willing is connected with the up-building processes,
    • and the will arises out of those depths of the human being to which
    • the death process, willing lives in what is growing, thriving,
    • through Intuition, how out of the digestive system, through the will when
    • Thinking as such breaks down, but willing builds up. Indeed this
    • through the will process substance is placed where substance has been
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 7: The Gulf Between a Causal Explanation of Nature and the Moral World Order
    Matching lines:
    • will explain the world will find that he has to decide between the premise
    • have been trained over the last centuries, he will decide in favour
    • will declare it to be an illusion. He will extend the sphere of absolute
    • inevitability. And the same will be done with regard to the hypothetical
    • Many people will no doubt
    • forms of energy on earth will have been converted into heat, that this
    • heat cannot convert to other forms of energy, that this will lead to
    • habits of modern times and therefore the principle of causation, will
    • result will be that certainty of faith cannot provide inner assurance
    • deepest feelings, processes that are deeply unconscious will then have
    • and to will it to be such. Anyone who has some understanding of how
    • these things hang together will be able to say to himself: The devastating
    • What I have said today will
    • which will have to result from this conflict in human souls — and
    • times before. Those exercises to achieve imaginative perception will
    • of remembering. As a result, ideas will arise that in a purely formal
    • it will then be necessary not only to practise the generation of such
    • will now light up in our conscious mind. The lighting up of such objective
    • conception. The field of our spiritual vision will extend to the worlds
    • This will not weaken the ego but indeed strengthen it, through self-forgetting.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophie, Ihre Erkenntniswurzeln und Lebensfruchte: Achter Vortrag
    Matching lines:
    • werden will durch Imagination, Inspiration und Intuition, der
    • des Wortes dasjenige anwenden will, was gerade Geistesforschung
    • Haeckelismus gekommen ist. Und will man anschaulich machen
    • zustande, und ich will zunächst zwei von den
    • bleiben will, sondern in die Tiefen unserer sozialen Nöte
    • noch anführen will, kann sich uns entgegenstellen, wenn
    • Geistesforschung will nicht an die Seite der Kurpfuscherei,
    • treten. Geistesforschung will rechnen auch auf diesem Gebiete
    • Bestrebungen zuschreibt, die sie durchaus nicht bilden will.
    • Religionsbildung sein will. Nein, das will sie nicht sein,
    • anthroposophischer Geisteswissenschaft bekämpfen will.
    • Geisteswissenschaft das will, durchaus gerade auch die
    • diesen Vorträgen benützen will, um gewissermaßen
    • will in diesen Vorträgen in dieser direkten Weise mit
    • wird, auf das will ich hier nicht eingehen. Ich möchte die
    • zwingt, sondern indem man nur dem folgt, was man selber will,
    • Gegenstand wendet, so will man von dem Gegenstand gefesselt
    • Niedergang drin stehenbleiben will, wenn er sagt: «Jetzt
    • wahrscheinlich länger — ich will es zu seiner Ehre
    • fünf Minuten festzuhalten. Das will er denjenigen Menschen
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 8: The Social Question
    Matching lines:
    • left unregarded in ordinary consciousness, and this will open the way
    • inner struggles and conquests that will not induce speculative thought
    • in our Imaginations. Thinking will then be able to reach the world which
    • perception and reduce it to the form of a pure idea. Then anyone will
    • him, and this is also the world he will live in when he has gone through
    • will not be adequate for the processes discernible here, and it is because
    • to the depths of our social problems will of course realize that they
    • covering a large area — such a process will penetrate this changeable
    • life that has to do with capital, labour, economics, etc. It will be
    • Such penetration will then yield fruits again for life itself as we
    • meet it in sickness and health, or in human community life. It will
    • at Dornach — tomorrow I will be showing some samples of this in
    • occasion he will evolve ideas and that will be one branch; another time
    • the other branch, the artistic one, will arise from the same root. That
    • movement. Anything artistic will have to arise from the same source
    • with the forces that give him form out of the spiritual world, we will
    • will not be speaking of a Christ other than the Christ who has gone
    • the ground will be taken from under their feet by Anthroposophy. They
    • in the way anthroposophical spiritual science wishes to do, it will
    • this fruit ripens, it will be from this direction that the warmth and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Reality of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • will realise that one brief lecture is foredoomed to be both
    • science will inevitably come up against these boundaries and are
    • involuntarily or at will, pictures of our life since birth, or rather
    • here and tries by deliberate efforts of will to bring ideas,
    • fundamental guiding-lines for a study which will have to be pursued
    • complete survey, deliberately and as a free act of will at the centre
    • time. Some people will require more time, others less, according to
    • will be no danger of succumbing to anything in the nature of
    • suggestion or auto-suggestion; every moment of the exercise will be
    • filled with a conscious activity of will and after a time we shall
    • will need a lengthy period, another may achieve considerable success
    • in a few months; others again will need years. The principle,
    • which will lead him to the reality of the higher worlds.
    • intensified. But before long it will be noticed that something very
    • in other circumstances, thoughts, ideas, feelings, impulses of will,
    • what I have said to-day, will realise that the path taken by
    • manifestations of mediumship for what they really are. Nobody will
    • moment, and at will, look back to what formed part of his
    • that is now permeated with will. He can speak of the super-sensible
    • his consciousness, it is possible for him to do so again, at will, no
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Paths to Knowledge of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • present at my last lecture, it will be necessary to weave into this
    • complete willpower. A person who wishes to become a spiritual
    • unconsciously, without the application of our will.
    • is completely permeated by a clear, conscious will.
    • higher knowledge, will see that this kind of spiritual investigation
    • exercises principally characterised as thought-exercises (you will
    • systematic way. (One person will need longer time for the attainment
    • Perhaps you will allow me to make a personal remark; which, however,
    • is not meant personally, but, as you will readily admit, it belongs
    • conception, an idea or a thought, we cannot pass over at will to
    • another. Even as in the human organism we cannot pass over at will
    • Perhaps you will also have heard of the terrible condition of certain
    • speculations, simply based on the fact that people are unwilling to
    • experiment for a long time, yet they will only come to quite abstract
    • time, will find that after the second dentition certain soul-forces
    • memory, more sharply outlined feelings, and they will know that these
    • permeated by the will. But this thinking now appears in a new
    • difficult to penetrate, but I think you will be able to grasp what I
    • organism (we will restrict ourselves to the skeleton). We must not
    • permeated by the will even when we ascend to the highest worlds and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • interest in the problems which will form the subject of my three
    • sensations and will impulses, and that the soul can really
    • which I will not mention here, one can see that Sir Oliver Lodge
    • anthroposophical research (I hope that my three lectures will
    • everyone can test them … whenever the human will (and we
    • attains cognitive power. Since the human will is directed towards
    • which will take place in the future out of the whole connections
    • person may foresee, in the form of a picture, that he will, for
    • instance, be thrown by his horse. All precautions will be
    • appear in the forces of cognition, of the will and of feeling.
    • the will exercises already mentioned to you, which will be
    • characterized more fully in these lectures. Will exercises
    • the will exercises already mentioned to you, which will be
    • characterized more fully in these lectures. Will exercises
    • of the human will, and explains that through certain exercises
    • the will can be developed so that one changes and is able to
    • the aid of the ordinary scientific methods applied today, will
    • and also with transformed forces of the will.
    • meditation, so we may learn to know through the WILL how to pass
    • the will only acquires a certain value when it passes over to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Foundations of Anthroposophy: Lecture I: Foundations of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • which prove that the keen interest in the problems which will
    • in thoughts, feelings, sensations and will-impulses, and that
    • scientist. Even in other things, which I will not mention here,
    • research (I hope that my three lectures will make things clear
    • them, whenever the human will (and we shall see how this is
    • Since the human will is directed towards the future, it is
    • will take place in the future out of the whole connections of a
    • he will, for instance, in fourteen days be thrown from his
    • horse. All precautions will be useless, for he cannot perceive
    • in the forces of cognition, of the will and of feeling.
    • perception. Then there are the will exercises which I have
    • already mentioned to you, and which will be characterised more
    • fully in these lectures. Will-exercises require above all an
    • the ordinary expressions of the human will, and explains that
    • that through self-education the will can be developed so that
    • applied to-day, will never reach a satisfactory solution of
    • Science, and also with transformed forces of the will.
    • through the will how to pass through a kind of
    • ordinary life, the will only acquires a certain value when it
    • highest ideals will remain mere desires, if we are not able to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Foundations of Anthroposophy: Lecture II: Man in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • evolution of the world will form the subject of my next
    • the anthroposophical facts which will now be set forth will
    • were possible to unfold will-power and to transmit it into
    • described yesterday. It will be essential to know what
    • and of the will mentioned yesterday and in other lectures which
    • thinking, feeling and willing, so that he can judge his
    • and willing, with his normal, cool-headed common sense, with
    • or hallucinations cannot return at will, when they
    • through an effort of the will; that is to say, they cannot
    • return at will into their physical body. They are led into such
    • of feeling and will, through the portal of death. Thus eternity
    • People who prepare themselves through exercises of the will and
    • can gather concerning the future will very much depend upon the
    • will.
    • participation of our feelings and of our will, purely in
    • thoughts, feelings and will-impulses. We keep pace with the
    • inner reflections of our thoughts, feelings and will-impulses,
    • human being in our 30th or 35th year (I will take a decisive
    • souls harmonise. An ordinary materialistic person will say that
    • retrospective thinking, will-exercises, we must really say to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Question/Economic Life: Lecture: The Central Question of Economic Life
    Matching lines:
    • And it will only be possible to tackle this question in a
    • to the economic needs of humanity, then one will initially be
    • at things. Most proletarians to-day are, as you will know, more
    • you can be sure that the proletariat will leave its proletarian
    • promulgated will find no followers. — Now, that was
    • will surely acknowledge as a monarchist, whom you would surely
    • code of law. And surely the world will not think that the
    • that the collectivism will become still stronger and stronger,
    • that the branches of production will amalgamate and that the
    • time will come when the international proletariat will be able
    • to-day's producers are sitting and that that, which will have
    • become collective, will now be administered collectively. How
    • circumstances. One can already see to-day and one will see it
    • more and more: The experiment will — quite apart from its
    • utopian opinion of to-day ask: Now how will this or that be
    • will impulse of individualism is active. In actual fact, all
    • labour sharing, every product will be cheaper than it can be
    • this fact and one will have to realize as its final consequence
    • don't want to be misunderstood. For instance you will never
    • full significance will have to say: This radical difference
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The World Development in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • which I took the liberty to give you, will have shown you that
    • will, simply cannot attain consciousness, because it has no
    • organs. By making the thought and will exercises of which I have
    • strange country which is indifferent to us. This will show us
    • our feeling and our will must be drawn in through special
    • circumstances; we must include the feeling and the will which
    • that in life itself feeling and will must first be drawn into the
    • a knowledge of the higher worlds, many things will therefore have
    • to be said differently, the descriptions will have to be
    • know as our physical world, through our feeling and will, the
    • who at least try to understand them, will see that the
    • description of the development of the world, will discover that
    • enhanced development of the animal form; you will then recognize
    • will then also understand why it is so.
    • show that the earth will end through a kind of death by heat, but
    • will pass through the earth's portal of death when the earth no
    • longer exists; it will pass over into a new world development,
    • spiritual-scientific deepening many passages in the Gospels will
    • this scientific foundation, will also find that finally the
    • starry world surrounding the earth will decay; they will look
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Foundations of Anthroposophy: Lecture III: World Development in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • thoughts which I have been putting before you, will show you
    • woven out of feeling and will, is not in a position to attain
    • and will-exercises of which I have spoken, we endow the soul
    • country which is indifferent to us. This will show us that in
    • feeling and our will must first be drawn in through special
    • circumstances. Feeling will indeed always dive down into the
    • so we recognise that in life itself feeling and will must first
    • things will therefore have to be said differently, the
    • descriptions will have to be different from those which we are
    • feeling and will, the world in which we experienced ourselves
    • described, those who at least try to understand it, will see
    • development of the world, will discover that through a higher
    • form; you will then recognise in the human head that upon a
    • the animal under so many different forms. You will then also
    • justified, we can show that the earth will end through a kind
    • nature which men have developed will pass through the earth's
    • portal of death when the earth no longer exists; it will pass
    • Gospel will appear in an entirely new light, in a different way
    • will also find that finally the starry world surrounding the
    • earth will fall away; they will look upon a future in which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture IV: Nature of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • religious endeavors in the way that I will describe this
    • inferences will soon be dissatisfied, for he will recognize
    • original form, but changed in such a way that it will only be
    • impulses of will, received indeed by the organic, bodily
    • error which can arise. For I will now describe the ways
    • supersensory worlds. I will have to describe much that is
    • the one hand, and with the will on the. other. Between these
    • power of will through which we can enter life as active human
    • developing our powers of thought and will up to a higher level
    • power of the will on the other, are developed further than in
    • deepest, most essential part of the human soul, will also be in
    • these methods and exercises. Today I will describe the
    • following way. What I have to describe will appear simple,
    • weeks. There are many such exercises for the soul. I will
    • achieved, one will be able to dismiss this whole picture of
    • one will not fall into illusions, and even less into visions or
    • through certain exercises of the will. Again, you will find
    • exact details in the books I have mentioned, but here I will
    • Man's will does not think; it does not resemble ordinary
    • impressions, while man's will originates from within his
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Position of Anthroposophy among the Sciences
    Matching lines:
    • this course, and it will be my task to present here, in the main, the
    • research, while the other lecturers will deal with special scientific
    • do this in a way that will enable you to understand that
    • will be well aware that man — to mention what pertains more to his
    • (in which mathematics is our sure guide), and will open up a new
    • the genesis of our idea of space, as I have described it, will detect
    • domains, he will be developing something related to elementary,
    • breath. It was just the same when the will stirred. He stretched out
    • movements of the will.
    • foundations I have laid to-day will then appear, perhaps, in a more
    • It will get to work because it knows how it has to work. Perhaps its
    • path will be very long. If, on the other hand, one sees, in the
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and the Visual Arts
    Matching lines:
    • I have to say to-day will be,
    • will show that this interlude is really a contribution which will
    • quite lost. You will permit me to set out from a way of looking at
    • abstract, theoretical. But this excursion will be brief; it is
    • intended only as an introduction to what will be able to come before
    • cloud, will be a different experience from facing constellations. One
    • many circles (including artistic circles), people will probably laugh
    • you will have seen from these brief indications that the sculptor
    • the human figure in wood, let us say, one will know when at work on
    • of the “body of formative forces”. Then one will feel the
    • with them. One will be able to return to a really fundamental
    • something which could easily be misunderstood will be less misunderstood.
    • the other to the (magnetic) south, it will not occur to him —
    • what I am now indicating in more general terms, one will be able to
    • world, will speak from our plastic art. Art and science then derive
    • into his thinking, feeling and willing — into all that can find
    • clearly will discover the remarkable relation of art to science and
    • religion. Science will appear on one level, religion on another, and
    • by his becoming scientific — will be apparent. With his
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 1: Natural Science
    Matching lines:
    • spirit, faculties that will provide conscious social certainties to
    • no doubt you will take it as such. Anyone who wishes to talk
    • lectures which follow will show that I do not need to say
    • thought and the other to the life of the will, with which the
    • who then compares them with what I shall have to say, will
    • will thus be forced, when considering later epochs, to present
    • you reflect carefully on this, you will conclude: present-day
    • transformed thinking we can reach knowledge that will be a kind
    • centre of our consciousness, with a great effort of will,
    • survives unconsciously in all our ordinary thinking. You will
    • will not go into that now. The important point is that there is
    • of will to the exercises of thought do we secure in vital
    • Exercises of the will can be characterized as follows.
    • will, what is usually experienced rather passively. Here again
    • you will find the relevant exercises, which are intimate
    • that strengthening and fortifying of the will which is
    • development of your will like this, so that you in part make of
    • who has gone some way towards higher knowledge will always tell
    • something which many people will find abominable — which
    • eventually the epoch will come when people will say: earlier
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 2: Psychology
    Matching lines:
    • spirit, faculties that will provide conscious social certainties to
    • fate of this soul of his, will find himself confronted by a
    • the riddles of the soul to our “mind's eye,” I will
    • into our body; we inform our organs of will with it and become
    • controlled by the will, the lifting of an arm or movement of a
    • will as of thinking and feeling) — anyone who looks at
    • philosophical standpoint that I do will never for one moment
    • many years lived and worked here in Vienna, and who will never
    • methods will take us only to the point they have now reached;
    • development during his life on earth, will not be above
    • and so on. There you will find details of those
    • and can enter it at will.
    • describe — and you will find that everything that is
    • particularly, involve being able calmly and at will to banish
    • there must be able to enter, from our will, what one might call
    • that the will has swept consciousness completely clear.
    • it conscious, there will appear before it, as colour to the eye
    • the clear light; and which will never emerge until we have
    • here on this earth as thinking, feeling, willing beings, but in
    • such a way that thinking, feeling and willing now densify and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 3: East and West in History
    Matching lines:
    • spirit, faculties that will provide conscious social certainties to
    • part of himself he can and will influence his time!”
    • For this reason, the study of history will doubtless have to
    • thirty times, no lecture will be an exact repetition of the one
    • memories. Perhaps what I want to say will sound banal to
    • the spiritual world, seeking them out repeatedly, it will even
    • my lectures, other features will become apparent. Today, I
    • should like to point to just one more of them, since it will
    • logical argument or philosophical speculation will enable us to
    • spiritual world is willing to reveal itself. Objective
    • thoughts, together with his feelings and impulses of will; and
    • mankind. There will, of course, be many people who will say:
    • will conclude: our thinking today is fundamentally
    • observe this in life, will find that our thinking today
    • will discover quite empirically that the Greeks
    • will say: the Greeks really had no natural science; they had a
    • natural philosophy. And he will be right. But he will have
    • thinking, too, you feel equipped to comprehend, in what I will
    • previously indicated, I am saying something now that will be
    • will not yield to our enquiry. And we shall not find the bridge
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 4: Spiritual Geography
    Matching lines:
    • spirit, faculties that will provide conscious social certainties to
    • may enter their intertwining branches; and if we do, there will
    • those of the realms of nature. There will then follow a view of
    • perhaps also through setting our will in motion in some
    • really are within us will become for us a replica in the
    • moved in these spheres will have come across the phenomenon I
    • will then appear as mere “ideology” to someone who
    • discussed philosophically, the “ideology” will
    • the second part of these lectures, which will be devoted to
    • decline will quite definitely proliferate.
    • them and not just add them together mechanically, one that will
    • confluence correctly, by taking a first step that will
    • will try to sum up in a single image the two attitudes I have
    • will. Out of the introspective life of the East arose a
    • especially old and venerable ones. This will be possible if, as
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 5: Cosmic Memory
    Matching lines:
    • spirit, faculties that will provide conscious social certainties to
    • in conjunction with the sensuous and physical world, you will
    • question will be raised: Are there paths by which man can reach
    • to do with someone who makes claims of this kind. He will think
    • will have gathered, from the lectures I have given so far, what
    • relationship of man to the world will realize: a being whose
    • subconscious depths, is permeated by feeling and will and
    • so great that the mystic will believe he is drawing from the
    • will transform the love that rightfully exists on earth into a
    • selfish submersion in things, that it will effusively thrust
    • and insinuate itself into things. By so doing, the self will
    • is healthy. If we are, then no one will be able to raise the
    • remembering this, you will know what to make of these demands
    • distances, you will find your real self. We can therefore say:
    • how the human will can be developed, and how it is possible to
    • develop dormant powers. The will can be developed to such an
    • transparent. With what is vital in our will, we can then enter
    • memory and really looks into himself, will see there the
    • being, as we now perceive it, will present itself as a record
    • understood this aspect of man, people will no longer accuse us
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 6: Individual and Society
    Matching lines:
    • spirit, faculties that will provide conscious social certainties to
    • lectures that follow will be based directly on the observations I
    • The succeeding lectures will have to demonstrate that a
    • far will agree that what has been expounded has not implied a
    • unconscious regions of will or else unconsciously in the life
    • naïveté into self-consciousness. People will
    • will agree how fortunate it was for his inner harmony of soul
    • genuine psychologist will even discover something further.
    • transmits vital concepts that will live on with the child as
    • something from a respected authority, something that will
    • will regain the ability to look fully into the child's
    • life. They will thus be able to draw out of the child's life
    • the platform, her way of speaking was ... well, I will quote an
    • who will at some stage in life develop talents that go far
    • But what people often mean by it is simply that they will
    • that it will follow, of its own accord, the influences exerted
    • must set aside, we set it aside. The individual will know how
    • social forms and life. What we need here is a force that will
    • consciously, a spiritual life that will give the same impulses
    • organization that will enable the earth's gifts to flow
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 7: The Individual Spirit and the Social Structure
    Matching lines:
    • spirit, faculties that will provide conscious social certainties to
    • described here in the last few days. A similar approach will be
    • the future. Western structures will have to be extended to
    • primitive man. In the same way, it will arrive at the outlook
    • economic ordinances of the period: everywhere you will find
    • stage in their development). You will realize the
    • birth-place for vital thought, will speak, not perhaps of a
    • thinking that in a conscious way will first perceive the goals
    • and in a conscious way will then move towards the solution of
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 8: The Problem (Asia-Europe)
    Matching lines:
    • spirit, faculties that will provide conscious social certainties to
    • slavery in earlier times, and if we are willing to sift this
    • am well aware that many people today will not consciously admit
    • effects, this knowledge will tell me what to do when a man is
    • an advance in spiritual science we can do this, there will
    • however, will observe that what matters is not simply that a
    • war, you will gradually come to see that labour as such cannot
    • This will also mean, however, that everything connected with
    • however, will only happen if we develop the life of the soul on
    • that has its being around us will be fired once more.
    • interest will lie in our knowing how our every activity is
    • loved, the love of man and the brotherhood of man will now be
    • so that men will know the reason for their duties.
    • Whether and how far this is possible will be examined, at least
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 9: Prospects of its Solution (Europe-America)
    Matching lines:
    • spirit, faculties that will provide conscious social certainties to
    • confidence, you will have to look in hidden places. Social distresses
    • — only if you succeed in doing this will you have made a
    • like: the people will gradually assimilate these concepts, and
    • then you can talk on party lines. But by doing so you will not
    • could see that, if only you will speak out of your full
    • hearts and affects their human and earthly being, they will
    • humanity. Men will always regard the sort of thing they are
    • what a man will say if he is willing to speak freely —
    • of soul. And anyone who does so will see that this man —
    • will that he is interested in — and will is
    • of will. Many people, indeed, believe that they can speak to
    • with the element of will in man. As a result of
    • tendency to put forward the element of will, when people are
    • kind will not help you.
    • unwilling to define more precisely; they include the
    • indefinite in man's feelings and expressions of will. People
    • these definitions of drives, lusts, passions, will and the
    • you have a feeling for society, you will rejoice over
    • the appropriate social structures. How long this will take
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 10: From Monolithic to Threefold Unity
    Matching lines:
    • spirit, faculties that will provide conscious social certainties to
    • the fundamentals of spiritual science, as will be apparent from
    • feeling and a social will, I gave as an example the way the
    • unconscious will of mankind in Europe. Everywhere we find these
    • expression to their opinions and their will in social
    • may know perfectly well and be perfectly willing to put into
    • yesterday — the will, which is the true centre of man's
    • consciousness, you will find them in economic institutions
    • which is the best political system, and also — I will not
    • will discover that the best institutions that can be devised
    • for that matter, the animal or plant — will display only
    • organization. And he will find that the development of
    • does illustrate what the impartial observer will
    • conditions as they really are, it will after a time reveal
    • a given year will have changed so greatly, twenty years later,
    • that it will already contain the seeds of its own decline. This
    • life, you will come to see that, because spiritual life has its
    • you,” and that they will then come to some agreement
    • countries were going over to the gold standard, you will be
    • been prophesied then developed, you will see, for
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture Series: What was the Purpose of the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • destruction by fire of the Goetheanum, which will remain
    • what may now be called Goethean, he will not find what gave
    • he will believe — no matter what he may think of the true
    • observe dreams from the waking state, you will find that these
    • the human being lives also in his will, for it is
    • particularly the will that, upon waking, is projected
    • question will appear: How is what he himself experiences within
    • sensing and his willing, rising out of the depths of his
    • numberless others that spring up. For one will soon feel how
    • deals with such a problem seriously will turn first to a
    • idea, he will gradually notice that in this inner work, in the
    • same inner force of free will to suppress again the
    • feeling and willing, otherwise in the soul, is silenced —
    • about us will be quiet. We have experienced the whole range
    • This will not take place in outer reality, of course, but the
    • just designated as silence of the soul, I will for once use a
    • etheric being, he will no longer hold firmly to this ego. He
    • will experience that of which this life-tableau, to which he
    • has lifted himself, is a picture. He will experience his
    • thought and then to soul-silence, will understand that it must
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Development: Lecture I: The Inner Experience of the Activity of Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • us the pleasure of attending the Teachers' Course here will
    • lecture I will briefly recapitulate the main points.
    • necessary to do anything outwardly. And you will
    • to be able at will to check the impulse for a time and to
    • You will understand better what I mean when I tell you, for
    • You can test it yourself and you will find this weaving of
    • there will develop what in recent lectures I have called
    • This astral body, as you will see, takes us in every respect
    • light, the student of natural science will agree,
    • nature are concerned, he will disagree. However, with regard to
    • is so weak that it will soon approach the point of
    • What I have to tell you now will sound paradoxical,
    • awake in the activity of our own will, as we normally
  • Title: Spiritual Development: Lecture II: The Physical World and the Moral-Spiritual Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • will be involved in this conflict where, on the one side his
    • which he will enter when he has passed through the gate of
    • free will and acting on his own inmost, individual
    • own free will the spiritual with the
    • will ascend again when he passes through the gate of
    • occupied only mentally in thoughts, for there too the will
    • action prompted by the initiative of the will-forces we have to
    • candle-substance occur wherever initiatives of will are astir
    • processes of the will, as it were; they remain below the range
    • the human will. When we
    • basis for the unfolding of the will, take place between the
    • these processes we also find the surging will-forces in
    • cosmic Will at work; as the power of the Logos
    • Will holds sway behind the forces of combustion ever
    • discern the cosmic Will as it flows
    • — not unthinking will as imagined by Schopenhauer, but a
    • will quickened and permeated by the
    • will-forces, something which once was more or less the
    • reality-bearing force of the creative will-power
    • as kindled by the will to overcome the duality of spirit
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Development: Lecture III: Man's Faculty of Cognition in the Etheric World
    Matching lines:
    • hides. For only in love will it be
    • feeling and willing. These are functions of
    • willing. And the ‘I’ —
    • this will serve well enough as a classification
    • will not simply divide water in an abstract sense into
    • that hydrogen will not only combine with oxygen, as in water,
    • free will from the physical to the spirituals that this rising
  • Title: Esoteric Development: Lecture III: Supersensible Knowledge: Anthroposophy as a Demand of the Age
    Matching lines:
    • research are willing to give very little attention to this light
    • exist wholly apart from the impulse of his will. Thus we have arrived
    • different: this is the will aspect of the life of the soul. Whoever
    • But there is human will,
    • this human will which says to us in every moment of our waking life
    • yourself, by reason of your will, is not causally determined in the
    • himself, on the basis of immediate experience, freedom of will. But
    • freedom of will. This is one of the conflicts into which we are
    • willing in man precisely through natural science, and it asks, on the
    • willing to penetrate further into the super-sensible realm with the
    • external research, and is not willing to disavow this, is capable of
    • more the case, you may expect that this thinking will come into
    • Inspiration — I trust you will not take offense at these terms
    • spiritual. But we must go further and must be able to make our will
    • likewise have an end will be touched upon in another lecture. But we
    • will become a plant, so do we plant a seed in the soul in the very
    • He will then know that, just as natural science is a demand of the
    • the innermost depths of many persons today — as will be
    • realize that tasks at which humanity in the immediate future will
    • have to work with the greatest intensity will struggle to birth out
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture I: Supersensible Knowledge: Anthroposophy as a Demand of the Age
    Matching lines:
    • greatest respect in the sphere of scientific research are willing to
    • of his will. Thus we have arrived at the point — and we have
    • that inner human willfulness plays a role in feelings, human
    • praiseworthy scientific view to something different. This is the will
    • But there is human will, this human will which says to us in
    • a certain sense by reason of yourself, by reason of your will, is not
    • experience, freedom of will. But when he directs his glance to
    • scientific thinking, he cannot admit this freedom of will. This is
    • and willing in man precisely by reason of natural science, and it
    • thinking, feeling, and willing to penetrate further into the
    • role in connection with external research, and is not willing to
    • thinking will come into contact with what constitutes a spiritual
    • books previously mentioned inspiration — I trust you will not
    • must be able to make our will element into an organ of
    • these lives once had a beginning and must likewise have an end will
    • earth when we have laid it in the soil, and yet will become a plant,
    • He will then know that, just as natural science is a demand of the
    • innermost depths of many persons today — as will be manifest in
    • will have to work with the greatest intensity will struggle to birth
    • serious events awaiting him over the whole world, he will need
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture II: Anthroposophy and the Ethical-Religious Conduct of Life
    Matching lines:
    • usually occurs, but in a deeper fashion, will come to see that this
    • will, and thereby also into the forces of thought and the sense
    • forces permeated by the will, and thus enters indirectly, through the
    • or will something — we say: “This is right, that is
    • You will say that
    • will always be clothed, of course, in such words and
    • senses can bestow. I trust you will permit me to visualize this
    • soul which lays hold upon the heart and the will and yet in its very
    • Especially will one who sees that the ancient spiritual traditions,
    • existence today as pale religious creeds, will be able to see that
    • soul, and spirit — one will certainly see that, in the
    • super-sensible world of which I am here speaking. I will mention only
    • the material itself. What I shall introduce here now will be stated
    • indicate in a picture what I mean. No one will be able to open his
    • indicate how that which our hearts and minds, and our wills, become
    • We must willingly accept the necessity of transforming ordinary
    • as it is possible for him to attain, for there will always remain
    • by the will of God and under the guidance of God before he had
    • knowledge. It will be possible then for knowledge to be something
    • however, the human being will become aware of the profounder meaning
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Theosophic/Esoteric Cosmology: Spiritual Cosmology
    Matching lines:
    • announced will have to be given later at a more appropriate time. I
    • can nevertheless receive indications that will serve to allow us to
    • long time will know that these questions — How did the world
    • other side concerning this subject. Many an astronomer will object:
    • biographer who will try to explain the inner spiritual aspects of the
    • studies the poet. He will only take into consideration the poet's
    • the natural scientific point of view, and will tell us what he can see
    • of the world system. They will say what their physical senses reveal
    • things is possible, and when we look at it this way, we will never
    • collide with astronomy; on the contrary, both ways of thinking will
    • terms with it. I will just mention one point: European esoteric
    • performed. I will only point to the books that have appeared
    • lectures I will come back to this.
    • Well, you will say: we are always told that such occult forces exist
    • truth. No one will deny that to judge a mathematical truth the
    • Then a force will be lighted in him.
    • lectures will describe in this way the conditions that preceded the
    • formation of our earth. We will be led back to the most ancient times
    • developed into human beings. We will be led to the stage where this
    • earthly matter, to the point where he now stands. We will learn and see
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Theosophic/Esoteric Cosmology: Esoteric Cosmology - 2
    Matching lines:
    • The third lecture will appear in the next issue of SCR, and at
    • about the Devachan [spiritual world-tr.], and you will find an exact
    • He whose spiritual vision has been sufficiently trained will have the
    • evolution in the distant future, we will have brought this bright,
    • will find that it is composed of the same matter and is ruled by the
    • being will develop further in this mineral wrapping. There are
    • will have reached his highest point of evolution, when in the center
    • of his head an organ will have developed through which he will have
    • in which his will and his desires live. When I have a thought, it
    • alone is powerless to act. If it is accompanied by a wish, the will,
    • wasn't there when we were born and will not be there a short time
    • we are now in the fourth round, and three more rounds will follow in
    • at what followed, but you will understand the analogy. Another round,
    • during which man will reach a still higher stage of evolution, will
    • follow our present one. He will then not only think with his physical
    • brain, but also with what we call astral energy. He will not only be
    • able to command physical matter, he will also be able to dominate
    • astral energy. I will give you an example for clarification. If I want
    • astral organ of will. He will be able to do so during the fifth round.
    • In the fifth round the human being will be able to command the astral
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Theosophic/Esoteric Cosmology: Esoteric Cosmology - 3
    Matching lines:
    • theosophical cosmology. Nevertheless, I will attempt today to give you
    • go into scientific explanations of what I will say today. These
    • scientific explanations will be included in a subsequent lecture
    • cycle, in which I will speak in more detail about this subject. Also,
    • which will soon be published, cosmology will be discussed.
    • those that will exist on Earth at a much later time.
    • The chemist will understand me, for he knows the regular periodic
    • that will later constitute nature are intimated. As in the first Round
    • achieve its objective. You will not find a human being as he is today
    • being, who could reflect himself in his body. He will rise to higher
    • the next, the fifth Round, the mineral kingdom will disappear. All
    • mineral matter will be transformed to vegetable matter. Then the
    • vegetable kingdom will reach its culmination and in the next Round the
    • animal kingdom will form the lowest kingdom. During the seventh Round
    • the human being will achieve his highest level of evolution. He will
    • nothing is believed any more. But a time will come when people will
    • Those who judge the Bible with their intellect only will never
    • have previously understood. Humanity will finally see that there is
    • recognize the spiritual meaning of these documents. We will work on
    • cycle. We will, however, still meet here every Monday at eight
  • Title: Greek/Germanic Mythology: Lecture I - The Prometheus Saga
    Matching lines:
    • You will have come to realise from many of my lectures that a deep
    • and what she writes will enable you to see what a profound meaning is
    • continuously at his liver. But he knows something which will ensure
    • fifth root-race. You will only be able to understand this if you bear
    • undertake the guidance of the sixth. The sixth root-race will be the
    • craftsmanship depends upon fire. I think that the engineer will agree
    • side by side in the fifth root-race. The Manas-thinking will gradually
    • purpose? Viewing the matter generally, you will see that when
    • inventions, you will see what mighty forces have been made serviceable
    • in matter that his karma will reach its fulfilment.
    • If you enter into esoteric realms, you will find that man's principles
    • have a specific relationship with his organs. Sometime I will explain
    • this more fully. To-day I will mention only that our seven principles
    • life-force permeating the etheric body) you will see that in one way
    • You will see how profoundly the Prometheus saga symbolises these
    • the initiates will wrest men from their bondage.
    • the sixth race will take the lead into their own hands. But humanity
    • interpretation enters in. From this you will see that so far as these
  • Title: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - I
    Matching lines:
    • is made to the four Beasts, the account given by one Initiate will not
    • differ from that given by another. Two Initiates will not give
    • who stands before us today. I will start from a quite definite point.
    • (etheric “double”) than he has today. Later on, man will
    • will understand why these four Beasts are mentioned whenever an
    • physical intellect. Our present sub-race (the fifth) will be followed
    • by the sixth sub-race and that again by the seventh. That will bring
    • our Fifth Root Race to an end. It will be followed by another, higher
    • Man will then feel happy only when happiness is not acquired, at the
    • Our science is materialistic. This will be different in the next
    • spiritual, will be dominant in the new race.
    • And in the sphere of religion the ruling principle will be something
    • Man will himself perceive the existence of a Divine World-Spirit. That
    • principles will characterise the future race which is slowly being
    • prepared within our own life. A Seventh Race will take on quite
    • different forms of life, of which we will speak on another occasion.
    • 2:5 Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent. \
    • 2:7 He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches; To him that overcometh will I give to eat of the tree of life, which is in the midst of the paradise of God. \
    • first works, or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove
    • churches, to him that overcometh will I give to eat of the tree of
  • Title: Greek/Germanic Mythology: Lecture II - The Argonaut Saga and the Odyssey
    Matching lines:
    • levels. We will endeavour to uncover its real kernel. But before going
    • was no such thing, and one day there will again be no such thing. All
    • still active, will come to an end only when our whole intellectual
    • visible on the physical plane, will disappear. To make clear their
    • of the time of the Druid culture, you will find that an objective,
    • second stage of interpretation; to-day we will look at the third.
    • the astral body, will be so advanced that it will be able to think.
    • will only unite himself with this soul in the right way if he is
  • Title: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - II
    Matching lines:
    • Today we will continue our study of the Apocalypse. Anyone who desires
    • little service to truth. Anyone who holds this view will be incapable
    • significant passages in the Apocalypse and you will find that what is
    • “Come up hither and I will show thee things which must be
    • destiny of the Root Race which will follow our own. That is why the
    • higher form of Intuition is necessary in order to see what will come
    • world-creative Will. And when the Christian says anything at all about
    • world-creative, universal Will. When man desires to bring the highest
    • Will, that is, through the world-creative principle, then this is
    • announcer of the Spirit through the Will. And so the early Christian
    • into being through the Highest, world-creative Will, just as man
    • the power of will. And so the Christian said, “The Father brought
    • revelation. We will speak next time of why the Word made Flesh was
    • It will have become clear to us that the Lamb must be regarded as the
    • will fulfil it when the time is ripe, when our Root Race has become
  • Title: Greek/Germanic Mythology: Lecture III - The Sigfried Saga
    Matching lines:
    • and Atlantis has to be overcome before these northern nations will
    • become mature, will really develop up to the level of the
    • shoulders, in the very place where the Cross will have to be borne. He
    • Christianity. To this spot the Christian initiate will have to come
    • spot which Christianity will later render invulnerable. There
    • Europe; from the Pope alone, of his own free-will, he drew back. The
    • will naturally ask how it comes about that, right at the end, at the
    • expectation, with the vulnerable spot which Christianity will have to
  • Title: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - III
    Matching lines:
    • sympathetic understanding. A great deal will have to be said here that
    • to Theosophy, and which, to begin with, will be regarded by
    • things will far rather be that the familiar Christian tradition is
    • to the Christian Mystery. Light will then be thrown on many a passage.
    • And who will be ready? Here is something that you must grasp in its
    • read the last number of the magazine “Lucifer” you will
    • there find something that I will now briefly repeat.)
    • already advanced so far that they had reached a stage which will be
    • passed through the stages of evolution which man will attain only in
    • themselves progress so far that a few of them will be able to take
    • we call “Fathers” or “Elders,” will then be able
    • Word will become “Elder” or “Father.” These are
    • later on the Word will become “Elder” or “Father.”
    • will understand the Word only at the end of the Fifth Root Race, when
    • within themselves as Fathers, they will understand what remained
    • Book that was given to them sealed, will be unsealed.
    • We are told what conditions will be when the Fifth Root Race has
    • indicate things upon which I will speak more fully in later lectures.
    • evolution. We have therefore one third which will attain the goal,
    • third attains its goal, a second third will only later attain its
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Greek/Germanic Mythology: Lecture IV - The Trojan War
    Matching lines:
    • evolution of the highest importance will be made; the leaders of
    • mankind, their Manus, will arise in mankind itself. None of the great
    • trained themselves so that from the sixth root-race onwards they will
    • root-race, in particular, will be a man as we are, only one of the
    • most advanced, indeed the most advanced among men. He will be a being
    • every stage of human evolution. This will be the fundamental
    • own freely-willed path. This was not the case during the Lemurian
    • the culture of the present stage of evolution, which will be replaced
    • specific law. To-day I will merely say that evolution takes place in
    • only in the fifth sub-race that there will be initiates so advanced as
    • an influence will have developed, not in higher spheres, but in the
    • For the fifth root-race music will be not merely art, but the means of
    • initiated in the fifth sub-race will, to begin with, be given solely
    • the fifth root-race. It is something that the human intelligence will
    • in man, but which will gradually gain more and more importance. To-day
    • fire will acquire great influence on what lives in the human heart.
    • The human heart will really have this fire. At first this seems to be
    • mere symbolism but man will then really be permeated by a force which
    • will live in his heart, so that during the sixth root-race he will no
    • well-being of the whole. So deeply will man be permeated by the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Signs/Symbols: The Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • own period, which will still last for a considerable time, to the
    • soul element, and man the element of will. In this way, the duality of
    • will and soul arose and confronted each other in the two sexes in the
    • heavens. If you study the Zodiac, you will find there the signs of
    • Buddhi, or life-spirit, will find expression in man through the
    • overcoming of evil by good. Duality will purify the lower instincts
    • and desires, and all evil will be consumed in the fire of love. Manas,
    • In the Mysteries of the Persian religion already mentioned you will
    • misunderstand it. But if it is comprehended in this way, it will also
    • the twelfth and thirteenth centuries A.D. You will find full
    • thinking, feeling and willing lies in the individual personality of
    • the Masters, because it will be to the Masters, as the great leaders
    • of mankind, to whom mankind will look in gratitude and veneration. The
    • The birth of the light will be followed by life in the light.
    • Christ, Who was incarnated in Jesus and Who will be active in the
    • Fathers whose guidance man will follow in future ages.
    • at the winter solstice. It will also bring about in man a birth of the
    • light out of his deepest soul that will be a resurrection, a Sun
    • will.” Inner peace will bring the evolution of mankind into a
    • about, it will be celebrated in the right sense. In the tolling of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Richard Wagner: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • still higher stage the key of knowledge will be delivered to him.
    • I will remind you of Jacob Böhme. You already know that Jacob
    • are still small and humble, but one day you will be quite another
    • person, and the world will marvel at you!” What is implied in
  • Title: Richard Wagner: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • a deeper vision, like Wagner, will discover that the Tristan theme is
  • Title: Richard Wagner: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • the new everlasting Life which will give rise to a new epoch.
    • a pure virgin. A virgin is found who is willing to sacrifice herself.
    • and then you will find in it something of what lived in Wagner. Many
    • the qualities of his race, the more he will degenerate with the race.
    • peculiarities of his race, the more his soul will have the
    • the senses. because virgin substance, virgin matter, will give birth
    • dies and will be replaced by a higher female element which
    • same problem, for in this work we find that a virgin is willing to
    • rose from Schopenhauer's “Denial of the Will” to a purification
    • of the will.
    • “who could not see”. A time will come when the God of the
    • Mysteries will rise again from the human into the divine sphere. The
    • its own characteristic language, when “those who believed will
    • led toward the highest form of Christianity, it is willing to become
    • and music — will reach the summit if it becomes permeated
    • Will ich Euch künden!”
  • Title: Lecture: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • into the culture of the present and immediate future. It will begin to
    • lead us too far, but a comparison will show that our method of
    • this the very thing that helps him to understand its nature? And will
    • the word will be used here in connection with the name of Richard
    • open, the higher world will emerge out of the darkness. To the
    • our interpretation of these words will be put down as inartistic
    • I shall here repeat certain teachings of Spiritual Science which will
    • the Holy Grail the following teaching was given: — (I will give
    • realise step by step. Many people will say: This is unheard of! None
    • the less it is truth but truth that will be subjected to the same fate
    • was that the man of the future will have powers of reproduction not
    • Grail Ideal will be fulfilled when man brings forth his like with the
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 1: Whitsuntide. Festival of the Liberation of the Human Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • London, which is that in all likelihood Mrs. Besant will be visiting
    • will be held in the Architektenhaus — on spiritualism a week hence,
    • Monday arrangements will take place again regularly. On the coming
    • will remember that a vivid memory of those times still existed among
    • training and can carry out investigations into these matters will
    • theosophists believe that reincarnation had no beginning and will
    • have no ending. Reincarnation started in the Lemurian Age and will
    • precluded any necessity for reincarnation and there will follow again
    • a spiritual state which will likewise obviate the necessity for
    • It will be reawakened in the man of the fifth Root Race, our present
    • epoch. This form of consciousness will again be conveyed through
    • initiates. It will not be a dreamy, but a clear consciousness. It is
    • the Heraclean spirits, the initiated ones, who will help mankind
    • lust and craving, gnawing at our liver, will be thrust aside by
    • means of its own forces, then will the Holy Spirit descend upon him
    • and the time of spiritual awakening will be at hand.
    • consciousness of today, will itself be able to enkindle the spark of
    • sacrifice is an example which shows that man will be able to unfold a
    • up again to the Spirit, he will be ripe to receive the outpouring of
    • free from his suffering by Heracles, so will mankind be set free by
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 2: The Contrast Between Cain and Abel
    Matching lines:
    • which we will only be able to reveal in part on the basis of the
    • will become apparent. And I should like to draw your attention to
    • You will
    • have to tell you something which will in any case appear
    • occult mystery for the outside world for many centuries and will seem
    • the Saga of the Antichrist, who was put in chains but will make his
    • the close of the nineteenth century a Hermes Brother will come from
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 3: The Mysteries of the Druids and the 'Drottes'
    Matching lines:
    • These teachings have been preserved and whoever searches will be able
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 4: The Prometheus Saga
    Matching lines:
    • understanding of human development will grow ever more
    • whole development of our fifth Great Epoch. At the same time you will
    • You will find
    • sixth Root Race will be the first great epoch to have as its Manu one
    • Gradually the spiritual thinking will become more and more
    • comprehensive view of it you will see that, however great and
    • will see how great and mighty are the forces which have been put at
    • dear to us in objective considerations. Then we will understand how
    • view, you will see that they stand in definite relationship to
    • but today I will only indicate those specific organs with which our
    • you will discover that the most important ones for our epoch are the
    • etheric parallel body — then you will be able to understand that, in
    • will understand how profoundly these occult connections are
    • initiates, who will take over the leadership in the sixth epoch.
    • was who underwent the whole of suffering and will be released from
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 5: The Mystery Known to Rosicrucians
    Matching lines:
    • human will — that would be the wisdom pertaining to the sons of Cain,
    • ‘Tubal-Cain had promised me that I shall have a son who will be
    • the father of many descendants who will people the earth and bring my
    • ‘Mankind shall be made free. The incarnated Buddhi will unite
    • God, but the spirit (‘wind’ means spirit = Ruach) will
    • throughout the rest of the fourth epoch, and will continue to do so
    • encircled by roses. This will become the symbol of the new
    • the Brotherhood of the Rose Cross will arise the Christianity of the
    • sixth cultural epoch, which will recognise the significance of the
    • Manas. This Triangle, with all which it entails, will form the
    • the Molten Sea will be united with a knowledge of reincarnation and
    • karma. That is the new occult teaching which will be united again
    • and Manas, will become an open secret when the man of the sixth epoch
    • has become ripe enough to receive it. Christian Rosenkreutz will then
    • strife on the outer plane will be resolved in peace through the
    • is the course which world history will take
  • Title: Lecture: The Manicheans
    Matching lines:
    • We will examine the matter according to the tradition which is
    • Widow. The soul, which will later on become completely independent, is
    • But Faust says, “We will only accept the teachings in
    • the Form and it passes over into the seed out of which a new form will
    • will prepare for that epoch in which the men of the Sixth Root Race
    • will be led by themselves, by the light of their own souls. Manes will
    • Christianity. Christianity will appear in its perfected form in the
    • Christian Life will find it. It creates Forms and shatters Forms. But,
    • and Evil will form a far greater contrast than they do today. What
    • will appear in the Fifth Round for the whole of humanity, i.e., that
    • the physiognomy will be a direct expression for that which karma has
    • created in man, so, in the Sixth Root Race, Evil will appear,
    • especially in the Spiritual. There will be men who are mighty in Love
    • and Goodness. But Evil will also be there as a mood and a disposition
    • human beings. They will extol Evil. Some inkling in regard to the Evil
    • of the Widow there will live the inviolable principle that Evil must
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 6: Manicheism
    Matching lines:
    • will influence it in time to come. And to illustrate how one who is
    • evil, as such, will continue for ever. Evil, therefore, has no
    • come to know Manicheism in this form it will seem radically
    • player he will use it appropriately and both are equally good. But
    • If you interpret it in this way you will understand what Mani really
    • the mode in which mankind acquired knowledge was different. You will
    • next issue of Luzifer appears, you will see from
    • who will appear during the next Root Race will for the first time be a real
    • which exists only in a germinal state today and will later be fully
    • man's soul development when he will seek for his own
    • think of it in this fashion you will see that this Manicheism fits in
    • Root Race will be guided out of their own being, by their own soul's
    • This current of Mani's will flow over to the sixth Root Race and has
    • the time of the sixth Root Race that Christianity will be expressed
    • in its most complete form. Its time will truly have come. The inner
    • confessions. Whoever seeks Christian life will always find it. It
    • spark of Christianity will first be truly kindled.
    • you will be able to conclude that Manicheism will endeavour, first
    • produce human beings who will provide an adequate vessel in the
    • the cultivation of the inner life — for life will flow onwards
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 7: The Essence and Task of Freemasonry from the Point of View of Spiritual Science - 1
    Matching lines:
    • workers streamed towards him. The will of the Queen had been
    • him: You will beget a son who will gather about him a race of wise
    • folk, and you will be the progenitor of those who have been born out
    • I will
    • candidate into occult knowledge. I will now describe what happens to
    • these three things he will never be accepted as a Freemason. He is
    • symbolise how it will be for the candidate if he betrays the
    • will maintain a connection with the spiritual worlds. It makes a
    • the secrets, I will allow any of the Brethren who may get to know
    • the pyramids, of the mystery temples, and of the churches. You will
    • how the Lemurians developed their building capacity you will get
    • will have an idea of what Freemasonry used to be and you will realise
    • symbol, however, is one which takes hold of the will and leads over
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 8: The Essence and Task of Freemasonry from the Point of View of Spiritual Science - 2
    Matching lines:
    • theosophists you will immediately find something very familiar when I
    • which will presently prove to you how little is left in present-day
    • document. I will read it to you with one or two explanations. What is
    • East”, and will only be transmitted by us in like
    • painting is being taught will not take the paintbrush into his own
    • hand and seek to mix the colours himself? He will never become an
    • something, like a professor who says: I will illustrate this
    • as archetypal. But we will never take the form, the vessel, the
    • ritual, the symbols for their content, but will seek the spiritual
    • Understand what it means: the whole of the mineral kingdom will
    • evolution. It will be included in such a way that man will gradually
    • the meaning of the Molten Sea, that the whole of mineral nature will
    • mineral, will be perfected when our present Round of evolution has
    • come to an end. The whole of mineral nature will then have been
    • changed. Man will have put his stamp on it, just as he imprints his
    • revive. In the first stage, the outer form will be grasped. The next
    • step will be when man has learned to think right into the mineral
    • that this will come about: a new point of departure from the atom
    • into the mineral-physical world. That will be what will enter into
    • will also be regenerated. In Freemasonry the occultist has something
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 9: The Essence and Task of Freemasonry from the Point of View of Spiritual Science - 3
    Matching lines:
    • tasks, certain aspects of which will be discussed in the near future.
    • Organisation will be available; the vessel will be there which is
    • will give you an inkling. That is one lesson which Cagliostro taught
    • I will
    • Count of St. Germain was right. I will only add a few more touches
    • obvious that it will lead to a state of affairs in which the brothers
    • who have congregated together will mainly do nothing but bring
    • It is correct to say that humanity will be
    • astonished by some of the discoveries which will be made in the near
    • future. But they will be rather premature discoveries and will
    • are led to such revelations through their own memories. That will
    • discoveries. People will imagine that medical science was the
    • discoverer of such things. In reality people will have been led to
    • things will mature in the near future and therefore we shall speak
    • difficult to say at the moment what form the matter will take in
    • Great Britain and Germany. You will perceive that one must reckon
    • therefore — if it is to concern itself with such matters -will also
    • in one or other direction. They will not always be able to take part
    • will be filled with occult knowledge. Occult knowledge has to be cast
    • the Molten Sea. That will become recognised when what is now
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 10: Evolution and Involution as they are Interpreted by Occult Societies [The Atom as Congealed Electricity]
    Matching lines:
    • The lecture today, therefore, will be more in the
    • will realise it — that the world cannot do without such societies. To
    • However, you will gradually attain this consciousness, and without
    • does, of course, perish and become dust; it will be broken up. Not a
    • trace of it will survive. But what it has done does not vanish
    • trace of your spirit and will carry this trace with it. It is not a
    • that you have wrought in the atom will never again be lost to it.
    • made upon the general consciousness [of mankind]. just so much will
    • difficult to understand this rule. However, you will now grasp that
    • will give you back. That is connected with the greatest universal
    • spread around you. And what is now spread around you will become your
    • inner life. You will take into yourself what is now the mineral
    • kingdom, and it will become your inner part. The plant kingdom will
    • become your inner part. What surrounds you in Nature will become your
    • You will
    • This higher self will be united with all other higher selves, so that
    • what will, through ourselves, constitute our future being.
    • mineral world, as such, we perceive; what we make out of it we will,
    • world and of the world of men, that too we will be, in the future. If
    • it, what you have contributed, you will be. If a man does nothing
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of Secret Societies in the World. The Atom as Coagulated Electricity
    Matching lines:
    • the Epiphany. The lecture today, therefore, will be more in the nature of a
    • But I can tell you — and in the course of the lecture you will
    • through these many lives. This consciousness, however, will gradually arise
    • perish and become dust; not a trace of it will survive. But what you have
    • vanish without a trace. Every atom bears a trace of your spirit and will
    • machine, and this change that you have wrought in the atom will never again
    • and how greatly his consciousness will be enhanced by them. Certain men,
    • but it will now be clear to you why the aim of the Freemasons is to work in
    • will give back to you. The measure of what you yourself place into the
    • world is the measure of the consciousness that the world will give back to
    • what is now around you will become your inner life. You will take into
    • yourselves what is now the mineral kingdom and it will become part of your
    • inner being; similarly the plant kingdom. What surrounds you in nature will
    • You will understand
    • because it is not done only for the self; the higher self will be united
    • knew: In future times the mineral world will be spiritualized; to build
    • ourselves prepare and make ready in the world — that is what will
    • what you have contributed will become an integral part of you. If a man
    • It will not be
    • it will be with nature. We take nature into ourselves from outside and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 11: Concerning the Lost Temple and How It Is To Be Restored - 1
    Matching lines:
    • will explain a great allegory, and deal with an object which is known
    • Thereby I will also have to touch upon a theme which is much
    • mathematics. Then he will have to learn how it is to be made,
    • another in the belief that a house will thereby come into being of
    • is just the same if one asserts that, in social life, things will
    • at the upper part of a thigh bone and you will see how wonderfully it
    • anatomist will always speak with the utmost admiration of the human
    • which like a wandering will-o’-the-wisp, must still wait for
    • the future to offer it those rules which will act as a guide for its
    • develop a social structure, we must have that which will make the
    • down with someone to a game of cards, it will not do if you do not
    • attitude, then you will have a notion of what it is which is
    • arrived when man himself must awaken the dead to life. That will
    • I will
    • have created Nature and made physical things, then will the temple be
    • will still find the basis of how it used to be. And then, by
    • man's own will, law and order once again shall speak in a loftier and
    • can build towards the temple — only then will the lost temple be
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 12: Concerning the Lost Temple and How It Is To Be Restored - 2
    Matching lines:
    • us consider why the temple was built. And you will see that each word
    • generally, for a future in which Christianity will emerge into a new
    • Christianity rise in the fourth cultural epoch; it will develop
    • One day that will cease again. The earth will again become joined to
    • the sun, and then man will be able to pass through his further
    • sun will again be joined to the earth. Then a new epoch will start in
    • which man will have attained a much higher stage and will no longer
    • future], in the time of the sixth epoch, the time will arrive when
    • man will have become so inwardly purified that he himself becomes a
    • temple for the divine. At that time the sun will enter the sign of
    • it will then be understood completely clearly for the first
    • time should have arrived when Christ will again speak to humanity —
    • Carrier appears. That will
    • be in the sixth cultural epoch. Then man will understand spiritually
    • what he should become. The ego will have attained a certain stage
    • then, when what Solomon's Temple stands for will be reality in the
    • will stand before men the Master who leads men to the comprehension
    • will be ripe for joining in building the great Temple of the Earth;
    • whose soul these images come alive, will become more and more fit to
    • Apocalypse, so that souls will be prepared for these
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 13: Concerning the Lost Temple and How It Is To Be Restored - 3
    Matching lines:
    • become the receptacle of the divine, then will the Temple of Humanity
    • which will be implanted in his lower principles. But within man this
    • you will have come half way to grasping how the life of these three
    • together with his ‘I’, through which he will so transform
    • meaning of the Temple of Solomon will best be understood by whoever
    • also upon intuition and spiritual powers, we will then be aware we
    • are moving into a future in which our dead mineral body will work
    • Indian aphorism rightly says: What you think today, that you will be
    • the whole of human nature, then we will have succeeded, our science
    • will have become a science of the living and not of dead matter. We
    • the Animal Kingdom and the Human Kingdom — which will develop
    • Kingdom with his physical nature, so in the future he will live in
    • embodiment of man into the Human Kingdom proper, in which man will
    • of his own life, then he will have arrived in the seventh Round,
    • where God rests, because man himself creates. Then will have come the
    • seventh Day of Creation, in which man will have taken on the likeness
    • has overcome and stripped off animality, he will have become
    • etheric body will provide the basis, at a higher stage, for the
    • immortal man, who will no longer be subject to death. The etheric
    • nearer will he get to permanence, the less will he perish. Every
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 14: Concerning the Lost Temple and How It Is To Be Restored - 4
    Matching lines:
    • the Tree of Knowledge. Through that, man obtained free will; with it
    • sixth and seventh Races are still to come. After that the earth will
    • — later on man will have this ability. When he is able to control the
    • nature forces — then man will have become a God. To ascribe these
    • is able to control the substance of fire ether, he will be able to
    • in man, then he will also be able to control the rest of what is
    • etheric body which the Chela has built up from within will never be
    • by which all human beings will be in a position to control their
    • the power of the Son, has gone through [this], he will then come to
    • the descent of the Holy Spirit which will lead mankind through to the
    • when Good and Evil will be separated. Man would never have developed
    • so-called Evil Principle. Man had to receive free will so that his
    • That will be in the future. At present man is working into his astral
    • ego can make up its mind to follow the Spirit, just as it will later
    • will understand the connection between the Sons of Cain and the seven
    • Word became entombed in the earth. It will be resurrected again when
    • the earth has advanced as far as the sixth Root Race. Man will raise
    • live in him that will enable the Word to strike a chord in him. This
    • we find the words: ‘Acquire knowledge and you will
    • into everything etheric, so as to make it come alive, then man will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 15: Atoms and the Logos in the Light of Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • race of human beings will arise, when our intellectuality, as it now
    • is, will no longer play the leading role in the world, but will be
    • perspectives to occupy his mind for even only ten minutes a day, will
    • which we ourselves are? We will answer this question by asking
    • comes to Kamaloka. He will then be in the same place as the
    • come to what will influence transformation in the world from a still
    • will now examine the connection between the Logos and the smallest
    • [particles]. I will give you a description — not speculations — of
    • rising to moral ideals and religious communities, and so on; we will
    • of our earth will then have arrived; the earth is then at the end of
    • world will be reshaped exists in the Lodge of the Masters. This plan
    • the whole earth will have an inner structure, an inner articulation,
    • given to it by man himself, so that it will have become a work of
    • then the whole earth will pass over into its astral state. That is
    • will consist of innumerable tiny parts,
    • Round [of earth evolution] will contain the whole plan of the
    • back in the Akashic Record, we will then see that today's atom is
    • of the Earth will be the physical clothing of the next planet [the
    • future Jupiter]. The slightest thing we do will affect the smallest
    • this will be ’between the [Old] Moon and the Earth and again between
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 16: The Relationship of Occultism to the Theosophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • Freemasonry. And that will take place, following an ancient occult
    • practice, separately for men and for women. The lecture for men will
    • theosophical view of things — it will become superseded. That will
    • will have its regular meeting tomorrow
    • friends will understand me all the better today, who have so often
    • plan, and will then be realised in the future. Even when you consider
    • steam engine for example: you will find, if you trace the matter
    • will take effect in the future. Whatever is going to take place here
    • pond will become frozen if the temperature falls, so that skating and
    • so on will be possible. In a similar way do we have [foresight] with
    • will be, in a later period, with the help of astral happenings, as if
    • receives them. Then he will gradually combine with that influencing
    • pupils who follow such spirit-filled ideas, then these will be a
    • great centres of spiritual activity will spring up. You see,
    • body with pictures, without abstract concepts. And the easier it will
    • Indian person with very straightforward pictorial images; and he will
    • we will again have a spiritual culture. And such a culture will again
    • the souls of men and it will flow out of those souls again as style,
    • as art, it will be visibly and audibly there. The world can again be
    • souls, those powers will be prepared which will so transform the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 17: Freemasonry and Human Evolution I
    Matching lines:
    • point in world evolution to exist, then the time will have come for
    • women will participate in the theosophical work on the same
    • And we will see that Freemasonry is in a particular respect in
    • separation is a very definite event, that one can follow; we will now
    • active and that naturally will also be transferred to the men. So
    • the race of Cain and thus, later on, will Hiram-Abiff or Adon-Hiram
    • you need have nothing to fear. To you will be born a son, whom you
    • will not yourself see, but from whom shall spring a race, out of
    • which a new fire worship will develop on the earth. — With the hammer
    • is nothing else than the new race which will one day take the place
    • of the old, the present one; the new race for whom it will no longer
    • be necessary for two sexes to unite with one another, but will again
    • This refers to a far distant future. The old female culture will be
    • relieved by a male culture. The female, as a physical form, will die
    • attained the power for his larynx so to develop that his word will be
    • creative, so that he will produce his own kind through the Word, then
    • the whole of the productive force will be transferred to the male.
    • Then [the work of creation] which was once done by the gods, will be
    • subject to the influence of a race having two sexes. Such laws will
    • grasp it in this way, one will understand why woman was not permitted
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 18: Freemasonry and Human Evolution II
    Matching lines:
    • have to come into existence, which will work out the Karma of
    • Hiram was promised: ‘You will have a son who will found a new race.
    • However, you will not know him.’ This new race must come when the
    • seeks to outlast the female. There will come a time, however, when
    • sexlessness will again be re-established and the struggle is about
    • which of the two sexes will first attain this state of sexlessness.
    • Word. The Word will bring forth the man of the future; for the son of
    • Hiram really will be seen. Fire, the Divine Power, will then
    • establish itself in a new way. A new race will replace the old. In
    • said, will create the world if uttered sufficiently strongly.
    • Man will thus beget spiritual man by means of speech itself once the Word
    • of knowledge] which originates in the nervous system. ‘I will put
    • run parallel to each other, we will now also understand the
    • spiritual realm, what will later happen on the physical plane — the
    • forces in the world will always be understood right away. It may be
    • will run parallel to each other for a long time yet. In order to
    • Freemasonry what will lead it over towards the theosophical movement.
    • will also grasp why, in the Middle Ages, the Church had to evolve a
    • spiritual life which will forge the future. The very first blush of
    • possible, and this will succeed, this will become reality.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 19: The Relationship Between Occult Knowledge and Everyday Life
    Matching lines:
    • will mention another question as well. This question is: How can
    • only gradually acquires form. Whatever [will] gradually make the
    • that everything possible can still be born to it. It will be formed
    • world; such a teacher will also develop the ability to enter into the
    • disposition of the child's soul. He will thus encourage tender and
    • substance. I will make this intelligible to you in the following way.
    • existing there. This will not work, however, because his [the second
    • dissolved in the surrounding intermediary substance, the more he will
    • be correct will still have to be modified in the future. — If he were
    • can make the following test if he says to himself: I will leave it
    • will test it without prejudice. I can live as if this message were
    • and if I do this warily, I will indeed see whether life confirms for
    • me what the occultist says in every individual case. And life will
    • [indeed] confirm it to you in every instance. You will realise a
    • confrontation; whoever does all this will also know he has a duty to
    • consequence of thoughts and feelings, will surely grasp that it is
    • groups such as the theosophical groups, will feel and experience it.
    • observes the unsullied astral bodies of the children, one will find
    • years later, one will see that their appearance has altered. There is
    • personal will still be there in Kamaloka.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 20: The Royal Art in a New Form
    Matching lines:
    • sooner — this ancient custom will be abandoned altogether.
    • recall an incident in my life. Perhaps you will scarcely credit it, and
    • the Lodge. The bishop assented, saying to himself: I will, however,
    • any extent with this literature will draw some sort of conclusion
    • characteristics, we will have something to say presently. Apart from
    • will describe, in our theosophy; procedures which have been in
    • you will find that it divides into three realms — the realm of
    • Freemason subsumes all this in the relation of the will to these
    • are not for him separate; wisdom, beauty and the domain of the will
    • today, and I will indeed explain why. By an example from Freemasonry
    • itself, I will show you why these names contribute nothing essential
    • the highest ideals, he will say that the highest ideals are wisdom,
    • understands something about this, then the discussion will be about
    • symbols will play no small role in times to come, that it is
    • precisely this which will then reveal the parlous state into which
    • at the General Meeting will know
    • judgment will be pronounced on both. Were there an effective medicine
    • whole temple, you will find it to be an inanimate object born out of
    • masters lifeless Nature, and you will see how what is there without
    • fully comprehend this Zeus; in the future, man will reach a level
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • To make this manner of observation clear we will take a particular
    • We will consider what inspired him, what gave him Intuition.
    • themselves: ‘Look at the snake and you will see the sign of your ego’.
    • planetary evolution he will reach still higher stages. All those which
    • he has already passed through he will also retain within him. The
    • further development human beings will not only cast out stones, plants
    • common work. In the future this will also be the case with man; he
    • will separate off his organs. He will have to control consciously from
    • outside all the single molecules of his brain. Then he will have
    • become a higher being. This will also be so with his stages of
    • as the thirteenth and will say: I could not be what I am, if I had not
    • will be brought about in the future by the teachings of Theosophy. Now
    • man has in himself both good and evil. In the future this will become
    • And how at some future time those who are good will have to deal with
    • pictures, now they receive concepts and, in the future, they will have
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Activity, wisdom, will: three leading concepts in esotericism. Life
    • Today we will concern ourselves with three important ideas connected
    • Wisdom, which is also called Word, and thirdly Will. When we speak of
    • The physical body actually represents the will. Will, in contrast to
    • will, such an overabundance of life that it can sacrifice itself. Thus
    • activity, wisdom, will, are the three stages in which all being flows.
    • creating willing servants by this means. It is the rule of white
    • right moment man will behold the Guardian of the Threshold:
    • insanity. It will become ever stronger and more threatening, because
    • yield themselves up completely to materialistic life will in their
    • periphery. All the neurotics of today will be harassed by the Guardian
    • of the Threshold in their next incarnation. They will be pursued by
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • form, life and consciousness. Today we will speak about the different
    • The three parts of the brain (thinking, feeling, willing) must later
    • crust of the earth, so at that stage man also will build a planet. For
    • then went on two. In the distant future the lower organs will fall
    • lotus flower will remain. Then he goes on three. That is why the
    • metamorphosis of the Earth, man will be the three-membered being that
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • totally different consciousness in the case of bees. We will use the
    • consciousness will only be attained by man in the Venus existence.
    • Then he will have the consciousness which is necessary in order to
    • drones are killed. Here we have the prototype of something which will
    • kingdom will be spiritualised by man. He transforms it with the
    • kingdom will be transformed by man. To a great extent this will be
    • Here man will be working right into the molecules and atoms. At the
    • end of the Fourth Round he will have transformed the entire mineral
    • From the Fifth Round onwards man will do the same with the plant
    • kingdom. He will be able consciously to carry out the process which is
    • Round will himself create his body out of the materials of his
    • environment. Sex will cease to exist. Man will then himself have to
    • work on his body, will have to produce it for himself. The same
    • unconsciously, will then be carried out consciously by man.
    • He will then transform matter just as today the plant transforms the air
    • later will be carried out by man.
    • in the beehive, one learns how later on man will produce matter out of
    • himself. In the future the human body will also be built up out of
    • carbon; it will then be like a soft diamond. Then one will no longer
    • inhabit the body from within, but will have it before one as an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • Science throws together all four kinds of ether. Nevertheless it will
    • present time thinking is the form in which man can bring his will to
    • the will. Only later will it be possible for man, rising above the
    • level of thought, to unfold the will in speech.
    • achieved, the heart will have become the organ it was intended to be.
    • future, warmth of soul will flood over mankind.
    • rays outwards. There is an organ which will also become the active
    • the Epiphysis, the organ which will give reality to the images which
    • most imagination. Later he will have magical power. This is the
    • prophetic model (Vorbild). Thinking will later be interpenetrated with
    • warmth, and still later man himself will learn to create. First he
    • still contained in them will later be brought into balance. Tolstoi is
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • Today we will take as our subject the different ranks of beings to
    • stage of development. Today we will deal with seven ranks of beings,
    • what is revealed we must assume the revealers, beings of will nature;
    • which create life. Once man was perfect and he will become so again.
    • But there is a great difference between what he was and what he will
    • become. What is around him in the outer world will later become his
    • spiritual possession. What he has won for himself on the Earth will
    • later become the faculty of being creatively active. This will then
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • and willing sections. Later these three parts, like the three
    • divisions of an ant-heap, will be directed by man from outside. The
    • built up the physical body; in the future this will be so again. But
    • Up to the middle of the Sixth Root-Race (epoch) this will continue,
    • the thought passes outwards through the larynx. The next stage will be
    • that feeling, warmth, passes outwards. Then the word will be the
    • Then not only the warmth-imbued word will go forth, but the word will
    • remain, will be given form through the will, which then lives within
    • Related to this is: ‘I think, I feel, I am’ (will). The word in this
    • into feeling and then into willing. This is a threefold process. First
    • will. This latter is the word become objective. So here too, following
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • will have come to an end, the sun also will be re-united with the
    • You will often have heard that man usually incarnates after a period
    • Christianity will be proclaimed. ‘Water-Man’ is also the one who will
    • will again be the forerunner of Christ, when the Sixth, the spiritual
    • sub-race will be founded. The Theosophical Movement should be the
    • the Sixth sub-race when he will be proclaimed by the ‘Water-Man’.
    • differentiation will be totally overcome.
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • thoughts, feelings and will impulses of present-day man. Materialism,
    • We will try to understand the physical body somewhat more exactly. At
    • others will become physical during the further development of the
    • and hearing. In time man will develop two other senses into proper
    • (hypophysis) and the pineal gland (epiphysis). These will develop the
    • two future senses in the physical body which will then have seven
    • As now, when man speaks he influences the air, so later he will gain
    • general, will express itself in the air and indeed in forms, for
    • example as crystals. At the next stage feeling will also be involved
    • with thinking. Development will work backwards. The warmth of the
    • heart will then express itself in oscillations, and flow outwards
    • together with thought. And the last stage will be achieved by man when
    • he will create actual beings which remain; when through the word he
    • will externalise what he wills. The expression of feeling is merely a
    • transition. When man becomes creative through the will, then the
    • beings which he brings forth will have actual existence.
    • In times to come man will bring forth into his surroundings what he
    • feels. This will be imparted to the fluid element. The entire fluid
    • element of the planet which will follow next (the future Jupiter) will
    • airwaves vanish. Out of these words the Future Jupiter will later be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • when the physical body is suggested away by a strong act of will. Then
    • (epochs) he will have become so spiritualised that he will again have
    • an astral form. This future astral condition of form however will
    • Earth will have become completely transformed, so that eventually
    • there will be no single atom on the earth that has not been worked
    • When the Fourth Round comes to an end the entire mineral kingdom will
    • Cologne cathedral will appear as a plant in the next Round.
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • consciously and out of his own will does not act in accordance with
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • Sixth Epoch, has reached its conclusion, the ego will have completely
    • worked into the astral body. Until then the astral body will continue
    • last third of the Sixth Root-Race will the entire astral body be
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • things spoken of in the other lectures. It will deal with the activity
    • influence. Materialists will say: ‘What purpose could this have
    • sect will in their next incarnation be united by a common tie, in
    • and the bad. In the Fifth Round there will no longer be a mineral
    • We have to distinguish the separate wills of individual human beings
    • individual wills into a common will. In this way we have a collective
    • will only attain much later. They stand at the stage that will only be
    • Above the stage of Wisdom is the stage of Will, of manifested
    • activity. The Spirits of Wisdom (Kyriotetes) and the Spirits of Will
    • ordered, after man himself will have become a planetary spirit.
    • What we speak today will actually be present there as foundation, just
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • We will speak today about man's sojourn in Devachan between two
    • the spirit, will over there perceive just as much of the spiritual as
    • unite on a purely spiritual basis. It is the will of the Masters to
    • group the opening of a spiritual eye in Devachan. One will then see
    • existence’ means, will now become clear to us. Before we descended to
    • present surround the Earth will in the future play an individualised
    • forces which during the next Planetary Evolution will become our own
    • will look up to a moon that has arisen out of our present physical
    • earth and as a soul-less body of slag will circle round the future
    • Jupiter. On Future Jupiter man will develop new forces which today on
    • sense perceptions. Later he will ray out everything which he had
    • through his soul will then be reality. So the theosophical conception
    • have, experiences which will later radiate outwards. The warmth of the
    • earth, the rays of the sun, which now stream towards us, will later
    • from us, so it will be with these new forces.
    • the Earth, man will have completely fashioned the organs of the
    • This will come about for the whole of mankind when all the
    • World-Rounds are completed. Then everything will have become human
    • wisdom. Warmth and light will then have become wisdom. Between the
    • strongly with what should become slag. This will come about when the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • will one day become active as spiritual organs.
    • and Power, then in your higher bodies you will develop those organs
    • will, in their effects, remain connected with the inmost part of the
    • is meant everything that lives itself out in the will. In these three
    • transformed. When the Earth again becomes astral everything will have
    • differentiates between the pleasing and the unpleasing will reach the
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • understanding of the significance of Nirvana, but we will try to gain
    • will happen in the future.
    • have those thoughts which will produce new connections between one
    • goodwill. One finds with most actions that they are rooted in the old:
    • become selfless will they too become something for the whole of
    • world will be there in which our entire thinking no longer lives
    • now enter into the following thoughts: Will the humanity, i.e., what
    • remains of us, which will inhabit a future planet, will this humanity
    • still think? Just as little as a new race will speak the same language
    • as the previous one, just as little will the future humanity still
    • next planet man will not think, but will comprehend the surrounding
    • incarnated in thinking, but in the future will be incarnated in
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • development speaks, he will try in certain cases, while speaking, to
    • next planetary existence. From the pictures there will resound what
    • later will be manifested on the earth, but whoever works out of
    • concept is inherent in every apocalypse: What will be manifested in
    • What we perceive around us will no longer be there when we appear
    • the world of perception will have no effect whatever on the future
    • incarnation; only in this incarnation will it have a Karma-building
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVIII
    Matching lines:
    • that time, higher spiritual beings had an influence on the unfree will;
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIX
    Matching lines:
    • that they reached their proper stage on the Old Moon will cause no
    • stronger killing, for it destroys the will. The occultist therefore
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XX
    Matching lines:
    • etheric body; only nothing of this will be experienced by the sleeper.
    • in a good way towards what will lead to the higher self.
    • the course of some thousands of years will become our self is now the
    • parts, he will be able to see his earlier incarnations. The
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXI
    Matching lines:
    • possessing all three will in his next incarnation become a human being
    • spheres of life, judgements will be, reached equally objectively and
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXII
    Matching lines:
    • Now we will first look away from death and picture the human being in
    • will attain another consciousness.
    • after a period of time. On the one hand it will have established
    • about is again taken up by man as his Karma. Man will always be the
    • exert his will, he only needs to form his actions in such a way that
    • Beauty and Strength will be reflected into us. Wisdom is the
    • If our will enables us to carry this through, then we have strength:
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIII
    Matching lines:
    • Adepts came to them and said: You must not follow Jehovah. He will not
    • however if Jehovah had continued his work alone will reappear in the
    • Sixth Root-Race, when man will have become so spiritualised that he
    • will regain Kriya-shakti, the creative power of reproduction. He will
    • Zeus will not allow human beings to get fire.
    • Hero in the Sixth Race will make him able to develop further without
    • tribe of Judah. The representative of the Eagle will come only later;
    • The third impulse will be represented by an Adept who was already an
    • creatively is able to renounce completely his lower nature, then will
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIV
    Matching lines:
    • made up of such substance. At the end of its evolution the Earth will
    • themselves. When man is again on an astral Earth he will be able to
    • man will give himself his form out of his inner force; hence this is
    • Rupa and an Arupa Globe will have similar conditions. Man must refine
    • himself so completely that finally he will only be like a seed, in a
    • times will it become so again. Every such densification and
    • mineral kingdom. A time will come when, as the product of his
    • activity, he will have worked over and transformed the mineral
    • kingdom, so that no particle will then remain whose nature has not
    • That is the redemption of a kingdom. In the Fourth Round man will have
    • redeemed the mineral kingdom, when he will have transformed it by his
    • will be there, but the whole Earth will have become a plant. Man will
    • him; for example in the Fifth Round, Cologne Cathedral will grow as a
    • The Cologne Cathedral will eventually grow as plant world out of what
    • will then be the ground. In the atmosphere of the Fifth Round, we find
    • and in the Seventh Round the human kingdom. Then man will be mature
    • must later redeem them. After the Seventh Round and a Pralaya he will
    • so in the future will they conform to what is moral. They will be
    • of this later moral gradation. Categories of Karma will be indicated
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXV
    Matching lines:
    • When once again this will be present in consciousness, a knowledge of
    • God will be possible.
    • meaning through living consciousness, then once more religions will be
    • On the future Venus a complete consciousness in the etheric body will
    • develop. Then, while man sleeps, he will gain a consciousness
    • We will now take a further step forward. When we see a thought form,
    • Planet the colours and forms will be prototypes of what man will then
    • In the Fifth Round, the plastic-astral man will no longer need to
    • retain his hand. The hand will only be formed when it is needed. It
    • will be something like a tendril, because then everything will have
    • existence will be a plant-product. Likewise everything that proceeds
    • from man will be plantlike. We shall then be living in the plant
    • everything that proceeds from man, which streams out from him, will be
    • a living product that has within it life and sensation. A word will
    • In the Seventh Round man will create himself. He will then be able to
    • duplicate, to reproduce himself. In the Seventh Round everyone will
    • will be the bearer of all earthly experiences. To begin with this will
    • will draw itself together, become atomic and form the atoms of
    • The White Lodge will be looked upon as a unity, an ego comprising
    • everything. All human egos and all separateness will be given up and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVI
    Matching lines:
    • Fifth Round mankind will once again be able to see spiritually, having
    • Lucifer. If one has the will to ascend the heights in order to find
    • more spiritualised, quicksilver will also become solid. At one time
    • evolution. It will become solid when the God Mercury has fulfilled his
    • the Lernaean Hydra, whose head always grows anew. Mere Manas will
    • then the Hydra will be conquered. Blood came into the Earth with the
    • there will arise the faculty of organising oneself from within
    • outwards. Then the Earth will be transformed into a sphere on which
    • man will create his form from within outwards. The Earth will then be
    • human being not only works plastically on his form, but will be able
    • to place his own thoughts into the form. On the Fifth Globe man will
    • be able, for instance, to form a hand; on the Sixth Globe he will be
    • Seventh Globe everything will again become formless. Everything will
    • We will now consider our present Ego. There are within it a multitude
    • will be present as reflected image in our Ego. When at last we have
    • all this within us we will form it from within outwards. This will be
    • ego. This content of his Ego will be vivified by Buddhi and later, on
    • the Fifth Globe he will give all this form. On the Sixth Globe all
    • this will be present as thought and on the Seventh Globe everything
    • will be drawn together into the atom. In the next Round man will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVII
    Matching lines:
    • the time when the Vulcan evolution will have come to an end. Whereas
    • the will. In the creative activity of the First Logos there is
    • Now you will also comprehend the connection with fire worship which
    • Globe will arise of itself. It will simply be there as astral beings,
    • In childhood the foundation of what man will have in old age is
    • eliminate the damage in the astral body, otherwise he will break down
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVIII
    Matching lines:
    • We will give you yet another special example of how one can immerse
    • which will only develop in the future, would perceive water and earth.
    • with what we call matter. We will first follow the development of our
    • Fifth Continent will be brought about through evil. We can observe a
    • The Fifth Root-Race will bring man to his downfall through what must
    • The Sixth Sub-Race will develop a Super-psychic Manas. What with human
    • beings today is merely a kind of knowledge will become actual reality,
    • will come forth as shaper of the social order. The Sixth Sub-Race will
    • Thinking which is altruistic will develop the predisposition to the
    • The Seventh Sub-Race will be a premature birth. It will make outwardly
    • In the Sixth Sub-Race the predisposition will be given for the
    • between selfhood and selflessness. The man of the Sixth Sub-Race, will
    • is within. With the Seventh Sub-Race a kind of hypertrophy will come
    • about. Man will then pour out what he now has within him: his egoism.
    • On the other hand the members of the Sixth Sub-Race will hold the
    • balance. The Seventh Sub-Race will harden egoism. Later the
    • English-American people will be projected as something rigidified into
    • direction the whole Earth will be overlaid with egoism. It is from
    • England and America that all the discoveries come that will cover the
    • Earth will be covered by a network of egotistic evil. But from a small
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIX
    Matching lines:
    • We will now throw yet more light on the hidden working of Karma and
    • will understand this.
    • illnesses. Whoever sees into these things will of course not take them
    • But a real improvement will never come about through these external
    • What will come about later always reveals itself in advance through
    • Now we will try to survey somewhat longer periods of time. We know
    • out of himself. In the future good and evil will be there in external
    • that future time the human countenance will appear in transfigured
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXX
    Matching lines:
    • will follow concerning the different races. First however attention
    • will be drawn to certain things, the reasons for which only appear in
    • such matters as we now wish to deal with. They will nevertheless
    • a general nature. The next thing will be that wine is again turned
    • the forerunners of that humanity which will exist in the future.
    • When our Fifth Sub-Race will have reached its end, in the Sixth
    • Sub-Race, the Last Supper will be understood. Even before this it will
    • appearance, the purely mineral. Man himself will then be able to
    • him. Later he will advance and will himself prepare in the chemical
    • laboratory the substances he will require.
    • whole of humanity this will die. Towards the middle of the Sixth
    • Root-Race, in the last third, there will no longer be a physical body.
    • Then the entire human being will again be etheric. It will pass over
    • into the finer substance. But this will not happen if man himself does
    • When man begins to nourish himself, the foundation will also be laid
    • for something higher, that is, self-propagation. He will gradually
    • Sub-Race of the Fifth Root-Race the ‘I’ will again reach a higher
    • begins a new impact with the Slavonic Peoples which will lead into the
    • future. A kind of break with the past will be brought about by a
    • people who will introduce a new impulse into the world. This is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXXI
    Matching lines:
    • the veil of illusion, he will appear to you as such; if however you
    • turn away from illusion you will realise that there is no such thing
    • Chaldea or Egypt, everywhere you will find a pronounced awareness of
    • — “that your brothers will bow down to you.” Here the
    • One must get to know such relationships between peoples, then one will
    • clear day consciousness future peoples will develop a spiritual
    • culture which will be different from the old. For this reason
    • are only advance posts of what will develop in the European East, what
    • will proceed from the fructification of the Folk element and European
  • Title: First Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • John. I would mention that what I have to say will only
    • Wille, the editor of the paper “Der Freidenker”
    • who are less ingenious will explain the scriptures less
    • ingeniously. Others who are more ingenious will be better.
    • Much will be read into it that springs from human ingenuity.
    • world) which lies even deeper, will come to a new and higher
    • has received. It is something like this — I will
    • briefly describe it. The supporting evidence I will not deal
    • will describe — what today is achieved through long
    • lectures will know that there are seven such organs. They are
    • Gospel. Don't misunderstand me. I know many will say: If all
    • a spell in our souls. These great eternal verities will rise
    • will verify what is said in my first twelve chapters.
    • future this divine man will arise resurrected in every man.
    • experienced it on the astral plane. However it will gradually
    • will use a crude comparison to make clear what I mean. You
    • this you will be able to understand certain hints and truths
    • in the John Gospel. You will be able to understand certain
    • you will find no mention of John anywhere. Consider Lazarus
    • Gospel, then will one be able to understand it in its true
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Second Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • that he who seeks the path today will be led along different
    • We will
    • with the crown of thorns. Pains in the head will be felt in
  • Title: Third Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • St. John. Today we will add something which goes even deeper.
    • A few examples will show that I have not forced an arbitrary
    • remain dark and unintelligible. First I will remind you of
    • they will, becomes his own feeling and his own will. The
    • is complete. Jesus answered him, and said that it will become
    • Nicodemus, which you will find in the third chapter. There we
    • this chapter really carefully will see that this is what is
    • Jewish law that God will visit the sins of the fathers upon
    • and will glorify it again.’” And further in verse
    • lifted up from the earth will draw all men unto me.’
    • refers to a much later time, the time when all men will
    • this comes about then will He reappear to them.
    • conception. Christ will reappear in the world. The doctrine
    • read theosophical books you will find that the time between
    • penetrates deeper, one will find more and more. If we want to
    • which I will now explain. One did not look to the outer
    • will furnish evidence that it is not forced. Superficial
    • reverence is of the utmost importance, for it will become
    • look around the world you will have to admit that man as he
    • and then man will again be able to master life. As it is, he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture I: The Birth of the Intellect and the Mission of Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • a matter of twenty years or so, a certain number of them will already
    • re-emerge and in the coming centuries they will play an important part
    • plane of Spirit. It is the world of Spirit to which man will attain in
    • the centuries to come, and to which he will be wending his way from
    • Spirit of Love, divine and human. In this sense, Theology will tend to
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture II: The Mission of Manicheism
    Matching lines:
    • Just as man has wrested himself from the animal so will he wrest
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture III: God, Man, Nature
    Matching lines:
    • Europe and then released to the air, will fly back again and meet each
    • him in opposition to the Divine Will which has created him in its
    • shall return to this later on. Here we will merely recall the
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture IV: Involution and Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • which makes the dough rise. Man's present faculty of dreaming will
    • future will awaken to the full light of consciousness and he will live
    • the consciousness which will be possessed by all men in future ages;
    • The materialist will not admit that the thoughts stimulated in us by
    • All that has entered into us without our conscious will under
    • must bring out of ourselves by dint of conscious will
    • The pyramids will perish in the course of the centuries but the ideas
    • which gave them birth will develop onwards. The cathedral of today
    • will take another form. Raphael's pictures will fall into dust but the
    • soul of Raphael and the ideas which his creations represent will be
    • living powers forever. The Art of today will be the Nature of tomorrow
    • and will blossom again in her. Thus does Involution become Evolution.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture V: Yoga In East and West
    Matching lines:
    • controlling them at will. The Initiate possesses Atma to the
    • soul. Thought must be permeated with feeling; otherwise it will not
    • pass into the realm of soul and it will be stillborn thought.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VI: Yoga In East and West (Conclusion)
    Matching lines:
    • intelligence and will. This fusion is of benefit to man but he pays
    • succeed in separating them, the yellow will descend and the blue will
    • If it is said that compassion suffices, our answer will be: compassion
    • control of the will. They must be the outcome of inner initiative.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VII: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • Christ. To this the occultist will reply: ‘If there were no eye
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VIII: The Christian Mystery
    Matching lines:
    • in man, are united: the faculties of willing, feeling and thinking.
    • We must learn to separate and to re-unite them at will. So long, for
    • willing produces in the brain a change that is symbolised by the Crown
    • inner will. The disciple brings about the separation by an act of
    • conscious volition. A flash of his will re-establishes the link
    • impulses of will, his desires and his thoughts, appears to the
    • following comparison will give us some idea of what is meant. We
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture IX: The Astral World
    Matching lines:
    • There are yet other worlds above and beyond these three but they will
    • presentiment of them. We will concern ourselves here with planetary
    • rhythm of incarnation and reincarnation had a beginning and will have
    • his acts be collected and an idea of the character will be presented
    • case of violent death that is not caused by the will of man, the
    • which will generate this or that force in the wielder of the knife.
    • are inspired by deeply moral motives. But it will not be possible to
    • conscious access to the astral world, clairvoyance will enable doctors
    • vivisection will be abandoned as worthless.
    • will reappear in times to come, on the physical plane. What we sow in
    • This will make us realise how essential it is to nourish ourselves
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture X: The Astral World (continued)
    Matching lines:
    • The occultist will never dream of imposing dogmas. He is one who tells
    • undeveloped. In future ages they will all be visible, for the first
    • acquisition of six virtues will, in times to come, develop the other
    • of the nose. As yet it is an undeveloped astral organ which will one
    • two today, is destined subsequently to atrophy. The left hand will
    • The heart will be the brain of the chest — an organ of knowledge.
    • today on two feet; in the future he will ‘fly’ and will
    • developed from the two-petalled lotus which will be the motive organ
    • of his will, and for the rest, the organ arising by a metamorphosis of
    • the left half of the chest, and the left hand. Such will be the organs
    • The present organs of reproduction will atrophy as well as the right
    • side and the right hand. Man will give birth to his like by the force
    • of the word; his word will mould ethereal bodies like his own.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XI: The Devachanic World (Heaven)
    Matching lines:
    • functions in earthly and cosmic life, it will be best to take our
    • another. The physiognomy and bodily form do not depend upon the will
    • In future ages there will be conscious participation on the part of
    • lower kingdoms of Nature. The consciousness of man will govern the
    • the Spirit is to forge the future. A time will come when there will be
    • no question of ‘miracle’ or chance. Flora and fauna will be
    • In future ages man will learn to mould all the kingdoms of Nature with
    • substances. He will give form to living beings and take upon himself
    • the labours of the Gods. Thus will he transform the Earth into
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XII: The Devachanic World (Continued)
    Matching lines:
    • pure intellect, apart from its content. A new world will then be
    • streaming currents of life) will be added the perception of its
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XIII: The Logos and the Word
    Matching lines:
    • We will endeavour in contemplation to retrace the stages of man's
    • possessed another faculty — a mighty power of will. Today, man
    • can no longer work directly with his will upon the life forces. He
    • cannot, for example, hasten the growth of plants by an act of will.
    • from the subjective to the objective and he will finally be led from
    • individual will, towards the Spiritual.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XIV: The Logos and Man
    Matching lines:
    • the point of view of his form and his body. We will now consider the
    • and he will pass through others too. There is always one central
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XV: The Evolution of Planets and Earth
    Matching lines:
    • beginning was the work of the Gods — will have received the stamp
    • truth, beauty and goodness. And then, those who come after him will
    • institutions are the germs from which a future world will come to
    • Having transformed the mineral world, man will learn to transform the
    • future times he will be able to create and give shape to plant-life by
    • working upon plant-substance. At a still higher stage, he will give
    • form not only to living beings but to conscious beings. He will
    • able to reproduce his like by an act of conscious will, he will
    • he drew his first breath; consciousness will reach its stage of
    • the stage of higher creative consciousness, he will be able to
    • communicate images to the air. The word will then be an Imagination
    • will be giving body to the word which bears and sustains the image.
    • will live.
    • ‘images’ will lead a real and actual existence, comparable
    • to animal existence. At the highest stage of evolution, man will thus
    • process of the Earth's transformation, the whole atmosphere will
    • where he will have the power to mould his environment in the image of
    • will be produced at the final stage of evolution. When that final
    • stage has come, these bodies will be a fit expression of the Logos.
    • In times to come, the physical body will disappear; man and the Earth
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVI: Earthquakes, Volcanoes, and Human Will
    Matching lines:
    • EARTHQUAKES, VOLCANOES, AND HUMAN WILL
    • and will again be united at the end. These two ancient cosmic bodies
    • condition will dawn of conscious astral imagination during a period
    • known as Jupiter. This will be followed by a period of Venus where we
    • Finally, a period of Vulcan will come into being which corresponds to
    • this will have happened the soul of man will have become totally
    • independent of the physical body and astral imaginative vision will
    • which they will densify and finally become solid. The Earth is both
    • 6) This fire-earth is composed of pure will, of elemental vital
    • truly a reservoir of will forces. If one were to exert pressure on
    • the power of this sphere. It is the power of Love which will transform
    • it inasmuch as it will spiritualize the very body of the Earth. This
    • intimately connected with the human will. It is this element which has
    • an end. At that time the forces which nourish the human will went
    • result of the human will which, when it is evil and chaotic,
    • the human will is devoid of egoism, it is able to appease this fire.
    • the human will and telluric cataclysms: in human beings who perish as
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVII: Redemption and Liberation
    Matching lines:
    • ultimately to acquire by their own free-will. Christ came to the Earth
    • action, bad or good, man augments his debit or credit. Those who will
    • who will not venture to embark upon a new transaction because he does
    • suffers and lives for others. There will come a time in the future
    • when outer redemption will coincide in each man with the interior act
    • Christ, he will be a free being. For if necessity is the law of the
    • only acquired step by step and it will not be fully manifest in man
    • until the end of his evolution, when his nature will be truly
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVIII: The Apocalypse
    Matching lines:
    • millennia to a divine humanity, to a time when the Earth herself will
    • will proceed in the same way and consider how man has gradually become
    • repulsion seemed to be a marvelous symphony of divine will; the music
    • significance of Ptolemy's system will be recognised again in ages to
    • Our fifth epoch will be followed by another, the sixth. This sixth
    • epoch will see the development of brotherhood among men, clairvoyance
    • and creative power. What will Christianity be in the sixth epoch? To
    • the two streams will again unite. Mechanical science will become
    • spiritually creative. This will be Gnosis-spiritual consciousness.
    • This sixth epoch which will be radically different from our own, will
    • be preceded by mighty cataclysms. It will be as spiritual as ours has
    • physical catastrophes. The sixth epoch will prepare for a seventh
    • epoch. This seventh epoch will be the end of the Post-Atlantean
    • civilisations and conditions of earthly life will be entirely
    • will be a revolution of the elements analogous to that which put an
    • end to Atlantis, and the subsequent eras will know a spirituality
    • feelings, will find expression in the outer world and become his
    • the evil in him today will form a race of degenerate beings. In our
    • a time will come when he will no longer be able to do so, when the
    • good and the evil will be written in indelible characters upon his
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture I: The Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • “Jacob, Jacob, today you are small, but one day you will be great.
    • will find in his works much that is taught today in Theosophy.
    • in these lectures will be from the standpoint of practical occultism;
    • they will contain nothing that is mere theory and cannot be put into
    • must go deeper. Even superficial observation will make it clear that
    • Theosophy will have nothing to do with conditions where consciousness is
    • physical body by the strength of his own will. The gap left will, however,
    • not be empty; he will see before him the etheric body glowing with a
    • what we shall see will be a delicate cloud of light, inwardly full of
    • to delicate nuances, you will be able to recognise a man's temperament
    • and intellectual development of a man, the more will his “I”
    • upon the etheric body. Then he will be called a Chela, a pupil. He can
    • has reached this stage is called an Adept; he will then have developed in
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture II: The Three Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • I will reply by quoting
    • long will it take me to achieve this faculty of spiritual sight? To
    • Row. He says: One man will achieve it in seventy incarnations, another
    • or seven hours; or it will come, as the Bible says, “like a thief
    • it. Anyone whose senses are opened to the astral world will at first
    • will be effective; but a knowledge of the truth gives morality a sound
    • and form, and it will be a thought which gives strength to our neighbour.
    • will take much greater care to speak the truth and avoid lies than if
    • wants to know something about Caesar: he will take some little incident
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture III: Life of the Soul in Kamaloka
    Matching lines:
    • specific task. It does not, as some Theosophists will tell you, merely
    • of dreams we will deal with later.
    • If the hypnotism is repeated, the etheric body will develop an inclination
    • person's faculty of memory will be. While the etheric body is firmly
    • appropriate senses. If we can clearly envisage what will remain when
    • and enjoys his food. The clairvoyant will see the satisfaction of his
    • such occasions he will encounter again as he lives through the Kamaloka
    • will be twenty-five years. And what happens then? The astral bodies
    • will you see spreading out from the bluish sphere which is his Ego-centre.
    • his time in Kamaloka, he will be ready to raise the higher part of his
    • little will be left behind; a powerful higher astral body will go with
    • him, for he will have worked greatly on himself. The remaining part
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture IV: Devachan
    Matching lines:
    • he will find when he reincarnates today. Nowadays a child's life between
    • returns to the Earth only when he will find quite new conditions and
    • possibilities of development, and after a few centuries they will always
    • considerations will give us the answer and we shall see how the changing
    • period of 2,160 years. It will then have had all the experiences available
    • to it under the conditions of that period; and the person will have
    • all the others, you will be in Devachan. What is the point of seeing
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture V: Human Tasks in the Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • it, a comparison with something that occurs on Earth will perhaps bring
    • this feeling to the spiritual level and you will have some conception
    • a picture of all this for yourselves, you will have some idea of the
    • bliss of Devachan; but anyone who has any knowledge of it will use few
    • This will go on increasingly, and what man cannot accomplish here, he
    • man succeeds in developing himself, the more quickly and perfectly will
    • man, who has worked on his lower impulses, will dissolve very quickly,
    • returns to a new birth, and he will then face a difficult destiny. It
    • Parents who will be exactly
    • then enters the body, and this will result in the birth of an epileptic
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VI: The Upbringing of Children. Karma.
    Matching lines:
    • on questions of education will be deeply useful to humanity long before
    • will be disturbed. During the first seven years it is best to leave
    • a child's sense-organs. He will see with his eyes how people round
    • his own inner powers to work. A normal child will reject the doll and
    • habits, his memory, everything which will give his character a firm
    • foundation. The child will grow up like a will-o'-the-wisp if
    • so that with their aid he will stand firm against the storms of life.
    • quite naturally, so that the child will believe before it has knowledge
    • which will show how from birth to the seventh year the essential thing
    • board. It will burn a hole in the wood. Take another ball, heat it but
    • throw it into water before you put it on the board, and then it will
    • experience, and its behaviour will vary accordingly. Thus the effect
    • industry or moral activity, will certainly have its effect in later
    • Anyone who really takes this law into his thinking and feeling will
    • of years, the law will of its own accord become part of our feelings.
    • that is my karma.” Or perhaps someone will say: “The law
    • life. I will start being really good in a later life; for the moment
    • I will enjoy myself. I have plenty of time; I shall be returning to
    • Earth and I will make a start then.” Someone else says: “I
    • may have done in this life will have its effect, and so will everything
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VII: Workings of the Law of Karma in Human Life
    Matching lines:
    • so on which transform the astral body during a long life will produce
    • If he makes the effort to do good, he will be born in his next life
    • with the tendency to do good and that will be a characteristic of his
    • will engender in his astral body something which will become a
    • world will find in his next life that he cannot stick at anything. But
    • he will be born with a special predilection for everything that reminds
    • strong will, is bold, courageous, with an urge to action. Alexander
    • this temperament will take the lead in childhood games.
    • will be taken away from him and would like to keep everything under
    • things and has not merely looked on at them, he will become a choleric.
    • this will work karmically into the etheric body of his next life: he
    • will become a phlegmatic or a sanguine type.
    • body will create a predisposition to good or bad health. Good habits
    • will produce good health; bad ones will create a tendency to some specific
    • bad habit will work down into the physical body and produce a tendency
    • get a disease will depend on what we do; but whether we are specially
    • conditions decaying astral substances will flourish. Thus the astral
    • Philology will not help
    • influences. But you will at least find some evidence for the descent
    • some will always be cleverer at it than others. But there is also a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VIII: Good and Evil. Individual Karmic Questions.
    Matching lines:
    • We will continue our
    • will age quickly in their next life; they seem to shrivel up. On the
    • have loved others, you will remain young and hale. In this way you can
    • yesterday, you will have in mind a question: How is it with the
    • general law holds for the history of man's evolution. You will see from
    • has within him something that later on will be outside — his karma,
    • himself, so will he thrust good and evil out into the world. The good
    • will result in a race of men who are naturally good; the evil in a separate
    • evil race. You will find this stated in the Apocalypse, but it must
    • to become outward, and man will rise still higher when his karma has
    • Order knew that some day there will be men in whose karma there is no
    • longer any evil, but that there will also be a race evil by nature,
    • among whom all kinds of evil will be developed to a higher degree than
    • in the most savage animals, for they will practise evil consciously,
    • of the task is that these evil races will not be like bad children in
    • transformed evil will become a quite special good. The power to effect
    • this change will bring about a condition of moral holiness on Earth. But
    • then the power needed to overcome the evil will yield a power that can
    • physical world of the senses, you will never understand illness, or the
    • We will now deal with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture IX: Evolution of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • on the higher members will of course reach a higher degree of perfection,
    • more marvellous will it appear to us to be. Take, for instance, the
    • transformations, or Form-conditions, so that Saturn will have passed
    • will be three more planets: Jupiter, Venus and Vulcan.
    • the deeper relationships will regard the plant as an inverted man. Below
    • This planetary stage will
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture X: Progress of Mankind Up To Atlantean Times
    Matching lines:
    • the course of time they had ascended higher, just as we, too, will have
    • in their early times, a very powerful will. They were able, for instance,
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XI: The Post-Atlantean Culture-Epochs
    Matching lines:
    • will of your God. Your's must be a bad God if he does not teach his
    • by another race which will retrace the path to the spirit. The achievement
    • will become more spiritual again.
    • picture of the world will prevail. Generally we hear that Copernicus
    • onward in a spiral. For the present this fact will be left aside, but
    • in the future humanity will return to it. Copernicus stood on a frontier,
    • out of this fundamental view of truth, Theosophy will develop an inner
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XII: Occult Development
    Matching lines:
    • You will have gathered
    • and if someone has achieved more than others, he will not have achieved
    • will gradually become able to gain knowledge for themselves. You should
    • seem to have occurred in that extended period. This will also help you to
    • a symbol of some latent illness which will come out in a few days'
    • result of inner development, the first indication you will notice is
    • will gain knowledge through your dreams, provided only that you pay
    • you cannot possibly experience physically. You will find that in your
    • just said, you will experience pictures of things which have no existence
    • in the sense-world, and you will then notice that your dreams are saying
    • will find that a given passion is always represented for everyone by
    • occult path will have to do this. Thus he should, for example, do certain
    • regularities, so much the better: in that way his life will take its
    • and rhythm into his physical and etheric bodies. Both these bodies will
    • then gradually develop such rhythms that they will correct themselves
    • rhythm during the day, they will of their own accord regain the right
    • will look everywhere for the good and the positive, and you will find
    • experiences; by this means your physical and etheric bodies will be
    • this, he will be in a bad way. In ordinary life today the spiritual
    • and in all details. This method will go best if during his occult
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XIII: Oriental and Christian Training
    Matching lines:
    • Christian and the Rosicrucian. Today we will begin by going more closely
    • Eastern training calls for strict submission to the Guru. I will describe
    • briefly the kind of instruction that an Eastern teacher gives. You will
    • is observed, the further will the pupil progress. Whether this rule
    • You will understand the
    • money. In the occult sense you will be responsible for it, and the events
    • will burden your karma. You can see that this precept requires deep
    • you strive to have no needs, you will injure no-one.
    • times and signify something very profound. An uneducated man will have
    • very elementary ideas about them; a more highly cultured man will have
    • different and better ideas, but no-one will say that anyone else's ideas
    • culture must embody a certain pattern which will give expression to
    • But this process will
    • must begin to do what others will achieve at some time in the future,
    • hand, will retire into a cave and as far as possible will breathe the
    • they breathe out. So we have a carbon cycle. In the future there will
    • be a great change. Man will learn to extend the range of his innate
    • powers and will gradually come to do for himself what at present he
    • kingdoms in the course of his evolution, so will he in a certain sense
    • retrace his steps. He will himself become plant; he will take up the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XIV: Rosicrucian Training - The Interior of the Earth - Earthquakes and Volcanoes
    Matching lines:
    • occult schools came to higher knowledge. Today I will try to describe,
    • he will be on the way to true self-knowledge.
    • and yet deliberate; deliberate and yet not slow. Then the pupil will
    • yourself and make up your mind that for six weeks you will keep silent,
    • characteristics, the better it will be. If you try not only to acquire
    • some external habit, this will be particularly effective. It is a question
    • of people who are not so clever, his behaviour will be very ill-timed; he
    • will be doing it only to please his own egoism. He ought to adapt his
    • human thought; I will test whether one can live with it.” He need
    • the names: weeping willow, forget-me-not, and so on. The more we reflect
    • acquires astral vision. After a time he will notice a little flame
    • Again, the pupil takes a seed and visualises the whole plant, as it will
    • example will show you more exactly what I mean. With the close of the
    • saying given by his occult teacher, he will be guided to that which
    • corresponds to this point and he will come to know it. If he concentrates
    • on this point under definite guidance, he will come to know the nature
    • various methods of training, and I will end these lectures by showing
    • that you will see how man is related to everything that happens on
    • his own. In the course of evolution the whole of humanity will attain to
    • what will be happening to the Earth while mankind is developing in this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Development: Lecture VIII: The Path of Knowledge and Its Stages
    Matching lines:
    • of knowledge will be given, and the fruits of this path will also be
    • thirty-second issue, something new will be offered if we
    • only right path. This European Rosicrucian path will be spoken of
    • people and also the fruits it holds for those who follow it will be
    • tread it. If one takes this path, however, one will quickly be in the
    • will have to extract this or that from the different spheres, and
    • Rosicrucian training. It is called the Study. The teacher will
    • orderly thinking through this study in the physical plane will find
    • in this thinking a good guide in the higher worlds. He will not
    • in these symbols, but the advanced occult pupil will not lose himself
    • in them. If one investigates, one will perceive the primordial depths
    • for a long time, he will notice corresponding effects. In observing a
    • You will understand just
    • inner will directing and influencing these phenomena as an outer
    • something you actually have not done, you will soon be persuaded by
    • and you must have knowing guidance which will piece together how
    • higher worlds will recall that the whole cosmos took part in the
    • his teacher, will be shown to him, and he need not fear that his
    • will give you enough material to ponder over for the present. Those
    • communications as a kind of map, and they will be useful to you not
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Development: Lecture IX: Imaginative Knowledge and Artistic Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • meadow saffron, for example, he will discover a picture of the
    • Then you will receive through this an idea of what the group-soul is.
    • light. When one looks at this, one will say to oneself: In a certain
    • Man's animal nature will gradually be refilled and purified to a
    • and quicksilver will one day become a solid metal. Thus the earth is
    • studied, it will be found that a relationship exists between man and
    • in his tale, “The Mines of Falun.” One will feel many
    • only one style, namely, the warehouse. The warehouse will be as
    • future will have to reckon with the warehouse as we have to with the
    • in these forms. The world will be filled again with a spiritual
  • Title: Festivals: Christmas: Lecture II: Signs and Symbols of the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • it is this deeper Sun that will be the guiding moth in our thoughts
    • And now we will listen to words in which the deepest import of the
    • time it will come to everyone. Although for some it may be only after
    • many incarnations, nevertheless the moment will come for all men when
    • Christ will be resurrected within them and new vision, new hearing
    • will awaken. In preparation for the awakening, the pupils in the
    • light will again be radiant within him. Man must learn to know the
    • moment will come; to-day you see a picture only; later on, what you
    • now see as a picture will be an actual experience. Thus it was in the
    • the earth shall have completed its evolution, when the Light will
    • shine forth in all mankind. The physical earth itself will then fall
    • into dust, but the spiritual essence will remain with all human beings
    • earth and humanity will then waken into a higher existence, into a new
    • will he must so order his life that it flows in rhythm, immutable and
    • knowledge, then only the Tree of Life will remain, there will be no
    • Light is to be born in him, where words full of significance will be
    • replaced by others equally significant, where it will no longer be
    • will ring out from cosmic space: The Darkness gives way before the
    • Christmas Festival. We will celebrate this Christmas Festival as the
    • Festival of the supreme Ideal of mankind, for then it will bring to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Signs/Symbols: Signs and Symbols of the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • festival we will speak about today. This sun is a being of much
    • This moment will arrive at some time for everyone. All men will
    • incarnations. The moment will arrive for everyone when the Christ will
    • rise within them and new seeing, new hearing will awaken within them.
    • of his outer nature. He will evolve to the time when in his inner
    • nature the higher man, the spirit man, will glow and radiate again.
    • were told, "you behold only an image; later you will experience what
    • time when the earth will have completed its evolution and the Light
    • will shine forth in all mankind. The earth will then crumble to dust
    • but the spiritual essence will remain with all men who have become
    • and humanity will then awaken to a higher existence, to a new phase of
    • inner nature. He must so fashion his life out of his will that it
    • initiated and shall have found knowledge. Only the Tree of Life will
    • still exist and death will be no more. For the time being, however,
    • significant saying shall be replaced by another, when it will no
    • the truth will resound into cosmic space with the words, “Darkness
    • Savior, the Christos, will take place in me also.
  • Title: Lecture: The Lords Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • let this cup pass from me; nevertheless, not my will, but thine, be
    • form of his prayer will be but a means of rising to higher spiritual realms
    • to experience the Divinity within the soul. It will be such, moreover, as to
    • expel every selfish wish and will-impulse. Its spirit will be that of the
    • words, “Not my will, but thine, be done.” The result will be a
    • period of man's origin. From previous lectures, you will remember that
    • continued to evolve further, and will so continue into the future. In
    • original essence of this human principle is faintly comparable to the will
    • the divine principles in us is of the nature of will — a kind of willing.
    • This will element in us, today only feebly developed in our inner being,
    • will become in the course of our ever ascending development the
    • in many ways his will is limited. He understands the surrounding world as
    • his will is a development of the future, and it will become ever stronger
    • as “the great sacrifice,” signifying the power of will to sacrifice
    • of which man is capable today with his puny present feelings and will
    • power. In future time he will have developed the strength to sacrifice his
    • will in divine nature, by imagining oneself before a mirror in which one's
    • When the will has become capable of making the “great sacrifice,” it
    • upon it by its creator. Such is the creative will in the Divine Being.
    • you will see yourself, as the central point, reflected on all sides,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Parsifal
    Matching lines:
    • something further will also become clear to us; namely,
    • and it will surely be the same with those who are unwilling
    • will find names that are connected with ancient, holy
    • seed. Countless seeds will come forth from the flowers
    • — seeds which, if laid into the earth, will be
    • the future “all passion and desire will at length
    • disappear. The chalice will then open (even as the chalice
    • of the flower opens) — will open from above downwards
    • right down into the plant, so will man's now purified
    • “Because His will to save was so tremendously strong,
    • human will receives a special illumination from the spirit.
    • He said that the will is — to begin with —
    • will, and of how man becomes thereby clairvoyant.
    • him, which will teach him to know the meaning of the fact
  • Title: Lecture Series: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • Then the only difference among men will be that between good and evil.
    • poured out by Him will all be absorbed, so that when one man
    • faces another, this drop of Christ within him will face the
    • beings. Finally the whole earth will be peopled by transformed,
    • Christ. Only these who do not participate in this, will be put
    • will Christianize all men, will appear one day. And He will
    • One will come, Who will bring the Kingdoms of Heaven down to
    • the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God.
    • of humanity will reach when it shall be filled by Buddhi, when
    • stage which he would reach when perfection will be attained; he
    • future, man will no longer have the lower forces; he will, for
    • soul-power above all will raise those lower forces to the
    • loving heart. It will send out streams of spiritual love. The
    • earth, all men will have absorbed what I brought down to the
    • will then be true.” Afterwards he said:
    • “There is one among you who will betray me.”
    • so surely will this lower soul-force be raised to a higher
    • form of egoism, will be raised to the heart. At this point
  • Title: Lecture: The Structure of the Lords Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • and of a fundamental book on the subject of Christianity will be found
    • aphorism and the like will be found at all times to contain much that
    • this cup pass from me; nevertheless, not as I will, but as Thou
    • willt.” Now let us look closely at these final words. We are first of
    • Divine Will: “Not as I will but as Thou willt.” This frame of mind
    • which, when we pray, allows the Divine Will to pervade us, wills
    • nothing for itself, but allows the Godhead to will in us, this frame
    • requests. But if the spirit in which one asks is, “Not my will but
    • to the divine Will. If I wish to make a particular request I leave it to
    • volition, upon your will power, then you have a pale copy, a pale
    • Godhead. Will is the power or force which is least developed to-day.
    • The will, however, has the potentiality to grow increasingly in
    • strength until a time will come when it reaches its maximum
    • potentiality, when it will be able to attain its goal, which the
    • without the living reality, the essential self. Imagine that your will
    • life. Of such a will we say: it emanates, it pours out its own nature.
    • What Christianity terms “the divine Will of the Father” is
    • the highest expression of the will.
    • Today, therefore, the human will is the least developed member of the
    • Godhead. You will have no difficulty in understanding this if you do
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Adept-School of the Past
    Matching lines:
    • ancient Lemuria, and mighty floods ancient Atlantis. Our civilisation will
    • face. Our fifth root-race will perish, because egoism will reach its
    • highest pitch. But at the same time, a small group of men will
    • Everything that is productive in the striving human being will grow
    • master: Egoism, selfishness have been pushed to the extreme. A time will
    • come when no other authority will be recognised except one which men
    • MYSTERIES OF THE SPIRIT; the Mysteries of the future, which will have
    • These will mark the end of our civilisation. The new impulse of the
    • Will this counter-act egoism
    • opinion and no personal standpoint, but ONE VIEW only, will men
    • and with humanity, so all men will one day be one, through this
    • this movement, and much that is even more important will be revealed.
    • the testamentary executor of Christianity. And so it will be. When the
    • then each one will discover within himself his own deepest being
    • power to be united in free-willed recognition of the authority of
    • MYSTERIES OF THE FATHER will come. In the old Atlantean schools for adepts
    • a man, but God. But in the MYSTERIES OF THE FATHER, those who will
    • become teachers will be men, These men, who develop more quickly than
    • the others, will be the true Masters of Wisdom and of Harmony; they
    • root, it will not obey us unless we heat it; only then will it be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Animal Soul
    Matching lines:
    • animal with its soul. As an example, we will start from a definite
    • you ask yourselves about your interests in different beings, you will
    • individuality works formatively on the body. This will be more and
    • more marked among the further evolved human races. A time will come
    • vanish, and each one will always only remember himself the more his
    • and immerse them. Then each will be filled with one drop. You must
    • decadent human beings. If you really grasp aright, you will
    • advanced much further than man. Man thinks, feels, wills, in fixed
    • idea evokes the will. Without this interaction man would be very
    • insecure. With the Chela, will, idea, and feeling are torn asunder,
    • and must be quite separate. For general humanity that will first be
    • now remains like an unripe, clever child. The beaver group soul will
    • animals, you will find that they cannot directly express pain and
    • later epoch the animal group souls, not the single animals, will
    • Will further cleavages come in human evolution?
    • Sixth Race will see quite another race, noble and beautiful, in
    • contrast to the thrown off, decadence which will be a race of men,
    • horror-provoking than our present humanity, because these will go on
    • the division will occur in the so-called Last Judgment. He who is
    • instrument. You will say the soul no longer knows its own stage. Yes,
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Relationship with the Surrounding World
    Matching lines:
    • be linked together and in which you will readily discover a kind of
    • possess? You will easily come to an understanding if you ask
    • astral plane. There, you will find one Being comprising all the
    • you study the flight of the birds, you will find that the birds that
    • aspect, but which will appear to us in a new light.
    • One day Nature will again dissolve into its
    • earth as a foundation, then the earth will be redeemed with him;
    • will be saved, when man approaches a spiritualised condition.
    • earth, you will find in it something like gratitude which is felt by
    • experience when he penetrates into all this? How deep will be the
    • withdraw for a time. But the spirit will return. We shall keep our
    • and feeling will be one. A new life will spring out of religious
  • Title: Lecture: The Elementary Kingdoms
    Matching lines:
    • his passions, etc., you will see that this astral body of man
    • of this, you must say to yourselves: I will try to imagine a
    • Arupa, the minerals will appear like the fingernails of the
    • single individuality, so you will find the Egos of the
    • future, it will indeed rise to a higher stage —
    • you will see in it a retarded stage of existence; it has
    • mineral nature. When the human beings will have progressed,
    • will then appear to them just as clearly as do now the laws
    • form the foundations of Nature. In the future, it will be
    • human beings will regard this as a sacrament, as a holy rite.
    • looks upon the laboratory-table as an altar, will he be
    • the way in which living beings are constituted, will be
    • cognitive being, in the mineral kingdom, but it will ascend,
    • in the future, to the vegetable kingdom, and it will learn to
    • kingdom. Still later, it will learn to grasp also the laws of
    • All human beings will learn to know and to grasp the inner
    • being of our day will never be able to produce anything
    • not become for him a sacramental rite. Only then will he be
    • forces will reveal to you the laws of the mineral kingdom.
    • does the plant-world do? You will understand what takes place
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries (Die Geheimnisse)
    Matching lines:
    • written there in illuminated lettering: C. M. B. As you will
    • imbue his feeling, thinking and his will-impulses in gazing
    • their confessions will flow together to one great united
    • the goal. Whoever possesses these will find the light that he
    • The way will lead you out o'er mount and valley;
    • But no one will, despite profound reflection,
    • Maybe that one will gloomily forsake us,
    • To each a different pleasure it will bring.
    • lower bodies, the power of consummation will live in the Self.
    • A human home he will perchance espy.
    • The will of higher Beings led him here.
    • For him his father's will was all-prevailing,
    • His life will be esteemed in coming years;
    • Will here with greater pleasure still be heard,
    • Of what he saw you soon will be aware,
    • Each object will arouse to life and action
    • Our mysteries we will confide to thee,
    • Every year anew Christmas will indicate to the one who
    • festival, should give him will see in the growing power of the
    • will be born for us each time anew. Through Christ we shall
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Group Souls of Animals, Plants and Minerals
    Matching lines:
    • will become spiritualized again. It will be entirely broken down into
    • dissolution will arise for the earth, a spiritualizing process, a
    • down. This unwillingness to get to the heart of the ancient teachings
    • make no effort to study, and have no will to understand, their
    • existence. It is something which transforms our feeling and our will
    • conceptions are seeds, impulses of will on the road to true
  • Title: Ascension/Pentecost V: WHITSUN: The Festival of united Soul-Endeavour
    Matching lines:
    • spirit has become a mere abstraction, and this will change only when
    • Mankind will land itself in a blind alley if it fails to acquire a
    • his destiny is not to be of the sort that will entirely dry up his
    • life, man will have to have a knowledge of these beings; without such
    • a knowledge he will be unable to make any further progress at all. He
    • will have to put the question: Whence do these beings arise? And this
    • question will lead him to see that, through certain steps taken by the
    • same as is used in making paper out of rags. Only gradually will it
    • will become clear to us.
    • men out of his free will. All that connects men, through folk, race
    • and family, will be ever more completely severed; everything in man
    • there not a real danger that they will split away from each other ever
    • inward path man will be led to absolute agreement and unity. There
    • will unite mankind again. When men unite together in a higher wisdom,
    • is willed by the Leaders of the spiritual-scientific Movement is that
    • group-soul can incarnate. Mankind will enrich earthly life by
    • flowing of souls together towards the common wisdom there will always
    • for mankind, the Whitsun festival will once more become alive for
    • them. Then it will be not only a memory of the event in Jerusalem; but
    • there will arise for mankind the everlasting Whitsun festival, the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture I: The New Form of Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • of history. Only a fleeting reference, therefore, will here be made to
    • Knight of the Golden Stone. What this means will become clearer to us
    • “again and again in the same body” will also be explained
    • misleading; at this point therefore it will be well to indicate
    • I will now speak of two characteristics of the Rosicrucian wisdom,
    • discovery. For a long time to come, nothing will be taught
    • unwillingness either to exert their reasoning powers sufficiently or
    • These lectures will show you that it is possible for truth to flow
    • attitude that is always only willing to feel and not to know.
    • present time, can be understood if those who listen are willing to
    • This has a direct and concrete bearing. I will make it clear to you by
    • talent will be particularly marked when these organs are highly
    • wisdom. We are about to study a system of wisdom which will enable us
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture II: The Ninefold Constitution of Man
    Matching lines:
    • you must have patience; at the beginning it will seem as though many
    • survey the whole, you will realise that what I have said is true. The
    • First of all we will consider the several members of man's
    • future. It will be my task today to give a brief description of the
    • consciousness. You will not, however, find the ego of the mineral
    • great differentiation within the etheric body; you will realise that
    • and in the female, male. Without this knowledge much will remain
    • And now we will think of that which man no longer has in common with
    • the world around him; we will think of the “ I ”, the ego.
    • violent temper has been conquered, it will be found that it is still
    • etheric body and in the future all human beings will consciously
    • The indications given today will be a guide to us to-morrow when we
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture III: The Elemental World and the Heaven World. Waking Life, Sleep and Death.
    Matching lines:
    • the transmitter, the instrument. Thinking and willing take place in
    • division, will merge into harmony. Today, these two kinds of
    • We will now turn to death, the “brother” of sleep, and study
    • way of initiatives of will and original ideas to which, later on,
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture IV: The Descent to a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • past and will be in the future, of what links the earth with worlds
    • first century after Christ; what he thought, felt and willed in those
    • spiritual pictures; the impulses of will, the feelings, the thoughts,
    • simple example. — When a man moves his hand, his will pervades
    • the moving hand and it is this force of will that can be seen in the
    • of decisions of the will to the point where the deed was actually
    • historical date as a point of focus, the result will come more easily.
    • and casts a shadow; very often he will discover the spirit for the
    • will afford the best possible opportunity of receiving an etheric and
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture V: Mans Communal Life Between Death and a New Birth. Birth into the Physical World.
    Matching lines:
    • conditions to which this may give rise. Before proceeding, we will
    • We will take a concrete example of this, namely the relationship
    • physical sheath he receives. We will now speak, in broad outline, of
    • element of will, the impulse of perceptivity. In the astral body lie
    • he takes command of the physical germ, the less control he will have
    • person will say that the cause of the wound was the feeling of
    • spiritual cause. Those who seek for spiritual causes will always admit
    • because they are willing to work only with physical means on the
    • that when the human being is born again he will find a world in which
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture VI: The Law of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • of the vessels a red-hot iron ball. The water will hiss and become
    • We will now consider the chain of happenings which can be understood
    • world will be affected. This is one important point where a man who
    • where he will now be able to experience the effects of his past deeds
    • incarnation will be born with special gifts in these directions.
    • will have a temperament disposed to joy. A man who tries to perform
    • many good deeds, will, as a result of the feelings evoked, have a
    • decided talent in the next life for good deeds; he will also possess a
    • thoroughly developed conscience and will be a person of high moral
    • bad inclinations and passions in one life will be born in the next
    • all creatures, who pours out love, will have in the next incarnation a
    • No one who shudders at the unpleasantness of pain, who is unwilling to
    • You will realise, therefore, that your lives are guided by Powers of
    • You will remember that religious documents express these truths. When
    • will find there a connection between vermin and lies in the role
    • there is no steadfast centre of will. The materialist scatters himself
    • “believe” in the spiritual worlds but have not the will to
    • derangement will gain greater and greater hold over humanity, and just
    • materialistic thinking will give rise to grave nervous diseases; there
    • will be epidemics of insanity besetting whole peoples.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture VII: The Technique of Karma
    Matching lines:
    • certain sense speak of processes of physical heredity, and we will
    • musician. He must look around for a family which will provide the
    • organ and its form must be transmitted by heredity. It will be
    • if he were unwilling to embark on other business because a balance was
    • colouring; it lends wings to our will to co-operate in the evolution
    • entries will be made in his book of life; my help brings him forward.
    • future. By way of introduction we will consider a fact of great
    • superficial thought will make us realise that the physical body is the
    • will marvel at the wisdom which, in its creation, has used no more
    • future stage of evolution will the astral body have reached the stage
    • of development of the physical body today, and then it will be at a
    • “I”, which in the future will attain undreamed of heights of
    • too, the Earth, has passed through incarnations and will pass through
    • will have shown you how intimately the “ I ” is connected
    • In the future the Earth will incarnate as a new planetary body, known
    • as Jupiter. The human astral body then will have developed to a stage
    • case today, but it will still not have reached its highest stage. The
    • etheric body on Jupiter will have reached the stage at which the
    • physical body is now, for it will then have three planetary evolutions
    • On the planetary body following Jupiter, the astral body will have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture VIII: Human Consciousness in the Seven Planetary Conditions
    Matching lines:
    • WE will now consider the series of incarnations passed through by our
    • evolution. And first we will consider the changes which have come
    • it had first to develop, and he will not always have it as it is, but
    • will ascend to higher stages. Now with the means supplied by occult
    • Many will wonder why we are just standing so nicely in the centre.
    • Moon was the consciousness of all human beings. It will be well to
    • the ears at will; there are very few persons who can do this today.
    • We will now consider something else. We have already said that man's
    • our Earth the whole of humanity will have this psychic or
    • Then there is still a sixth state of consciousness which man will also
    • one day possess. This will unite the present day-consciousness, the
    • that man sleeps away today. Man will look deep, deep into the nature
    • Inspiration. He will not only perceive in pictures and forms of
    • colour, he will hear the being of the other give forth sounds and
    • tones. Each human individuality will have a certain note and the whole
    • will sound together in a symphony. This will be the consciousness of
    • man when our planet will have passed into the Venus condition. There
    • he will experience the sphere-harmony which Goethe describes in his
    • ringing and resounding, and on Venus he will again hear it ringing and
    • when man has a universal consciousness, when he will see not only what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture IX: Planetary Evolution I
    Matching lines:
    • bodily organs. We will describe the appearance of that on which the
    • You will recognise a law from this: If the most outstanding fall and
    • yet a third incarnation of the Earth, which will again introduce to us
    • will the Regent of the Moon-stage of the Earth appear to us as the
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture X: Planetary Evolution II
    Matching lines:
    • the Saturn and Sun incarnations, and we will only briefly bring to
    • We will now imagine that the Sun has passed through such a condition
    • Now I will describe to you the Moon planet itself. Here I must say,
    • it that if he pictures things to himself, this will guide him to the
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture XI: Evolution of Mankind on the Earth. I
    Matching lines:
    • actually external state of evolution. We will try to be clear as to
    • You will understand that on this Old Moon a more common consciousness
    • human will possessed over the substances and forces of nature. On the
    • between human will and the forces of fire. If the human being had a
    • mild character, then, through the will, he acted on the natural
    • will magically in such a way that the fire-masses became fierce and
    • influence of his will. He stood in intimate relation with the being of
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture XII: Evolution of Mankind on the Earth. II
    Matching lines:
    • time this intermediate state, which again will one day also come to an
    • as individualising element. It will come about that all connections of
    • race and family stock will cease to exist, men will become more and
    • more different from one another, interconnection will no longer depend
    • different colour. These differences will increasingly disappear as the
    • individualising element gains the upper hand. A time will come when
    • there will no longer be races of different colour; the difference
    • between the races will have disappeared, but on the other hand there
    • will be the greatest differences between individuals. The further we
    • ourselves stand; we must now show how it will evolve further, and how
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture XIII: The Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • you will consider the matter a little you will find that the view that
    • known in advance what will happen. This too is an incorrect idea. When
    • combination. Whether you do it, however, depends on your will;
    • will happen will be done by man in entire freedom of will, and the
    • higher a man develops the freer he will be. Nor must one think that it
    • is already decided what a man will do in the future because one
    • of your own free will; that is the same as the example of the gift of
    • space. People often say if one sees that something will happen
    • After these introductory words we will now speak of some few things
    • freewill. Through the forces which had guided him previously, he would
    • Fifth epoch. And this will be replaced by a sixth. And as human
    • spiritual age will denote the overcoming of this egoism. Therefore
    • voluptuousness to say: “I will become morally higher and
    • they are generated in the course of mankind's evolution. Mankind will
    • the Brotherhood of Man, one may found thousands of Unions; they will
    • The aim of the Sixth epoch of humanity will be to popularise occult
    • talks from his own standpoint, without being willing to study what
    • into the seventh epoch, the ancient connection of race and blood will
    • everything else arises; and as everything again dies out so will races
    • die out too. Those who have always only spoken of races will have to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Theosophy/Rosicrucian: Lecture XIV: The Nature of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • training. And we will speak of the two methods of training which take
    • past but to the future, to those conditions which he will further live
    • We will describe the purely Christian way. It is prescribed as to
    • he not only understands them, but lives within them, will experience
    • as I will now describe. The teacher says to the pupil: You must
    • feeling. The pupil will have entered deeply enough into the experience
    • Here again I must refer to seven stages which will give a picture of
    • along the path of mankind's evolution in the belief that feelings will
    • this fact it will be powerfully gripped in feeling. It is only an
    • apart from himself. One who will press forward into the higher worlds
    • in the last lectures, you will find traces — in the echo for
    • desire. The future of human evolution consists in this: man will again
    • through another organ which will be the transformed organ of
    • generative organ will be; and as the calyx of the blossom turns upward
    • to the holy love lance, it will turn to the spiritual ray of wisdom,
    • and fructified by this will bring forth its own image. This organ will
    • the medium which acts formatively on the organism. Man will become
    • plant externally, will later on, through a future organ which the
    • process man will bear in himself the instrument for the preparation of
    • oxygen; he will have become akin to the plant, whereas now he is of a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture I: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism
    Matching lines:
    • theosophy and what they expect from it, their answer will be
    • decades will have an immense significance for human thought
    • and feeling, and for man' s will and actions.
    • eyes and ears to the problems of our time, will continually
    • encounter obstacles along his path. A time will come when men
    • will realise that they must face many other problems too:
    • people question its significance! But it will extricate
    • the soul, if the soul is willing.
    • souls have frequently heard the deep truths which will be
    • reincarnation will, for instance, be advanced; but your souls
    • will belong, when his physical body shall have decayed. It
    • religions, but in a not too distant future this will no
    • in this way. They will realise that it is not possible to
    • be found in the physical world. It will bring us knowledge of
    • These men will say: You are telling us nonsense; colours do
    • other, for this will give us an insight into the whole
    • greatness of these events will not only take hold of our
    • You will
    • the Rosicrucian theosophy will lead us to understand the
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture II: Introductory Explanations Concerning the Nature of Man
    Matching lines:
    • many things which seem almost nonsensical at first, will in
    • my explanations will only be a kind of sketch of man's
    • nature. This will be related to the explanations of the
    • which surround us in the mineral world. You will know that
    • before you the mineral and its form, you will find that it
    • the physical body will not be empty, for it will be filled up
    • Your property will grow smaller and smaller and finally you
    • will have nothing at all. This would be the least possible
    • will grow weaker and weaker; the silence will grow until you
    • stage of hearing nothing at all, then it will be more than
    • blissful, though an ordinary person will not so easily be
    • you will have the three generally known aggregate conditions:
    • substance; this will give you a kind of idea of that which
    • here, for it will give rise to important conclusions in
    • You will
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture III: Man's Self-consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • original, meaning of the Jewish name of God. You will also
    • subjugated all his passions through his will, as for
    • will probably still lose your temper even to-day. Only a few
    • not one portion of our body will move without the conscious
    • participation of our will. This is the transformation into
    • good and pleasant. The astral body will, for instance, feel
    • this, you will be able to understand several things in life,
    • through art, the stronger and the more uplifting will, be the
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture IV: Man's Further Destinies in the Spiritual Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual world, it will be advisable if we first form some
    • which will be discussed later, a man endowed with spiritual
    • in our dreams. I will give you a few typical examples of
    • dreams, which will show you how a simple impression from
    • your dream, and when you awake you will find that you have
    • will be more and more frequent, arising out of a concealed
    • these things through to the very end you will no longer find
    • have just now explained to you, you will easily understand
    • picture will reply as Goethe would have replied had he been
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture V: Metamorphoses of Our Earthly Experiences in the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • It will be our
    • through pain and suffering will always say that they
    • signify? It will be easier to understand this if we realise
    • for instance, fidgety people, then the child will also become
    • child will of course, also become calm. We must try to
    • toys which are as simple as possible. A natural child will
    • gaze away quickly to a piece of white paper you will see its
    • will tell you who you are”, is based on this insight,
    • to know magnetism. A few examples will show us that
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture VI: Man's Descent into an Earthly Incarnation
    Matching lines:
    • It will be
    • will enable you to realise that man can look upon his body
    • will be reached again. To-day men are inclined to dissolve
    • real. In centuries to come, men will turn to this very book
    • etheric body through his own forces. A complete harmony will
    • materialist who sees that the son resembles his parents, will
    • musicians have come out of that family. Materialists will
    • developed mathematical gifts will incarnate in a family in
    • will and character, and the mother has more influence upon
    • Father's image will in that case be reflected a
    • now object — and you will often come across this
    • that this is simply a thought-out explanation, you will be
    • religion will not lose any of its value thereby, but it will,
    • Religious truths will be gained anew through the greatest
    • four petitions referring to the four lower members, they will
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture VII: The Law of Karma
    Matching lines:
    • you will often return to it. We shall see later on that it is
    • in time and that a time will come when they will cease; the
    • human being will then continue his development in a different
    • the first jug, What will happen? The water will hiss and the
    • ball will become cool. Then take the ball out of the first
    • will hiss no longer and the ball will not become much cooler.
    • I will now give
    • to the world. More and more you will realise its deep
    • past deeds, our insight into the law of Karma will bear fruit
    • our deeds will bear, for no action is without consequence. It
    • which we call up in our soul again and again, will produce in
    • a result, the etheric body will have the inclination to
    • uplifted mood; this will become a lasting characteristic of
    • life has placed him, his etheric body will be born in the
    • this will appear in the next life in the physical body as a
    • this whipping. A person of insight will immediately discover
    • deeply the life of nations. Materialism will hold sway more
    • direction people will less and less realise that the spirit,
    • not physical material things, counts most of all. It will
    • feeling and willing has gradually penetrated into the whole
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture VIII: Supplementary Thoughts on the Law of Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • those who apply the training which will be spoken of later
    • on, will be well able to find out in what epoch the majority
    • into the preceding incarnations, will discover that the
    • Now I will show
    • the world of the stars, you will find that the sun's position
    • on, for such an individuality will have to live through a
    • in the former, he has not yet taken it up. This will easily
    • survey three incarnations which will follow the present one.
    • development will then repeatedly be completed and illumined
    • earth will one day become a sun, when it shall have
    • will be followed by the Jupiter, Venus and Vulcan states.
    • Jupiter conditions and beings which the earth will one day
    • and in the Vulcan stage everything will once more return to
    • body, you will find without further ado that it stands upon a
    • will find a wonderful structure in every one of its organs
    • the future the astral body will reach a stage in which it
    • will surpass the physical body. Also the etheric body is less
    • constituting the human being, and it will consequently be the
    • books you will therefore find the following designations:
    • will show you how the human beings perfected themselves more
  • Title: Lecture: The Earths Passage Through Its Former Planetary Conditions
    Matching lines:
    • the longest course of development. You will therefore hear the
    • Even physics will be obliged to recognise that what is
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture IX: The Earth's Passage Through its Former Planetary Conditions
    Matching lines:
    • longest course of development. You will therefore hear the
    • “heat”. Even physics will be obliged to recognise
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture X: Further Stages of the Development of Our Earth
    Matching lines:
    • those of natural science though a kind of harmony ,will one
    • Atlantean man, an observation of his psychic qualities will
    • these two bodies, you will notice that they more or less
    • with animals. If you observe the head of a horse you will
    • a gloomy expression will tell us that he is sad and will
    • epoch, even the human will presented quite a different
    • through your will, and this action is connected with your
    • could make it grow through an effort of his will. He disposed
    • will, far more powerful. But the ground under their feet was
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture XI: Progressive Development Through the Different Cycles of Culture
    Matching lines:
    • our green, leafy, plants will in future attain to higher
    • the mineralogist will tell you that it consists of feldspath,
    • of gneiss he will say: This is a petrified plant, and even as
    • from the still magical will power of those epochs. It was
    • out of his deepest entanglement with matter. And it will
    • of our Post-Atlantean culture will bring still more
    • inventions and discoveries; but man will more and more
    • Christianity will speak of the external world as condensed
    • Spirit, and the Spirit will once more arise out of matter. We
    • will contribute most of all towards this course of
    • development. During the sixth epoch, great masses of men will
    • to few, and this will give mankind an insight into the
    • spiritual world. What now exists as thought will in future be
    • a real force. Many people will have this power of thought
    • Christianity of to-day will spread among great masses of men.
    • These thoughts will grow stronger and stronger and they will
    • an insignificant rest of the psychic influence of will upon
    • world this will change; man's body will become softer and
    • softer and he will once more be able to influence the
    • thoughts which now still exist so sparsely, will gradually
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture XII: The Stages of Christian Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • tribes. In every nation you will find that it was once
    • replaced by a love which will fully develop in the future; by
    • description of Christianity which you will find in the purest
    • before our soul. They. will in that case have the power to
    • aus Blut, nicht aus dem Willen des Fleisches and nicht aus
    • menschlichen Willen, — sondern aus Gott geworden. Und
    • born of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the
    • will of man, but of God. And the Word became flesh and
    • comprehensible, I will clothe it in the form of a dialogue,
    • Christ-Jesus, and you will have Christ's attitude towards the
    • Earth, and the earth as His body, you will understand that
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture XIII: The Rosicrucian Training
    Matching lines:
    • to-day and of tomorrow will be to show you the path into the
    • people. But it will be easier for us to understand the
    • to think in accordance with present-day conceptions will find
    • will also exercise their activity in the future, and those
    • what will take place in the future.
    • predestination. In every philosophy you will therefore come
    • Now imagine a clairvoyant who observes what will take place
    • to describe to you what the Earth will be like when it shall
    • wish to tell you something which will give you an idea of
    • are at the beginning of an activity which will one day become
    • procreation will replace the old one. The larynx is now able
    • to form words but in the future it will become an organ of
    • procreation, a generative organ, which will produce more and
    • forms of air, but in future it will give rise to real beings.
    • will have creative power in the mineral kingdom, and during
    • the Venus stage it will be able to produce plants. Thus the
    • course of development will proceed, until man will be able to
    • other, will have a lasting form. And finally, the larynx will
    • become man's generative organ, through which he will
    • off; the larynx, the word, on the other hand, will in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Theosophy and Rosicrucianism: Lecture XIV: Further Stages of Rosicrucian Training
    Matching lines:
    • is developing, and in the future, the human body itself will
    • future man will have a passionless body of a higher order, a
    • plant; man will be able to build up a body which will be
    • constitutes his heart he will have an apparatus which will be
    • does outside, will in the future be done by that organ into
    • which our heart will develop when the heart shall have become
    • now does outside our being will take place within our being.
    • of innocence will be regained if he succeeds in forming
    • higher stage, and he will have within him the apparatus which
    • third one. The future human being will therefore consist of
    • seven parts, for he will also have the Spirit-Self, the
    • being thus transforms his lower nature, he will have the Tree
    • symbol for the eternal part in man. which will reach its
    • will have to attain that which the plant can do to-day: the
    • within himself, through his own power. Man will in the future
    • looking into the spiritual worlds; he sees that which will
    • Now you will be
    • mankind. The present coal is a prototype of that which will
    • human bodies of the future, the bodies which will in future
    • bodies of those who do not progress, will become the Chinese
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gospel of John (Basle): Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • lectures it will be our task, with the aid of Spiritual
    • for all the future and will not be followed by any other. The
    • humanity progresses it will reveal every new aspects of its
    • born, not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of
    • the will of man, but of God.
    • stage humanity will only reach at the end of its evolution
    • already creative now, it will be much more so in the
    • possesses organs which will only attain their full
    • transpose his thoughts into vibrations of the air, he will in
  • Title: Gospel of John (Basle): Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • next embodiment of the Earth humanity will wander over the
    • will reach the condition in which the present planet Jupiter
    • Vulcan Period will it be independent.
    • at the stage of evolution which man will only reach in the
    • Earth the sublime condition which humanity will only reach in
    • kingdoms of nature and approach Man the more you will find
  • Title: Gospel of John (Basle): Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • love will also permeate the Earth very gradually. The purpose
    • extent, but it will spread more and more, and at the end of
    • the Earth Period everything will be saturated with love, just
    • spiritual love, which will embrace the whole earth with a
    • to Jupiter, it will be entirely permeated by this spiritual
  • Title: Gospel of John (Basle): Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • its evolution the stronger will be the influence of
    • to do this. Men will no longer need any outer law to force
    • striven for. Gradually men will come to where the harmony of
    • the world will be brought about through their voluntary
    • order to understand what we are about to say, it will first
    • he will discover the purpose of these words. They are really
    • 22 But I know, that even now, whatsoever thou wilt ask of God, God will give it thee. \
    • 48 If we let him thus alone, all men will believe on him: and the Romans shall come and take away both our place and nation. \
    • 56 Then sought they for Jesus, and spake among themselves, as they stood in the temple, What think ye, that he will not come to the feast? \
    • will only be developed in the distant future, and Life Spirit
    • considerations will help towards the understanding of the
    • reincarnation, they will come again to the earth and will
  • Title: Gospel of John (Basle): Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • Mary Magdalene. We will now consider another secret of
    • We will now look somewhat more closely into the significance
    • Christianity will unite humanity into a great bond of
    • so full of wisdom, that no religion of the future will be
    • able to displace or supplant Christianity. It will be
    • germinal condition, will be developed. It needs the mighty
    • and true Christianity will only be there when the Spirit Self
    • the Life Spirit. At first but a number of human beings will
    • unfold this force within them; they will, however achieve a
    • develop the Spirit Self within them will in the next age make
    • has gained the mastery over this physical world, it will gain
    • stage which the rest of humanity will only reach in the sixth
    • Spirit will develop through the power of Christ in those who
    • rely upon Him, and at the same time these will gain healthy
    • announcement of what will take place in the sixth age, when
    • man will no longer need any remedies, because he will be his
    • will be reached in the sixth age. One common Spirit
    • spirits. Man will then no longer be the son of his tribe or
    • He conducted Himself already at that time as men will conduct
    • will keep man himself pure. The body of Christ is already
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gospel of John (Basle): Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • caricature of man. We will only follow the theory of the
    • lengthen an arm or a hand at will, or to stretch forth
    • fingers out of them at will, etc. This seems absurd to the
    • and its form changed from within by the will. This, as we
    • The accompanying sketch will
    • We will now
    • view. For this purpose we will recapitulate very briefly a
    • incorporated last in the flesh, will also be the first to
    • Man will not stop at his present stage of development; just
    • sensuality of the world of passionate desire, so will he rise
    • organs will be developed that which will take on the
    • functions of the organs of reproduction and will go far
    • beyond them. They will become voluntary organs in the highest
    • air, and that in the future the word will be creative. Man
    • will by than have returned to the chasteness and purity which
    • the plant has preserved; but it will be a conscious
    • reached a higher stage of evolution, the heart will also be
    • subject to his conscious will. The foundations of this are
    • possesses in common with all voluntary muscles. Man will then
    • human being will then be chaste and purified, and what at a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gospel of John (Basle): Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • we will examine into the ideas of “the Father”
    • and “I”. These two ideas will give us an
    • we will make use of the “Golden Legend”, which is
    • ego-consciousness. In the soul of man will be developed the
    • forces through which he will learn to control and unite the
    • this relationship will be altered. The men of the present day
    • the current of carbonic acid will be changed into oxygen not
    • for him by the plant, that man will learn to take up the
    • activity of the plant into his own activity. Within him will
    • be developed the organs which will enable him to transform
    • the tree of oxygen, will one day blend their crowns together.
    • Then will the “I AM, He Who is, and Who was, and Who is
    • you will possess that which constitutes your communion with
    • will bear the fruit corresponding to it and that there is no
    • do will come forth again in a later life. Thus we have a
    • of will and karma can be united with one another in the most
    • lender writes it down in his books as a loan so will the one
    • while he to whom it is done will write it down as a debt.
    • which will become fruitful for the whole of humanity. What
    • was then placed in human evolution will only come forth to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture I: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • be given here in Stuttgart will strike a somewhat more intimate note
    • What will be taken up in these lectures are the occult symbols and
    • them will be set forth in their deeper meaning. I bid you note that
    • much in the first two lectures will sound unusual and will only be
    • will appear vague will later become clear and understandable.
    • methods are necessary. Then it will become evident that the
    • clairvoyance. No one who ponders the pentagram deeply will be
    • himself in the pentagram, as it were; then he will find the currents
    • will have been completed, when man will have transformed his whole
    • astral body, then will his astral body become physically luminous.
    • body hold within it the seed of light. This will stream out into the
    • will transform itself into other planets. Today it is dark. Were one
    • will be luminous, luminous through the fact that human beings will
    • astral bodies will stream out as light into world space, as it was
    • more luminous it will be. The Elohim, those beings who dwelt on the
    • will become visible, not to the physical eye, but to finer organs of
    • meditation, the light will truly become for him garments of spiritual
    • light, such as the human being will one day also become, are even now
    • certain exercises, then will space not only be flooded by wisdom's
    • light, but will also sound forth. In the ancient Pythagorean
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture II: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • definite dimensions. It will then be necessary to occupy ourselves
    • when spiritual science will one day really take hold of the soul,
    • then will the practical effect become noticeable in public life. I
    • Ardent souls will then come into existence, souls who look up to the
    • all this in mind, you will understand what occurred at the end of the
    • too, are given us out of the spiritual and astral worlds. If you will
    • will see what truths are contained in both these symbols.
    • materials around you today, you will find that they exist in various
    • Earth. Now you will be able to understand with what deep intuition
    • beings will be dealt with at some other time.
    • that will be reached on Venus on a higher level. The body of the bee,
    • fiery state. When, as Venus, it will again be quite fiery, man will
    • It will be interesting
  • Title: Lecture III: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • things would have to be considered. Anyway, you will receive at least
    • materialistic culture of our times it will appear as mere playfulness
    • knowledge rests on deeper things, and from the short sketch I will
    • give you, you will see that numbers can give you a clue to what is
    • it will become clearer how far the number one symbolizes what I shall
    • becoming engrossed in nothing but this number. You will see later how
    • this absorption should rightfully come about, and it will be far more
    • spiritual development, will he again achieve the old immortality. The
    • fullness or completeness. You will often hear it said in popular
    • will find in Augustine a kind of mystical inwardness. No one can read
    • will be brought to unfolding, to evolution. In this way involution
    • millions of people. These paintings, however, will one day fall into
    • dust and there will be future generations who will never see his
    • lives on, remains, and will appear in future stages of development
    • time in the future this will be the case. Today men are creators in
    • in the first. In the future on Jupiter, they will be able to create
    • evil. This will become clear to us if we again consider human beings.
    • of their being, the spirit self, will be added. Were they to remain
    • medicine will make use of this, it will be able to influence
    • day, he will take these periods into account and consider what had
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture IV: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • understand, perhaps, but when you think about it, you will grasp its
    • of any plant deeply enough, you will find that there is contained in
    • ever so small a measure. If you study an animal, you will always be
    • it will then function quite differently from the way it functions
    • Apocalypse of St. John will remember that there is to be found in it
    • total humanity. This will be understood when we recall some ideas
    • head developed, and it will continue developing. Men also have organs
    • future they will no longer form part of the human body. There are
    • others that will transform themselves. An example is the larynx,
    • times to come it will be transformed into a spiritualized organ of
    • reproduction. You will get an idea of this mystery if you make clear
    • effect on our environment. But men will progress and will also become
    • effective in the plant kingdom. Then they will call forth not only
    • mineral, but also plant-like vibrations. They will speak
    • “plants.” The next step will be that men will be able to
    • development, they will generate their like through the larynx. A man
    • then he will express himself. As men in the future will be able to
    • At the end there will
    • future will bring forth a realizations of what today is the Word.
    • Then men will no longer have the physical forms they have today; they
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Festivals/Easter VI: Easter: The Mystery of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • Christianity will have thrown off the outmoded forms of religious life
    • and will have become a potent spiritual influence in the whole of
    • This will help you to understand what I mean when I tell you that the
    • and that through One yet to come it will be covered by the arms of the
    • the times will perceive in the art of Richard Wagner the first rays of
    • time when Christianity will embrace, not only the religious life, but
    • This is the theme that will be presented to you to-day, in order to
    • In connection with this, we will penetrate deeply to-day into the
    • It will be necessary to go far, far afield in laying the basis of
    • Spiritual Hierarchies. Those lectures, however, will have been a help,
    • rainbow-like colours. This homely illustration will help you to
    • evolution, his etheric body will gradually loosen itself again,
    • spiritualised. It will be essential for mankind in times to come to
    • have conscious certainty that the spiritual is reality. What will
    • happen otherwise? The etheric body will be freed from the physical
    • which will be manifest in the loosened etheric body as the fruit of
    • matter, it is they who, with the loosening of the etheric body, will
    • is a spiritual world. They will regard everything that then comes to
    • he must have consciousness of what will then present itself to the
    • gods he will again return. But he must be able to recognise them; he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture I: The Doctrine of the Logos
    Matching lines:
    • upon the Gospel of St. John will have a double purpose. One will
    • and their expansion in many directions, and the other will be
    • the thoughts that will arise in our souls in consequence of
    • John, he will do so just as others have often done, that is,
    • he will take some such document as this Gospel as a basis in
    • should point out that if men will only learn to use their
    • capacities of spiritual perception — they will be able,
    • anyone who has pursued this path, these writings will suffer
    • the parallel of the geometry of Euclid. Will the best
    • Science interpretation, he will not need to concern himself
    • study literature, you will find this opinion to be
    • but you will only be able to understand Him if you recognize
    • this spiritual interpretation. It will be a spiritual
    • the future will develop into one in which the human being,
    • independent of the body, will perceive the spiritual world.
    • will be seen that these very mysteries have been described in
    • understood, it will certainly be underrated. Because those
    • simple comparison will explain how this
    • them will make a different sketch according to the position
    • will perceive and draw yet another view. Thus it is with the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture II: Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • finger-nail. You will concede that nowhere outside in Nature
    • ego, and another part not so transformed. This will continue
    • and a time will come for every human being when his entire
    • astral body will become a creation of his ego. It is the
    • being will continue to work upon himself. The Earth will pass
    • through further incarnations and humanity will acquire by
    • of the ego is called Budhi or Life-Spirit. He will finally
    • reach the point where, by means of his ego, he will transform
    • The human being will then stand upon a very much higher
    • level, and will have transformed his entire astral body into
    • human being as he will appear to us at the end of our earthly
    • course, the human being will be entirely permeated by his
    • as he will be at the end of it! But by bringing this great
    • when the earth has reached the goal of its evolution? Will it
    • be the present physical body? Not in any sense will it be the
    • bodies, will be wholly spirit-filled. But they were
    • evolution when his ego will have worked down even into the
    • will only be able to master that when the Earth has reached
    • Atman will he be able to do this. But a physical and ether
    • the human being himself will some day be able to give to the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture III: The Mission of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • What preceded this will be left for a later consideration.
    • wisdom. A simple and one might say logical observation will
    • soul, then you will find wisdom everywhere stamped upon
    • Observe anything you wish in nature, and you will find it
    • will see that it is not composed of a solid mass, but it is a
    • Mankind will not possess such wisdom until later in its
    • nature; human wisdom will only gradually reach this
    • height. In the course of time human wisdom will inwardly
    • life upon the earth, it will become ever more and more
    • end of its evolution, the whole of existence will have become
    • this will be accomplished through the activity of human
    • The Earth will
    • called Jupiter. The beings who will wander about upon
    • Jupiter, just as human beings move about upon the earth, will
    • themselves, as human beings, will have placed there during
    • their life upon the earth. They will find love in everything
    • will develop love out of their own inner selves in the same
    • existence will then permeate all things. The materialistic
    • as far as human wisdom will be at the end of it. In those
    • the cosmic wisdom. As a principle, all that men will discover
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture IV: The Raising of Lazarus
    Matching lines:
    • to discover these truths, it will be necessary to weigh every
    • knows how to read this Gospel will understand that a mystery
    • body. They will become so when what has been formed in the
    • astral body will have been stamped upon the ether body.
    • You will see
    • Now, you will
    • so-called Baptist and Christ-Jesus will become clearer to us
    • will of the flesh, nor of the will of man — but of
    • said: — He will come after me, who was before me. For
    • did John describe himself? You will remember that people were
    • must come who will give the spiritual Bread of Life to the
    • particular time, he will not understand that this man is
    • spiritual relationship will learn to understand that besides
    • the will of father or mother, but “from God,”
    • being. After me will come One Who was before me.”
    • will come for mankind when the ego, now become independent,
    • will receive into its inner being, in full surrender, the
    • this impulse, it will do the right and the good. When love
    • becomes spiritualized to such a degree that no one will wish
    • to follow any other impulse. than this, then that will be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture V: The Seven Degrees of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • Lazarus. If you will read the Gospel of St. John carefully,
    • you will observe, that nowhere previous to that chapter which
    • mentioned. Nowhere in the document itself will you find any
    • superficially will easily pass this by, will not notice it
    • is something which will be thoroughly understood only by one
    • signify, then the justification of these titles will soon be
    • physical and ether bodies every night. Hence you will see
    • you will perceive how the spiritual forces descending from
    • you will know through the impulse which the Christ gives to
    • the future of humanity, it will be possible to see in the
    • that points toward the far distant future when men will be
    • truth will be proclaimed, and men will work for it in quite
    • different forms, and what is now called Anthroposophy will be
    • today, the consequences will appear straightway in the next
    • wine, will I also lead to a union with the Spirit. — So
    • He will be there, not alone for those who can be raised by
    • “purification.” Never will you find in the Gospel
    • Christ is expressed. He said: “My time will come in the
    • wine will be transformed back again into water.” How
    • coming which will be “His time.”
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture VI: The "I AM"
    Matching lines:
    • let us destroy the body, then will the spirit become
    • seem shocking and unbelievable. Now you will ask: —
    • descent, but just as he has made this descent, so will he
    • to be had in solid substance, he will again mount into those
    • regions where his physical body will be fluidic and gaseous.
    • existence will be in those regions from which he has sprung.
    • He has become condensed out of water and air and he will
    • body. Only by becoming conscious of it today, however, will
    • consciousness, our earthly goal will have been reached, our
    • will develop, therefore in this conversation we have before
    • a physical consciousness will come again to a consciousness
    • upon the earth. He will not only perceive in his physical
    • consciousness of his divine existence will flash up within
    • the son of man will again be raised to his divine estate.
    • time Moses lifted up the serpent, even so will the son of man
    • one,” will be substituted these other words, “I
    • will be with thee: and this shall be a sign that I have
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture VII: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • materialistic world concept will not be able to make much out
    • of them, for he will not be able to imagine that at that time
    • from the sun and moon. But the time will come when our earth
    • will once more unite with the sun and again form one body
    • with it. Then human beings will be so spiritualized that they
    • will again be able to bear the stronger forces of the sun,
    • together with the Elohim, will then occupy the same field of
    • You will ask,
    • what is the force that will bring this about? Had the Event
    • given which will again eventually impel one Logos-force
    • also the spirit of the earth and will always continue as
    • understanding. But anyone who wishes to understand will
    • will feel not only united through his physical body with the
    • will feel united with the psycho-spiritual being of the earth
    • which is the Christ Himself, and then he will feel how the
    • only mankind will receive them.
    • Atman or Spirit-Man. Then will the human being have reached
    • however, will be attained only in the far distant future.
    • unconsciously re-formed ether body is what you will find
    • unconsciously worked upon by the ego, you will find described
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture VIII: Human Evolution in its Relation to the Christ Principle
    Matching lines:
    • yesterday, it will now be necessary to consider the advent of
    • will get some idea of how literally and profoundly true the
    • in fact, a characteristic of the post-Atlantean age. You will
    • clairvoyant consciousness. It will be theirs again
    • egotistic and unidealistic as our own and it will become even
    • personal sense. What then will be the meaning of what men
    • cotton will be ordered to be sent from America to Europe,
    • ascending course of all human evolution will be facilitated.
    • age. There will follow after it a sixth and a seventh epoch.
    • an understanding of personality. You will comprehend that
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture IX: The Prophetical Documents and the Origin of Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • spirit and now you will no longer find it incomprehensible
    • State, he had an importance, he had a will. Thus it could
    • being make his will so personal, so individualized, that he
    • great picture of the Last Judgment, and look up. You will see
    • will believe that there is something in the Gospel of St.
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture X: The Effect of the Christ Impulse Within Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • longer be used for the culture that will replace our own
    • after the seventh subdivision, because then humanity will be
    • and 5th, the epoch in which we now live. Our epoch will be
    • its further effect will be, as far as this is possible out of
    • on into the 5th, our own, and from thence it will work on
    • over into the 6th epoch which will follow ours. Now we must
    • Spirit-Self will have overshadowed us to a certain degree.
    • that, he will first have to become a true bearer of the
    • years. He will not only have to make his physical body an
    • membering of the human being which you will find in my book
    • early part of the Middle Ages, you will still find everywhere
    • to Manas or Spirit-Self. That will be a time when men will
    • present; they will be, as it were, immersed in a common
    • Wisdom. This will be the beginning of the feeling that the
    • will be most peaceful and harmonious when they, as separate
    • yet fully overshadowed by Spirit-Self there will be opinions
    • It will be
    • discovered in one soul will coincide exactly with that in
    • another, and there will be no more strife. That is the
    • Spiritual Sun will actually be present, toward which all men
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture XI: Christian Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • the spiritual world, the feelings for the physical world will
    • communities. Only gradually will humanity be able to evolve
    • which will develop concretely through the very implanting of
    • will later be realized.
    • initiation. It will suffice, if we consider especially the
    • far back, you will find that in primeval times, the human
    • official science toward Spiritual Science, and it will become
    • will no longer seem extraordinary when it is said that
    • of feeling and will. This is the Christian-Rosicrucian
    • not yet been able to touch will also become clear.
  • Title: Gospel of John: Lecture XII: The Nature of the Virgin Sophia and of the Holy Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • — katharsis will be developed to a high degree. For the
    • help of initiation and works for it. Then will the
    • then a person may expect that the external spirit will stream
    • into him for his illumination. That will occur when the human
    • attitude of mind toward the world will say to himself, for
    • himself, — Where shall I find a name for her which will
    • Virgin Sophia and it will become receptive to the Holy
    • emanates from this Gospel, it will become susceptible of
    • power to give you the Virgin Sophia. Then will the Holy
    • the spirit world. This will make the last chapter of the
    • and will come again, although not in a form of flesh, but in
    • will no longer be unbelieving. The mission of the Spiritual
    • Science Movement is to prepare those who have the will to
    • open for the time when the Christ will appear again actively
    • lead to real Christianity, the men of the future will have to
    • intolerance will become greater and greater in the future and
    • Christianity will experience the greatest danger just from
    • Christians. The Christianity of Spiritual Science will
    • desire to receive more and more of the spirit, will find in
    • this only shows that they do not have the will to rise to an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Astral World: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • For reasons which we will perhaps discuss in our next General Meeting, we
    • will feel that he can listen to things as actual facts, as self-evident
    • this introductory lecture today, we will begin straight-away and without
    • hesitation to speak on a certain chapter of the higher worlds that will
    • We will learn about a part of this soul-content today. To begin with,
    • we will set before us certain characteristics of the soul.
    • of will. These all take their course in our soul-life
    • you, the first will-impulses arising. Observe how feeling is linked
    • to feeling, will-impulse to will-impulse, until the evening when the
    • test that clairvoyantly, it will be seen that something
    • and it will be easier to form an idea of these classes if we take an
    • of goodwill, of bravery, of revenge, etc. Thus beings exist in the astral
    • flowed into them. You will be able to understand an especially tragic
    • you will certainly know how Friedrich Nietsche became insane in the
    • through the center of self-consciousness rises to the surface. It will
    • we will observe a little more closely the beings standing in connection
    • plane is quite different. You will best understand how the logic of
    • a different architect. On the physical plane, the two parties will not
    • it will be necessary for one of the parties to be victorious and gain
    • the minority will not straightaway say: “We have been wrong,”
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Astral World: Lecture II: Some Characteristics of the Astral World
    Matching lines:
    • “General Meeting Campaign”, and it will have a particular
    • deeper into this harmony, and then one will find what a beautiful harmony
    • there will then be a great number who say, “That is all stupidity
    • — fantastic things, puzzled-out nonsense.” But there will
    • always be a few who, from inmost need of their soul, will get an inkling
    • that there is, nevertheless, something behind it. They will go further and
    • that anthroposophy must depend, and at which we can aim. It will be very
    • gibberish!” But when one knows the difficulties, one will also wait
    • patiently for the selection that must arise. Persons among the public will
    • science will then gradually flow into our whole life.
    • The learner will gradually become aware that the farther we advance,
    • the more we will realize what a good foundation spiritual research is
    • for universal knowledge. And that will give the seeker the necessary
    • elementary researches of science,” the anthroposophist will answer,
    • We will now let something
    • can distinguish purely from the astrality whether some will produce
    • of the earth or of some other planet, will give rise to plant growth.
    • this astral peculiarity. You will have heard of the remarkable parallelism
    • will perhaps have already heard of this peculiarity in the plant-nature
    • can be brought to light with the methods of occult research. You will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: History of the Physical Plane and Occult History
    Matching lines:
    • advance to a historical consideration. We will bring forward
    • will keep to quite definite spiritual facts. In order to be
  • Title: Astral World: Lecture III: The Law of the Astral Plane: Renunciation
    Matching lines:
    • of feeling as such, and of willing as such — depends our ascent on
    • proportion by means of exercises. Willing, feeling and thinking must
    • of the different goals of spiritual life. For a definite goal, willing,
    • and willing.
    • feeling and the will can become forces of knowledge. In ordinary life,
    • that seems hardly credible! And further, that the force of will and
    • too, can feeling and willing become objective. Yet, there must be no
    • the same with the will.
    • us and astral vision in Imagination is the result. Will is developed
    • a new world will emerge at the stage of Imagination. In the same way,
    • one trains willing and there results in Inspiration the knowledge of
    • Today we will characterize
    • the forces in a human being that are opposed to privation will be the
    • ones that will bring the soul into the other part of the astral world.
    • In the same way, through the forces of renunciation, the beast will
    • vanish, and a noble image of the astral world will appear.
    • in it, but Devachan has not that yet. That will first come about in
    • and the like, a decadence will have set in. Then, in Devachan, an element
    • will develop similar to what exists today in the astral world. Here,
    • sphere-harmony! The human being in Devachan will experience pure bliss
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Concerning the Nature of Pain, Suffering, Joy, and Bliss
    Matching lines:
    • example, withdraws from the etheric hand; it will have a surplus of
    • forces, it will have lost some of its tasks, although it might have
    • forces will feel this as blissfulness. For even as suppressed activity
    • sluggishness and do not consume the etheric forces so much, there will
    • has learned to be calm and unpretentious will have superfluous forces
    • in his etheric body, and his astral body will mirror them as forces
    • of the astral world will rise up before such a person. For example,
    • unchecked will to work takes on the form of bliss. There he forms his
    • what is most important to me, my mission — I will stand upright,
    • indeed for years, he will finally experience this feeling of headache,
  • Title: Lecture: Four Human Group Souls (Lion, Bull, Eagle, Man)
    Matching lines:
    • Today we will consider
    • I will here give a
    • will hold back my Spirit,” that was the tendency of the eagle
    • her nature. One will certainly find this hidden courage. The woman
    • have here put before you, in outline, will certainly have their
    • holy, earnest sense, if we will understand them aright. It would be
    • from these lion- and bull-natures. Physical science will be utterly
    • penetrate into the spirit of these facts. Now it will no longer
    • way; i.e., into the modern lion, and what is related with it. We will
    • will never be able to say that theosophical matters contradict each
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 1: Forgetting
    Matching lines:
    • you will all have had some distressing experiences with what is
    • conveyed by the word forgetting. You will all know the annoying
    • opposite of memory, namely forgetting, will have something to do with
    • earth; out of it a quite definite plant will arise. From a grain of
    • wheat a wheat stalk and ears will grow, and out of a bean will come a
    • bean plant. You will have to admit that the plant's development is in
    • minor significance compared with the fact that a particular seed will
    • and out through the other. A person like this will not have so much
    • will, of course, still have to be proved by external medicine why the
    • today, you will notice a certain difference, of course, but beans
    • memory. Every question of this kind that might be asked will find an
    • thoughts will easily forget them. That will be good for his health.
    • it will not be good for him at all. This gets rather complicated.
    • injuries done to him, then quite a different impulse will work in
    • then no amount of preaching will help. When he knows, however, that
    • he ought to forget for the sake of his well-being, he will let this
    • point of view. If a man is a thoroughgoing egoist he will not profit
    • to think about this, he will also draw moral fruits from such
    • circumstances, it will give man the greatest ethical-moral impulses,
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 2: Different Types of Illness
    Matching lines:
    • been attending these group lectures for years will perhaps have
    • this has not been immediately apparent. Therefore it will obviously
    • something else we should note as well, which will gradually have to
    • this group. There will be a certain inner connection in the course of
    • this winter's lectures and all the preparatory material will
    • course will then close. Last week's lecture was a small beginning,
    • and today's lecture will be a kind of continuation. But it will not
    • follows on after the thirty-seventh. There will be an inner
    • connection, even though the subject matter will appear to differ, and
    • the connection will consist in the fact that the whole series will
    • in view, we will start today by sketching the nature of illnesses,
    • and next Monday we will talk about the origin, historic importance
    • These could well appear to have nothing in common; however, you will
    • with great intensity and will do so to an even greater extent in the
    • will be like this. For they do not think about these matters or care
    • matters. On the other hand there will always be people who are
    • of whether they can be cured or not, and then they will apply to the
    • Now I want to say something which will really only be understood by
    • course that when he makes a prick in the body blood will flow out
    • blood on the physical plane. These things will only gradually be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • made a week ago, in the course of this winter we will take up in more
    • studies will then culminate in a generally more exact recognition of
    • Today, because we will need it later, we will have to include a
    • Then we will have to say something about the deep significance of such
    • concepts as original sin, redemption and so on, and we will see how
    • last two lectures on “The Bible and Wisdom,” you will have felt how
    • second chapter of Genesis should actually read, “The following will
    • into this spirit, you will see how the interpretation of them forms
    • approach the subject more closely. It will be found that many things
    • in this translation — if we want to call it such — will have to be
    • and great grandchildren, and their bodies will become waste. If you
    • generation, and the bodies of your people will prosper.
    • everything false about the “I” in you will corrupt your body.
    • developed in them will remain with you as your property.
    • your midst; there will be no miscarriage nor barrenness in your land,
    • and I will let the number of your days become full.”
    • the Ten Commandments, one of the results will be that you cannot die
    • physical, that will cause the number of your days to become full, that
    • will only experience his astral body in this way when he has changed
    • Now we arrive at something that will not come easily to the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 3: Original Sin
    Matching lines:
    • We will keep to our set
    • programme, and in the group meetings this winter we will work through
    • illness. And later on these various aspects will group themselves
    • towards which we will gradually work our way. In the first lecture of
    • All that goes beyond this text will follow in the course of the
    • want to speak of other aspects that will not appear to be directly
    • series of aspects the comprehensive meaning of which will not dawn on
    • will start today by looking at an important moment in man's earthly
    • will gradually accustom themselves to this way of thinking.
    • meaning will become clear to you when you see what we call
    • could still alter their limbs at will, and make them long or short
    • to man, and we will begin by looking at the finer aspects.
    • expresses will be the environment. Imagine, though, that he shuts
    • worst part of man. Whoever looks deeper into human nature will find
    • the physical body. Now we will understand a number of things that
    • cannot be understood otherwise. I will now speak of ordinary mineral
    • effect of a mineral medicament. But you will immediately see the bad
    • on his finer bodies, he will discover that he has become more or less
    • body independent, then it will be very difficult to help such a
    • psychic or spiritual way. But you will see that it is essential for
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 4: Rhythm in the Bodies of Man
    Matching lines:
    • will concern ourselves today with something that will again appear to
    • be far removed from the previous lectures but which will nevertheless
    • foundation of things. First of all I will simply present you with the
    • will only understand this correctly if you take what I have said
    • will remember my saying that a man's etheric body is female and a
    • and, because of the difference in man and woman, we will just say it
    • will have noticed from the number ten times seven times four or
    • round the sun. Anyone who only looks at it superficially will think
    • said, however, you will find a new way of looking at a thought I
    • out something that occultism has always taught, but which will appear
    • body. Now we will suppose that the astral body has a certain defect.
    • will only become possible again for the sciences to achieve fruitful
    • o'clock in the evening. Then the rhythm of the clock will still
    • rhythms, made the sun, moon and earth move, man will at some future
    • will not go into that just now. Today we only wanted to show that
    • will, however, to pass from external phenomena to the causes behind
    • will be able to show that it is not so very long since people were at
    • world with a consciousness for these things, will find in some
    • will be acquired again. It is absolutely necessary to distinguish
    • spirit. If you take this to heart you will see how necessary it is to
  • Title: Mephistopheles and Earthquakes
    Matching lines:
    • The figure of Mephistopheles which will be our starting-point to-day,
    • thou my servant Job?” and the enemy of the Light — for so we will
    • will not fall; but touch his bone and his flesh and he will fall!” Who
    • Akasha Chronicle you will have read that in Atlantean times the
    • above medieval superstitions will do well to remember the words in
    • immediately to come will see the appearance of many things connected
    • Ahriman will steadily diminish. In a certain sense — and many signs
    • Ahriman. To understand what will now be said, we must realize that
    • collective karma. It will not always be easy for one who cannot
    • befall him. If, however, he is entirely guiltless, compensation will
    • capable of investigating the karma of an individual will in certain
    • compensation in the fullest sense will be made in future time. —
    • that is written in their karma and will turn that karma in a more
    • victims of such catastrophes will be all the greater, for our
    • will not consider that now but enter directly into this question. In
    • secrets from outside it will seem almost a matter of course that the
    • answer will be “Yes!” And yet the truth is that in regard to such
    • are speaking they are immensely powerful. I will tell you one of the
    • influence the materialistic superstitions prevailing in our world will
    • aside, you will see that when spiritual science has itself been
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 5: Rhythms in the Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • gather together all the threads as it were that will eventually link
    • other things connected with man's whole life and evolution that will
    • (21st December 1908) and take our start from there. You will remember
    • one another. You will remember that there are certain relationships
    • night, sleeping and waking, will be seen as a kind of unity. So when
    • extent connected with it. We will eventually come to talk about what
    • meanwhile moved on to one. It will be roughly another five minutes
    • you will notice that the fourteenth day is of special importance;
    • and a time will come for this — we should recognise the rhythms
    • Atlantean race. We are now in the fifth race and two races will
    • working of his clock will not have changed, it will only have become
    • he will make it three o'clock again; that it, his clock's movement
    • will not coincide with the cosmic situation but its inner rhythm will
    • conception that will bring man back into this kind of rhythm again.
    • will see the element you are in when you begin to study spiritual
    • Moon and Earth. In the future it will gradually become completely
    • the cosmos beheld by the seer. The future as created by man will have
    • chaos in their inner life of thought, feeling and will those
    • will take into himself more and more from the world of his origins.
    • the cosmos. He will go further and feel himself filled with certain
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 6: Illness and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • understanding of man's being and task in the world. You will remember
    • his fortieth year, he will pass through all the experiences he has
    • It requires considerable effort to get used to this, but it will
    • is the very eradicating and overcoming of these hindrances that will
    • kind of connection. Now you will realise that the Kamaloca forces we
    • will doubtless arise urging us to carry them out. So let us suppose
    • will not be absolutely suitable. Yet this soul might be strong enough
    • one way or another according to this line of heredity. The soul will
    • person does not need to know about all this, yet he will be aware of
    • and the illness. The spiritual cause of the illness will guide the
    • it will inevitably happen that what he previously learnt wants to
    • sneer at. Yet many a person will have noticed a kind of perpetual
    • mythologies. I will not actually draw your attention to the source of
    • particular, will only be recognised as pictures of the deepest
    • the whole of life is looked at in this way, it will be judged
    • spiritual science will grow into something that will become part of
    • everyday life. Men will live spiritual science, and not until that
    • time comes will the original intention of spiritual science come to
    • realisation. Spiritual science will become the great impulse for the
  • Title: The Deed of Christ and the Opposing Spiritual Powers
    Matching lines:
    • will be based on many things that have come to our knowledge in the
    • monism, animism, idealism, realism, or what you will. It may be
    • feeling, his life of will, his intelligence, nay even his form, because
    • shall speak later, will stand as hindrances in the path of the
    • progressive Spirits. We will ask ourselves now: What did the Luciferic
    • These things will be considered to-day from a particular point of
    • when other Beings will draw near to man — Beings who in the future
    • before us will intrude more and more deeply into human evolution. Just
    • Spirits in the Atlantean epoch, so our epoch too will see the
    • transformation of the physical body. You will remember how this
    • will creep into the consciousness soul and therewith into the human
    • consciousness soul. The Asuras will generate evil with a far mightier
    • In the course of the Earth-period man will cast away all the evil
    • might be resisted and the evil made good, it will not be so easy to
    • these Asuric Spirits will prompt what has been seized hold of by them,
    • fragment will be torn out of the ‘I’, and in the same measure in which
    • becomes the prey of the Asuric powers will be irretrievably lost. Not
    • will be torn away by the Asuric powers. These Asuric powers are
    • they will blind man's vision of the spiritual Beings and spiritual
    • Powers. Man will know nothing nor desire to know anything of a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 7: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • aspects as possible. Today we will make it our task to speak of
    • reaches the spirit will really fathom man's real nature. Laughing and
    • laughs. Certainly there will be people who maintain that animals also
    • the one about the nature of the temperaments, you will remember that
    • physiognomy, and so on. You will admit that within certain limits, of
    • will work with less force on the etheric and physical bodies,
    • of someone who is weeping, you will notice that it consists
    • really enquire into it you will find that laughter can always be
    • living soul, you will also sense the connection this has with
    • moving, because we know that it will and must be overcome, but how
    • will not have the necessary depth or necessary upward thrust that we
    • possibly can for the development of the ego. Then the ego will move
    • surrounding world all the time, then sorrow and joy will be real
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 8: The Manifestation of the Ego in the Different Races of Men
    Matching lines:
    • namely laughing and weeping, and today we will explore the conditions
    • working at in these group lectures this winter, and we will go on
    • of the earth. You will remember that there are ‘races’,
    • originally connected with certain regions of the earth. You will also
    • shine on him from outside. We will disregard all the other forces
    • spiritual science has to say about these things will make sense. It
    • will see that they were much more highly developed than the souls
    • spiritual scientific way you will see evidence of them right into the
    • the details of later times you will see how much becomes
    • will now be comprehensible to you: they present various combinations
    • present-day scholars, perhaps, will only get to know of if they
    • welfare of our souls will take care of us, those who do the job, and
    • think in this way you will go ‘black’! Everything happens
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 9: Evolution, Involution and Creation out of Nothingness
    Matching lines:
    • and hold one idea before you, and you will soon notice the difference
    • the fourteenth to the twenty-first year. We will only touch on this
    • If you watch a very young child for several weeks or months, you will
    • the same as it will be a few weeks or months later. The child already
    • nerve-strands develop only after birth. A child will hear and see a
    • transformed more and more by education and life, and it will have
    • if you take the small seed of the lily of the valley you will find
    • in involution the physical will disappear further and further and the
    • sessions, for you will have the whole summer to ponder over it. We
    • constantly being added to man come from? We will make this
    • now the following will take place.
    • will develop in his own way through the subsequent ages. We know that
    • the Earth will be succeeded by Jupiter, Venus and Vulcan. During this
    • from previous causes will become greater and greater, and his inner
    • ancient causes, from the Saturn, Sun and Moon stages, will have less
    • will have reached Vulcan, he will have stripped off all he received
    • during the Saturn, Sun and Moon evolution. He will have cast it all
    • you will actually have nothing left of the old carriage, but will
    • have replaced it all with new parts. You will have nothing left of
    • what you received as a gift or inheritance; you will still drive
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture Series: Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • Some poetry will be recited now and a corresponding mood in
    • entire historical development of humankind. What will be
    • presented here in this lecture will bring to our awareness how
    • awareness will be able to develop, which speaks out of these
    • century. Whoever views this extraordinary bust will, if he or
    • lie — whoever wants to come with proof to show something, will
    • not consider producing counter evidence, it will not help him,
    • away and Novalis lived within a mood of: “I will emulate
  • Title: Lecture Series: The Mission of Savonarola
    Matching lines:
    • as Savonarola, with certain confidence, a strong will and a
  • Title: Lecture: The Theory of Categories / Kategorienlehre
    Matching lines:
    • lecture today will be put into such a form, that through
    • particular remarks connected with the elucidations you will
    • that will be useful to us in bringing the philosophical
    • exercises, which will increase to sharp and energetic
    • concepts, he will thus find the network of concepts coincides
    • shall yet be able to take together. Today I will only give
    • to know the forces, which form the concepts. You will find
    • the root contains the whole plant in itself which will yet
    • even philosophers, will say it is altogether impossible to
    • thing for Anthroposophists. A time is coming when much will
    • self-penetrating SEIN. That will become evident upon
    • trained in dialectics will express the concept REALITY
  • Title: Lecture: Regarding Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophists. We will have the opportunity in the following
    • had dared give a solution, and which will at least be partly
    • inwardly active in such circles, will think back to a time when
    • anthroposophic occult science of man, and they will remember
    • sense organs perceive the Higher Worlds will be brought out in
    • soul will express itself in the direct contrary situation, how
    • different the image will be when you receive news of a death in
    • we will never consider separate bodies in the physical world as
    • say, similar bad habits. These bad habits will express
    • which can be characterized by saying the thickenings will
    • superficially, will be amazed how many have what we note as
    • consideration. They will only be comprehended once we have
    • been depicted, but the plant-Ego will be sought in vain on the
    • or she will meet something which appears as quite new, a
    • while another will feel a world filled with bliss as he stands
    • joy. Very soon no more of this will exist in the Higher Worlds.
    • undermining your health. Step by step you will realize in which
    • will recognise principally two nuances of feeling expressed in
    • of a search for something. The feeling of deprivation will also
    • nor peace will the soul have; anxiety and restlessness shoves
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: What is Self Knowledge?
    Matching lines:
    • theme to which we will apply ourselves today relates in a
    • most varied stages of human development. We will commence with
    • so to speak the yard stick for all which the person will
    • portray in future. In this way a person will never rise above
    • and which will repeat future incarnations, how would it have
    • will see how important it is for the “I” to
    • crystallized in ourselves as a result, we will recognise a
    • will occupy ourselves with researching particularities of this
    • only experience and will only judge and be led by our own will
    • where-and-when, then the clairvoyant will see our aura
    • become liberated in their feeling and will impulses from
    • clairvoyant will see not only an expanding aura but the aura
    • descent and inheritance, we will not get any further. Here only
    • will lift our individuality out of our inherited abilities.
    • first step, knowledge of the environment, will relatively soon
    • that we really try to do this. Clairvoyant vision will soon
    • perceive how the aura becomes agile and vibrates. We will at
    • What kind of rule in human nature will now express its
    • should become more profound, seek God within, will hardly
    • and so on, will come to nothing much. Setting ourselves up as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture Series: The Rishis
    Matching lines:
    • for the life on the Other Side, will be solved through the
    • themselves with occult knowledge of the Bible, the more will be
  • Title: Lecture: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • Today we will occupy ourselves with an important document of
    • relationship to it. It is the Ten Commandments, which we will
    • will strive to direct our souls more precisely to how
    • a worthy person, then you will be united with Osiris after
    • are no longer the physical but the astral plane, he will not
    • they will be united with Osiris because then they are within
    • ourselves, only there will you find the real image of the pure
    • That was not the case. You will most easily understand what was
    • understand that, then you will also understand how in ancient
    • From these viewpoints we will understand how this great
    • you will not place other gods above me. You will not
    • you, I will disappear as the divine in your children, parents
    • and grandparents and their bodies will become stultified. If
    • you acknowledge Me within you, I will live forth in you for up
    • where you can follow Me within you. The will of the Initiate
    • “When you really understand Me, then you will understand
    • to the divine, then a healthy “I”-image will flow
    • through the blood and people will remain healthy from one
    • a false imagination of the Divine, then you will, from gender
    • “If you don't recognise Me within you, I will disappear
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: A Chapter of Occult History
    Matching lines:
    • also an occult history, and you will understand what this
    • union with them, you will overcome the Evil that is mingled
    • spoke to humanity somewhat as follows. I will speak ‘Give
    • Whoever does not follow my words, as I mean them, woe will
    • Hermes, in his new incarnation. We will try to form some idea
    • purpose it will be especially helpful to think about that
    • will be together with Osiris; you will feel yourselves to be
    • consciousness will make a certain discovery. When it frees
    • which in the physical world you cannot even glimpse, will
    • world, the spiritual world will be illuminated.
    • More and more it will become evident that man grows in
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Mystery, Novalis, the Seer
    Matching lines:
    • earthly existence with the proof that life in the spirit will
    • that only those who with their whole soul are willing to
    • body will gradually be transformed. A wonderful vista of the
    • Earth that will be the body of the new God, the God of the
    • Novalis recognises the God who in time to come will have as
    • so we will let one who lived a brief life at the end of the
    • symbolises, are as ancient as humanity on Earth. But man will
    • hour we will bring a picture before our souls of what men on
    • point to something more: in future times there will spread
    • around man something that will be akin to the blossom of a
    • Gods — such was the ancient teaching. That the world will give
    • woven from physical substances. There will come a time when
    • you must labour on the physical plane, when it will seem as
    • eyes will be able to turn to where the new star can appear to
    • you, to where the new seed comes to life, where there will
    • placed, the world he now sees as maya, there will spring the
    • world will appear!’ Vicva karman was the name
    • germinating power that will make life in the physical world a
    • the blossom as the new seed. What surrounds the seed will
    • will arise from the old. If you ponder on the power and the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Poetry/Fairy Tales: The Interpretation of Fairy Tales
    Matching lines:
    • the world of myths, and we will indicate in a few words how this can
    • indeed, a great deal more; and secondly, we should be willing to draw
    • occur to us but must be willing to recognize anthroposophical wisdom
    • everyone will succeed at once. But even if at first we cannot
    • meaning. What is built on a good foundation will work out well, but
    • will be given, to let us picture what it is all about. The first
    • you,” said the king to the tailor. “Will you enter my
    • service?” “Yes,” said the other, “I will
    • willingly enter your service if you will give me a proper reward, but
    • damage. They are so strong that no one can kill them. You will of
    • slate.” Then the apprentice said: “Certainly I will do
    • perhaps you can.” The tailor replied: “Yes, I will do it,
    • if afterwards you will give me your daughter as my wife.” Now
    • apprentice: “I will wrestle with you!” “It will go
    • and said to him: “Will you be our comrade?” He agreed.
    • genuine fairy tales you will find that certain basic ideas run
    • willingly have given him everything, but the forester wished to
    • know it, but twice you have done me a great service; I will also do
    • rosemary and follow me. I will lead you to a place where you will
    • it out, and the horse will lead you to where you will find your
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Way of Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • and will best fill our time by immediately entering into a
    • this: in our time we will gradually come to say: Of thoughts
    • hurt, the same with animals; but when I cut a plant, will it
    • this knowledge we lure out contained forces and we will soon
    • time it will become old and aged.
    • earth, then we will understand that during our earth
    • reached. We will bring such important stages in our earth
    • in only a few words — which will be uttered now. The
    • kingdom to the stone realm then it will not appear through
    • glimpsing the soul and spirit in everything, will we gradually
    • Then we will learn to grasp that the world looks exactly as it
    • appears to people. Further we will learn to understand that
    • back even further, we will find that the souls only perceived
    • further back behind the Atlantean times, we find: As human will
    • to influence the forces of nature through the will. Gradually
    • consider humanity in its entirety then we will see accordingly
    • earthquake, we will never say it is as a result of a single
    • open up. He will be recompensed in future. — A
    • materialistic point of view will say this is superstitious but
    • experiences to be penetrated, then we will see the earth as a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Practical Training In Thought (1966)
    Matching lines:
    • what takes place in our contemporary world will be dated sixty years
    • by the brevity of this pamphlet will find a complete exposition of Dr.
    • thinking” will reveal the fact that it generally contains little that
    • As a starting point to our consideration I will tell you of an experience I
    • Whoever harbors this idea will be constantly diverted by a false feeling
    • not arise. When a person feels the full truth of these words, it will be easy
    • this, he will easily be converted to a practical habit of thinking based on
    • convinced that the world of facts is born of thought will grasp the
    • degree that it will always take the right course in life. If he would do this,
    • these are actual, practical and fundamental principles. If he will try again
    • will result. His thinking will become practical even though at first it may
    • also will come to the one who applies these fundamental principles.
    • the weather conditions, he will become distinctly aware that his thinking
    • and which in the outer world are connected with one another, will bring about
    • refrain from speculation they will bring something about in me.” It may
    • an image of what he may do, imagining that the next day he will perform
    • what in our opinion will take place. If our opinion proves correct, our
    • many things will become clear to him.
    • thinking his own, he will notice that his thinking really becomes
    • people will change completely. An actual process will take place within
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Practical Training In Thought (1928)
    Matching lines:
    • will, however, frequently discover that what they call their
    • thought. You will often find there is very little that is really
    • something really practical has been invented, you will not generally
    • will really increase so enormously as this unpractical man
    • I will tell
    • have discovered a machine whereby it will be possible by the use of a
    • will have a wrong feeling, and will continually be diverted from the
    • search for a truly practical way of thought. He will fail to make the
    • itself. For example, some one will say, our planetary system came
    • feels what has here been said, and feels it to the full, then he will
    • has this confidence and feeling, then he will readily be converted to
    • We will now
    • the belief that the world of facts takes its course in thoughts, you will
    • must then take guidance from what will now be said. The indications
    • that will now be given are to be taken as real practical principles
    • guide your thought accordingly, definite results will follow. Your
    • thinking will become practical, even though it may not appear so at
    • first sight. Indeed, if you carry out these principles, you will have
    • way he forms clear mental images of successive conditions, he will soon
    • weather and the sky will be like to-morrow. That would only corrupt
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture I: The Principle of Spiritual Economy in Connection with Questions of Reincarnation: An Aspect of the Spiritual Guidance of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • special questions. Much of what will be mentioned here seems
    • to be remote, and yet even though we will first have to go
    • forty-eight hours, then the memory tableau after death will
    • to be quite precise, we will have to say that something is
    • the results of our investigation. We will begin with the
    • had almost completely lost their clairvoyance. You will
    • will reveal Itself; later It will make Its appearance on
  • Title: Lecture: Christianity in Human Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • You will have seen from the lecture given here on the more
    • higher truths. Only through them will what spiritual science is
    • our existence will already have become clearer and more
    • soul-spiritual development that will be attained by normal men
    • will care be taken that a personality like Shem, for example, can be
    • that will be the model etheric body for all the descendants in the
    • his threefold sheath. First, however, we will take into account
    • deeply into the evolutionary progress of Christianity will easily
    • All the strange and otherwise mysterious phenomena of that time will
    • will enable you to follow her biography with your soul. She, too, was
    • One phenomenon above all will become understandable when you know
    • copies of the astral body of Jesus of Nazareth. From this you will be
    • On the other hand, the opposite of discussion, the will to learn, the
    • will gradually to comprehend what is in question, should be
    • Christianity will develop on into the future. It will offer humanity
    • will arise in new form. The transformed astral body will appear as
    • the Christian spirit self; the transformed etheric body will appear
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture II: Christianity in Human Evolution: Leading Individualities and Avatar Beings
    Matching lines:
    • You will have
    • simple ABC's to the higher truths, because you will
    • senses. But you will agree that this or that phenomenon in
    • plane of soul-spiritual development, one that will be reached
    • incarnation, and so on. Instead, we will have to admit that
    • deeply into the developmental progress of Christianity will
    • strange and otherwise mysterious phenomena of that time will
    • life will enable you to follow the course of her life with
    • you will above all comprehend that little understood and much
    • the opposite of discussion, and that is the will to learn and
    • the will to gradually comprehend what is in question.
    • developed. Christianity will develop on into the future. It
    • will offer humanity far greater things, and the Christian
    • development and way of life will arise in a new form. The
    • transformed astral body will appear as the Christian spirit
  • Title: Lecture Series: Christianity in the Evolution of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • requisite preliminary knowledge. Other opinions will be in
    • are not willing to take them as a basis for discussion.
    • will have been able to see from the one
    • these higher truths will that gradually be attained which,
    • various phenomena of our existence will already have become clearer,
    • soul-spiritual development which will be attained by the normal
    • him to be just this ancestor. Now in what way will care be
    • Nazareth. But first we will take into account the fact that
    • evolutionary progress of Christianity will easily perceive that
    • phenomena of that time will become luminous and clear to you,
    • whom you will follow biographically with the soul when you know
    • Above all, one phenomenon will be
    • astral body of Jesus of Nazareth. You will be able to
    • discussion, the will to learn, the will gradually to
    • has been developed. Christianity will develop on into the
    • future; it will offer humanity far greater things, and the
    • Christian development and the Christian standard of life will
    • arise in new form: the transformed astral body will
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture III: More Intimate Aspects of Reincarnation
    Matching lines:
    • In this context, we will also have to say a few things about
    • Although we will also little by little discuss relevant
    • discussion of how they are related to life itself will shed
    • that humanity will gradually become acquainted with, asking
    • which will be permeated with clairvoyant powers. As with
    • Atlantis, a catastrophe will occur, and afterwards a new
    • culture imbued with spiritual capacities will arise, and it
    • will be linked to what we call the idea of the universal
    • at the highest levels of cultural life because they will not
    • modern form will bring about the twilight of our culture.
    • effect. Today's lecture will be the first in a series
    • processes we will gradually learn to understand, the astral
    • You will
    • will be put into a position to communicate with human beings
    • If you read other writings by Nicholas of Cusa, you will find
    • schoolboy today will read in the most elementary books of
    • some object, it will travel forward by its own momentum until
    • important personalities of that time. How will a personality
    • through this astral body will come to the fore as the
    • humility contained in the astral body, then you will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture IV: Results of Spiritual Scientific Investigations of the Evolution of Humanity: I
    Matching lines:
    • will talk about sin, original sin, illness, and so on. Let us
    • at that point an organ, the development of which will restore
    • bestowed on them a kind of will power that would enable them
    • the Christ-Principle, the Ahrimanic and Luciferic powers will
    • evolution will be reversed. Christ would not have been able
    • Christ will make human beings more perfect, spiritualize
    • power of Christ will enable human beings to learn on this
    • earth and to ascend again with what they will have acquired
    • power of Christ will lead them back to the Father.
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture V: Results of Spiritual Scientific Investigations of the Evolution of Humanity: II
    Matching lines:
    • Aquinas. To understand these two men properly, it will be
    • himself or herself from this tendency will understand
    • Gospels. Nowadays, we have theosophy; later there will be
    • other spiritual waves, and new treasures will be found in the
    • others will grow on the mighty plant of Christianity, one
    • after the other. The blossom will be the total beauty of the
    • earth, renewed through Christianity, and the fruit will be
    • taught, is still teaching, and will be teaching to the end,
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture VI: On the Occasion of the Dedication of the Francis of Assisi Branch
    Matching lines:
    • beautiful, great, and noble forces of nature, they will
    • house in Malsch will have noticed that much has been done for
    • activity. The hearts of those who have come here will be
    • and a call is issued, anthroposophy will follow it. But at no
    • time will anthroposophy deviate in the least from the overall
    • today will in the future grow into a mighty tree. As
    • become different since that time, so it will change again in
    • perspective will now be made to appear before our souls.
    • You will
    • another measure of progress in our time that will carry over
    • conquest will, of course, extend into a later epoch. But just
    • physical plane only, so the air ship that will lead human
    • beings into the atmosphere and beyond will empower the pilots
    • realms of the physical plane will be conquered, and this will
    • life and you will find out there our leaders of civilization,
    • you